HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide

Transcription

1 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide This guide describes how to use HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software product (XP Performance Advisor), and includes the user tasks and troubleshooting information. This guide is intended for users and HP service providers who have knowledge of HP StorageWorks XP disk arrays hardware and software, and storage systems. For the latest information about this product, see the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Release Notes. Part Number: T Thirteenth edition: June 2010

2 Legal and notice information Copyright 1999, 2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Confidential computer software. Valid license from HP required for possession, use or copying. Consistent with FAR and , Commercial Computer Software, Computer Software Documentation, and Technical Data for Commercial Items are licensed to the U.S. Government under vendor's standard commercial license. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Microsoft, Windows, Windows XP, and Windows NT are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. Java is a US trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. Oracle is a registered US trademark of Oracle Corporation, Redwood City, California. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.

3 Contents 1 Introduction to XP Performance Advisor Overview Working with the XP Performance Advisor GUI Introduction Title bar Left pane Right pane Common tasks Sorting records Resizing columns Resizing sections of XP Performance Advisor screens Accessing existing functionalities from XP Performance Advisor v4.5 onwards Managing licenses for XP arrays Introduction License screen Instant-on license on XP Performance Advisor installation Instant-on license activation Instant-on license expiration Grace period expiration Generating licenses at the HPAC license key website Receiving a registration number for XP Performance Advisor Generating licenses Installing licenses Viewing aggregate License status Viewing status for individual licenses License capacity Removing licenses Collecting configuration and performance data Introduction Array View screen Communicating with host agents Requesting host agent updates Removing host agent information from XP Performance Advisor Collecting configuration data One-time configuration data collection Scheduling configuration data collection Configuration collection schedules Deleting configuration data collection schedules Collecting performance data Creating performance data collection schedules Enabling performance collection schedules for automatic updates HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 3

4 Starting performance data collection in case of a disk failure Viewing performance data collection schedules Editing performance data collection schedules Stopping performance data collection schedules Restarting performance data collection schedules Deleting performance data collection schedules Setting the heap size to view and collect data Setting the heap size for management station Setting the heap size values for Windows and Unix host agents Collecting real-time performance data for XP arrays Introduction RealTimeChart screen Starting real-time performance data collection Stopping real-time performance data collection Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor Introduction Configuring and SNMP settings Providing user-friendly names for XP arrays Registering the XP array SVP IP address in XP Performance Advisor Setting the severity level for events Setting time zone for management stations Setting the duration to predict the LDEV response time Managing custom groups Creating custom groups Using custom group filters Significance of creating custom groups Viewing custom group configurations Modifying custom groups Editing custom groups Deleting custom groups Managing fabricated LDEV records Viewing Data Grid Update screen Querying for fabricated LDEV records Modifying fabricated LDEV records Editing fabricated LDEV records Deleting fabricated LDEV records Using template Managing XP Performance Advisor user profiles Creating and editing user profiles Creating a user record Changing password Deleting a user record Viewing group properties Monitoring the XP array performance Introduction Configuring threshold limits and viewing dashboard Setting performance threshold limits Specifying LDEV settings Performance threshold metrics Viewing Dashboard

5 XP array health Dashboard statistics Knowing resource level in Statistics section Dashboard categories and threshold metrics Dashboard busiest LDEVs information Dashboard charts High watermark in dashboard charts Configuring alarms and managing events Introduction Configuring alarms and viewing alarms history Selecting resources and metrics Configuring notification and monitoring settings Filtering records in Alarms table Filtering records based on resources Filtering records based on metrics and alarm status Setting threshold and dispatch levels Configuring alarm notifications Establishing scripts for alarms Enabling or disabling alarms Applying a template Deleting records in the Alarms table Searching for resources in resource selection tree Managing alarms history Understanding alarms history Viewing alarm history records Filtering records in Alarms History table Filtering based on resources Filtering based on Alarm History filters Alarm History filters Forecasting THP pools utilization Viewing performance graphs for resources Viewing events Filtering event records Deleting event records Managing the XP Performance Advisor database Introduction Database Manager screen Configuring database size Automatically increasing database size Manually increasing database size Purging data Manually purging data Purging XP array specific data Purging older data Automatically purging data Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files Creating Export DB CSV files Importing data to MS Excel Viewing Export DB CSV files Deleting Export DB reports and schedules Archiving data Importing data HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 5

6 Deleting logs for archival and import activities Migrating data to another management station Space requirements Migrating data using the Backup utility Saving or restoring data from the Windows command line Determining disk space requirements Viewing XP arrays resources Introduction Viewing performance summary Viewing cache utilization Viewing CLPR utilization Advisory on CLPR utilization Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization Viewing ACP utilization Viewing XP array summary Volume Information Viewing utilization summary Viewing 10 busiest LDEVs and Ports Viewing 10 busiest LDEVs and RAID groups Viewing RAID group summary Viewing port summary Viewing 90th and 95th percentile values for Continuous Access ports Viewing LDEV data Querying and sorting data Configuring column settings Resources in LDEV Column Settings list Viewing comparison charts for LDEVs Viewing replication data for LDEVs Filtering LDEV records Exporting LDEV data Viewing RAID group information Viewing THP Pool Occupancy information Viewing port information Viewing SLPR information Viewing CLPR information XP Continuous Access Journal Group detail view Viewing LDEV data in custom groups Using charts Introduction Charts screen Plotting charts Selecting resources and metrics XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor Custom Groups Choosing metrics Front-end navigation path Cache navigation path Back-end navigation path ThP Pool navigation path Snapshot Pool navigation path Replication Volumes navigation path LUSE navigation path

7 Host Groups navigation path Ext-RAID Groups navigation path Drive types navigation path Custom groups navigation path Searching for resources Viewing charts Using chart controls Adding new chart windows Saving charts as PDF files Saving favorite charts Loading favorite charts Creating reports for favorite charts Printing charts Forecasting utilization Using date and time filters Using chart Styles Zooming in on charts Rearranging or moving chart windows Removing chart windows Using reports Introduction Reports screen Generating, saving, or scheduling reports Providing common report details Generating or saving reports Scheduling reports Creating report for busiest LDEVs and RAID groups Creating an All report Creating an LDEV Activity report Viewing reports Deleting reports Virtualization for reports Enabling notifications Editing report schedules Deleting report schedules Understanding report records Understanding report schedule records Logging report details and exceptions Using Performance Estimator for XP arrays Introduction Supported disk types for performance estimation Supported disk sizes for performance estimation Understanding PET data Estimating performance for XP24000 and XP12000 type arrays Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications Introduction Troubleshooting screen Associating applications and viewing resources performance data Associating applications with hosts Removing association between application and hosts HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 7

8 Searching for applications associated with resources Viewing performance data for resources Viewing data for prominent set of metrics Viewing data for additional metrics Viewing variations in LDEVs response time Plotting charts Example troubleshooting scenarios Launching XP Application Performance Extender from XP Performance Advisor Launching XP Performance Advisor from XP Tiered Storage Manager Software Introduction Viewing performance graphs for LDEVs Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor Overview HP tools for troubleshooting and visualizing data XP Perf Advisor log selection tool Alarms are not being sent by Average values are higher than maximum values Browser refresh problem CLUI commands fail if invalid user credentials are given during CLUI installation CLUI command gives Java error Daylight savings time error Delays in alarm dispatch and notification generation Entries in the event log during database size modification Event log not updating Host does not appear Host Agent: Verifying that it is operational Host does not appear in the management station Host does not appear in the management station after upgrading the management station version Java console has exceptions Logging into XP Perf Advisor Login screen does not display in browser Maintaining versions for host agent logs Management station is not collecting performance data Management station: Verifying that it is operational Network configuration XP Perf Advisor and CLUI are not receiving performance data from the database XP Perf Advisor GUI client and PCAnywhere XP Perf Advisor shows disconnected external arrays Performance data collection does not start RAID Manager Library Restarting the performance data collection in case of a disk failure Real-time server error: Selected component is not connected to the XP Disk Array or no activity happening on the component Unable to browse to the management station Unable to connect to the real-time server on the host agent Unfinished configuration data collection error Database service initialization fails Multiprocessor optimization

9 Security under Settings is not displayed when localhost is used in the http address to log into XP Perf Advisor Unknown host XPWatch has missing ports No class definition found error displayed on Array View Error messages Support and other resources Contacting HP Subscription service Documentation feedback HP product documentation survey Related information Document conventions and symbols A Appendix A Storage management logical partitions (SLPRs) Cache logical partitions (CLPRs) B Appendix B Reports Array performance report Total I/O Rate report Total I/O Rate by hour of day report Total I/O Rate Detail report Read/Write Ratio report Read/Write Ratio by hour of day report Read/Write Detail report LDEV IO report Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs report Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups report Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs report Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups/Pools report Cache utilization reports Cache Utilization report Cache Write Pending report Percentage Read Hits report Total Backend Transfer report Total Backend Transfer by Hour of the Day report Cache Side File Utilization report ACP utilization reports ACP Utilization report ACP Utilization by Hour of the Day report CHIP utilization reports CHIP Utilization report CHIP Utilization by Hour of the Day report CHIP processor utilization report XP Thin Provisioning (THP) pool occupancy Snapshot pool occupancy XP Continuous Access Journal group utilization LDEV Activity report Export Database report All report HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 9

10 C Appendix C XP Performance Advisor Configuration and Performance data collection prerequisites for Windows operating system D Appendix D Supportability matrix E Appendix E Array mapping F Appendix F Metric Category, metrics and descriptions Forecasting THP pools performance Guidelines for selecting data range to receive an optimal forecast G Appendix G Glossary Index

11 Figures XP Performance Advisor Dashboard License screen Array View screen Configuration Data Collection Performance Data Collection RealTimeChart screen Threshold Settings screen Dashboard screen Threshold Settings screen Alarm History Database screen Array View screen for XP arrays Utilization Summary busiest front end LDEVs busiest front end Ports busiest backend LDEVs busiest backend RAID groups RAID Group summary Port summary Charts screen Reports screen Troubleshooting screen HP StorageWorks XP Application Performance Extender Software screen Example of an SLPR Example of a CLPR Total I/O Rate Total I/O Rate by hour of day Total I/O Rate Detail Read/Write Ratio Read/Write Ratio by hour of day Read/Write Detail Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 11

12 33 Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Ldevs Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups/Pools Cache Utilization Cache Write Pending Percentage read hits Total Backend Transfer report Total Backend Transfer by Hour of the Day Cache Side File Utilization ACP utilization over the entire period ACP utilization over a 24-hour period CHIP Utilization CHIP Utilization by Hour of the Day CHIP Processor Utilization XP Thin Provisioning (THP) pool occupancy Snapshot pool occupancy XP Continuous Access Journal group utilization LDEV Activity report Export Database report (Human readable format) XPInfo i command

13 Tables Group Details screen Viewing alarm History records Resources in LDEV Column Settings list Disk types supported on different arrays for performance estimation Disk types supported on different arrays for performance estimation Prominent metrics for LDEVs Default metrics for RAID groups, ports, and CLPRs Additional metrics for LDEVs Additional metrics for RAID groups, ports, and CLPRs Error messages Document conventions Supportability matrix for XP Thin Provisioning, Snapshot, and XP Continuous Access Journal XP128 (1 ACP Pair) XP128 (2 ACP Pairs) XP XP XP10000 and SVS XP XP Metric Category, metrics and descriptions Real-time metrics definitions HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 13

14 14

15 1 Introduction to XP Performance Advisor Overview HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software collects, monitors, and displays the performance of your HP StorageWorks XP Disk Array. XP Performance Advisor collects performance data for individual resources such as LDEV, CHIP/CHA, ACP/DKA, and DKC. XP Performance Advisor is a web-based application that includes the following resources: Centralized management station Distributed host stations Browser-based interface Command-line presentation client Data communication between the above mentioned is achieved through Internet-based protocols that eliminate geographical limitations to XP Performance Advisor resource distribution. XP Performance Advisor provides effective, point-in time displays that provide an overall view of subsystem performance. It includes the following: View the overall usage summary of an XP array against set threshold limits for a specified duration. Monitor large array configuration (XP Performance Advisor can monitor up to LDEVs). Create custom groups to monitor specific LDEVs, and view a graphical representation of their performance. Stay informed regarding array resource utilization by configuring thresholds and alarms. Forecast a THP pool's utilization for the next week or month. Configure and manage the extensive historical database. Review history when a resource crosses a threshold or triggers an alarm. View real time resource usage. Up-to-the-minute performance data and history for array logical devices, frontend ports, backend ports, and internal bus. Plot graphs for resources to view point in time performance data. Save floor space and resources by sharing the XP Performance Advisor management station with HP StorageWorks XP Command View AE. Compatible with other third-party products. Identify bottlenecks in the performance of applications residing on systems or hosts that use XP arrays for storing their data. Generate reports on the overall performance of an XP array or on individual resources belonging to an XP array. Review a log of events that have been triggered within XP Performance Advisor. XP Performance Advisor also provides XPWatch, a troubleshooting tool that helps you troubleshoot performance issues of XP arrays. You can also launch XP Performance Advisor from the HP StorageWorks XP Tiered Storage Manager Software. For more information, see Chapter 16 on page 297. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 15

16 16 Introduction to XP Performance Advisor

17 2 Working with the XP Performance Advisor GUI Introduction The XP Performance Advisor screen has the following sections: Left pane Right pane Title bar The left pane and the title bar are common to all the XP Performance Advisor screens. The Dashboard screen appears soon after you log into XP Performance Advisor. The main functionalities of XP Performance Advisor can be accessed using the respective links in the left pane. On the Dashboard screen, you can click any of the links displayed in the left pane to navigate to the respective screens. If you want to return to the Dashboard screen from any XP Performance Advisor screen, click Dashboard on the left pane of that particular screen. IMPORTANT: For best viewing of the XP Performance Advisor screens, HP recommends that you set the screen resolution of the monitor to 1024 X 768 pixels HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 17

18 . Figure 1 XP Performance Advisor Dashboard Left pane Title bar Right pane Title bar The Title bar displays the product name and the product logo. In addition, the Title bar also displays the following: User: Displays the name of the logged in user. XP Performance Advisor displays the user name who has logged in and using the current session. For example, if you logged in as an Administrator, XP Performance Advisor displays it in the following format User: Administrator. Help: Click Help to launch the XP Performance Advisor help. Sign Out: Click Log Out if you want to log off from XP Performance Advisor. Support: Click Support to view the XP Performance Advisor Support screen that provides links to download software for the following: Host agents CLUI XPWatch XPSketch XPInfo You can also download the XP Performance Advisor documentation from the Support screen. 18 Working with the XP Performance Advisor GUI

19 Left pane The left pane displays the following menus: Dashboard License Array View Reports Settings Charts Troubleshooting Database Manager Event Log Alarms Performance Estimator RealTimechart Right pane The Right pane displays the screen based on the menu that you select in the left pane. You can select related options on these screens to achieve the desired output. A tool tip is provided for every screen element, which provides a brief description of the screen element. The right pane also displays the Chart Work Area for those screens that require viewing the performance graphs for selected resources. Common tasks This section describes the tasks that are common across the XP Performance Advisor screens. Sorting records Records can be sorted by clicking on the respective column titles. To sort records, click the respective column titles. The default sort order is the ascending order. In the following figure, the records are sorted based on the Type of records logged on the Event Log screen. Columns are sorted depending on the type of information that appears in the respective columns (alphabetical, numerical, or date related). For example, the Metric column on the Alarm History screen sorts in an alphabetical order. The Value column sorts based on the numbers first followed by the alphabets. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 19

20 Resizing columns To resize a column width in a table: 1. Place the cursor of your pointing device on the column separator. The pointer or cursor changes as shown in the following image. 2. Press the mouse button and holding the pointer, move the column separator to either side, for increasing or decreasing the column width. Resizing sections of XP Performance Advisor screens You can resize individual sections of XP Performance Advisor screens by using your pointing device. To resize, place the pointing device on the section border and move the pointer to increase, or decrease the width accordingly. Accessing existing functionalities from XP Performance Advisor v4.5 onwards The following table provides the list of existing XP Performance Advisor functionalities and how they are accessed from v4.5 onwards: 20 Working with the XP Performance Advisor GUI

21 XP Performance Advisor functionalities Before v4.5 From v4.5 More details Host Information Configuration > Host Information tab Array View > Host Information tab Configuration Data Collection Configuration > Data Collection > Config Data tab Array View > Configuration Collection tab Performance Data Collection Configuration > Data Collection > Performance Data tab Array View > Performance Collection tab Alarm History Event Manager > Alarm History tab Alarms > Alarm History tab Data Grid Update Configuration > Data Grid Update Settings > Data Grid Update Security Configuration > Settings > Security tab Settings > Security and SNMP settings Configuration > Settings > Configuration Settings tab Settings > PA Settings Personalize Arrays Configuration > Settings > Personalize Arrays tab Settings > Personalize Arrays tab Register with SVP Configuration > Settings > Personalize Arrays tab Settings > Personalize Arrays tab Threshold Settings Configuration > Settings > Threshold Settings tab Settings > Threshold Settings tab Alarms Configuration Configuration > Alarms tab Alarms Alarms is a main link in the left pane. Database Management Configuration > Database tab Database Manager Database Manager is a main link in the left pane. Custom Groups Configuration > User Groups tab Settings > Custom Groups User Groups is renamed as Custom Groups. Array Dashboard Array View > Array Dashboard Dashboard Dashboard is a main link in the left pane. Event Manager Event Manager > Event Log tab Event Log Event Log is a main link in the left pane. Array View Array View Array View Charts Charts Charts Same as previous. Reports Reports Reports HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 21

22 XP Performance Advisor functionalities Before v4.5 From v4.5 More details Performance Estimator Performance Estimator Performance Estimator In addition: Setting management station time zone functionality which was previously part of the Database screen is moved to Settings under User Settings. Setting severity level for events functionality which was previously part of the Database screen is moved to Settings under User Settings. Generating and scheduling Export DB reports functionality that was part of the Reports screen is moved to Database Manager under Export DB tab 22 Working with the XP Performance Advisor GUI

23 3 Managing licenses for XP arrays Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 23 Instant-on license on XP Performance Advisor installation on page 26 Instant-on license expiration on page 27 Grace period expiration on page 28 Receiving a registration number for XP Performance Advisor on page 29 Generating licenses on page 31 Installing licenses on page 32 Viewing aggregate License status on page 33 Viewing status for individual licenses on page 33 Removing licenses on page 35 License capacity on page 34 Every XP array that is connected to an instance of XP Performance Advisor should have a valid XP Performance Advisor license for the XP array internal raw disk capacity that is monitored. XP Performance Advisor monitors only those XP arrays for which valid licenses are generated and installed on the management station where XP Performance Advisor resides. You can generate a frame license of type, Permanent at the Hewlett-Packard Authorization Center (HPAC) license key website, using the following URL: You can generate a permanent license for a specified internal raw disk capacity of your choice and unlimited duration. Each Permanent license is perpetual, unique to an XP array, and bound to the following: XP array serial number XP array type License capacity purchased HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 23

24 IMPORTANT: It is mandatory that you have the XP Performance Advisor registration number to generate a permanent frame license. This registration number is included in the product entitlement certificate that is provided with every XP Performance Advisor License To USE (LTU) purchased. For more information on generating licenses, see Generating licenses at the HPAC license key website on page 29. If you have not received this product entitlement certificate, see Receiving a registration number for XP Performance Advisor on page 29. This section describes the steps for procuring a product entitlement certificate that also includes the registration number. XP array internal raw disk capacity of 64 TB and greater is considered an unlimited frame license (unlimited raw disk capacity) by XP Performance Advisor. It means you need not generate additional licenses for XP Performance Advisor to monitor internal raw disk capacities at 64 TB and beyond. If you increase the internal raw disk capacity in your XP array, you must purchase additional XP Performance Advisor LTUs and generate permanent licenses for XP Performance Advisor to monitor the additional raw disk capacities. The existing permanent license cannot be used, as XP Performance Advisor considers it as a license capacity violation and initiates a grace period of 60 days for that XP array. After generating a license for an XP array, the XP Performance Advisor LTU and the registration number are bound to the XP array serial number, and the raw disk capacity for which the license is generated. XP Performance Advisor monitors external storage attached to your XP array. However, it does not include the capacity of the external storage in the license capacity calculation. When you install XP Performance Advisor v4.6 for the first time, you are provided with an Instant-on license, which is automatically enabled when XP Performance Advisor v4.6 is installed. The Instant-on license or the trial license is provided with every instance of XP Performance Advisor. It is valid for a period of 120 days (from the day you install XP Performance Advisor) after which a grace period of 60 days is provided. During the 120 days tenure or the 60 days grace period, you must generate a Permanent license at the HPAC license key website for each monitored XP Disk Array, and install the license key on XP Performance Advisor. When you upgrade XP Performance Advisor from a pre-4.5 version to v4.6, XP Performance Advisor enters an Instant-on period of 120 days after the upgrade process is completed. When you upgrade XP Performance Advisor from v4.5 to v4.6, and: If XP Performance Advisor was in the Instant-on period, it continues to be in that state after the upgrade, until the Instant-on period expires or you generate a permanent license for the monitored XP disk arrays. If XP Performance Advisor was in the grace period, it continues to be in that state after the upgrade, until the grace period expires or you generate a permanent license for the monitored XP disk arrays. If license violation was detected for one or more monitored XP disk arrays, and XP Performance Advisor was in the license expiry violation duration, it continues to be in that state until you generate a permanent license for the monitored XP disk arrays. If license violation was detected for one or more monitored XP disk arrays, and XP Performance Advisor was in the grace period, it continues to be in that state until the grace period expires or you generate a permanent license for the monitored XP disk arrays. If license violation was detected for one or more monitored XP disk arrays, and the grace period is over, configuration collections are not allowed after the upgrade process is completed. 24 Managing licenses for XP arrays

25 . License screen You can add new licenses and view the status of existing licenses on the License screen. The following figure shows the License screen that is displayed when you click License in the left pane. NOTE: The Remote Web Console (RWC) displays both the internal and external raw disk capacities for XP disk arrays of type XP10000 and XP However, the License screen in XP Performance Advisor displays only the internal raw disk capacities for XP10000 and XP12000, and other supported XP disk arrays. This is an expected behavior of XP Performance Advisor, as XP Performance Advisor is licensed only on internal raw disk capacity. Figure 2 License screen Screen elements Add New License File View License Status View License Detail Description In this section, add the licenses (.dat files) that you generated at the HPAC license key website. In this section, view the status of all the licenses installed on the XP Performance Advisor instance. It displays the aggregate of all valid license capacities for each XP array being monitored by XP Performance Advisor. Also, the Last Updated Time displays the date and time, when XP Performance Advisor last updated the license status for an XP Disk Array. In this section, view information pertaining to each license generated for an XP array. It includes details like the license type, end date of the license, and the capacity for which the license is generated. Tasks you can perform on the License screen Installing licenses on page 32 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 25

26 Viewing aggregate License status on page 33 Viewing status for individual licenses on page 33 Removing licenses on page 35 Related Topics See the following related topics: Generating licenses at the HPAC license key website on page 29 Receiving a registration number for XP Performance Advisor on page 29 Instant-on license expiration on page 27 Grace period expiration on page 28 Instant-on license on XP Performance Advisor installation on page 26 Generating licenses on page 31 License capacity on page 34 Instant-on license on XP Performance Advisor installation The Instant-on license or the trial license is provided with every instance of XP Performance Advisor. By default, this license is automatically enabled when you install XP Performance Advisor v4.6. Following are important notes on the Instant-on license: It is valid for a period of 120 days (from the day you install XP Performance Advisor) or until the time you generate, and install a new license on XP Performance Advisor, for one or more monitored XP arrays. For more information on adding licenses, see Installing licenses on page 32. For example, if you installed XP Performance Advisor on 20th Aug 09, the Instant-on license is also enabled on the same date and it is valid until the 19th Dec 09. If XP Performance Advisor is monitoring five XP arrays in the Instant-on license mode and you added two more XP arrays on 31st Aug 09 for which configuration collection is performed, they are still monitored in the current Instant-on license mode only. The Instant-on duration of 120 days is not calculated separately for the additional two XP arrays. NOTE: The term, monitored XP arrays refers to those XP arrays for which at least one round of configuration data collection is complete. The term, unmonitored XP arrays refers to those XP arrays for which configuration data collection is not yet performed. It is not bound to a specific XP array and is applicable across all XP arrays that are monitored by the current instance of XP Performance Advisor. During the Instant-on license period, XP Performance Advisor can monitor any number of XP arrays for unlimited raw disk capacities. You can perform all the tasks on XP arrays that XP Performance Advisor supports, like configuration and performance data collection, generating reports and charts to view the associated resources performance. It cannot be generated from the HPAC license key website. It is available by default when you install XP Performance Advisor v4.6 or later version. It facilitates XP Performance Advisor to collect data for all monitored XP arrays. It also allows you to perform new configuration data collection, so that XP Performance Advisor can monitor additional raw disk capacities for your XP arrays. You can perform configuration collection for an unmonitored XP array during the Instant-on period. After the configuration collection is performed and the Instant-on period expires, and there is no 26 Managing licenses for XP arrays

27 valid license installed, XP Performance Advisor switches over to the grace period of 60 days for that XP array. Instant-on license activation XP Performance Advisor indicates that the Instant-on license is activated by displaying the following status message in the top pane of the Dashboard screen and the License screen. (The Dashboard screen appears first when you log into XP Performance Advisor): The Performance Advisor trial license expire on month, day, year. Please contact your HP Representative to purchase the requisite Performance Advisor licenses to avoid disruption of Performance Advisor services. Where, month, day, and year is calculated as 120 days from the date when XP Performance Advisor v4.6 is installed. Every day, a status message on the number of remaining Instant-on days is displayed under Comments in the View License Status section against each XP array record for which a permanent license is not yet installed. For more information on the series of events that follow after an Instant-on license expires, see Instant-on license expiration on page 27 and Grace period expiration on page 28. Related Topics See the following related topics: Generating licenses at the HPAC license key website on page 29 Installing licenses on page 32 Instant-on license expiration The Instant-on license expires when one of the following conditions are met: The Instant-on license period of 120 days is over and permanent license is not yet installed for any of the monitored XP arrays, XP Performance Advisor does the following: It initiates a grace period of 60 days for all the monitored XP arrays. During the grace period, you can monitor any number of XP arrays for unlimited raw disk capacities. You can also perform all the XP Performance Advisor related operations on the XP arrays, which includes collecting configuration data for the additional internal raw disk capacities on your XP arrays. This is possible only until the date the current grace period is valid. After the grace period expires, you cannot perform new configuration data collection on any of the monitored XP arrays, for which Permanent licenses are not installed. The following changes are displayed on the License screen for each XP array record: Screen elements Hardware Platform Serial Number Array Capacity (TB) License Capacity (TB) Description Displays the type of XP array that is being monitored by XP Performance Advisor. Displays the serial number of the XP array. Displays the total internal raw disk capacity on the XP array. XP Performance Advisor receives accurate internal raw disk capacity (same as shown by RWC) from the XP Disk Array, when you perform the Outband mode of configuration data collection. Displays the capacity as 0. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 27

28 Screen elements License Status End Date Comments Description Displays the status as Expired. Displays the end date of the grace period. Displays the following status message: No License Installed. Grace Period expire on month, day, year. Please purchase the required Performance Advisor licenses now to continue using Performance Advisor on this Array. Where, month, day, year refers to the date till when the grace period is valid. The above status message is also displayed on the Dashboard screen. You have installed a permanent license on XP Performance Advisor for at least one monitored XP array during the Instant-on period, it does the following: Disables the Instant-on license and initiates a grace period of 60 days on all the monitored XP arrays, excluding those for which permanent licenses are installed on XP Performance Advisor Displays the following details in the View License Status section for the XP arrays that have a Permanent license installed on XP Performance Advisor: Screen elements License capacity (TB) License status End Date Description Displays the aggregate capacity of all valid license keys installed. Displays the current status of the license, as Installed. Displays Never, as permanent license is for an unlimited duration. XP Performance Advisor starts monitoring these XP arrays for the new licenses (Permanent) that are installed. Ensure that you generate and install valid license keys for every XP array being monitored, so that XP Performance Advisor continues collecting data for the XP arrays. Related Topics See the following related topics: Generating licenses on page 31 Installing licenses on page 32 Grace period expiration The grace period that follows the Instant-on license is valid for 60 days. After the grace period expires and if valid licenses are not installed, the following changes occur: XP Performance Advisor cannot monitor XP arrays for any new configuration changes made after the grace period is over. However, it continues to collect performance data for the current raw disk capacities of the monitored XP arrays. 28 Managing licenses for XP arrays

29 Configured alarms, notifications, reports, charts, and all other functions continue to work. However, the generated report contain a warning message for license expiry at the beginning of the report. WARNING: License violation was detected for this array. This report may not capture performance data about the recent configuration changes made in the XP disk array. Please purchase the required Performance Advisor licenses immediately. The License screen displays the following changes: Screen elements License Status License Capacity (TB) Comments Description Displays the status as Expired. Displays the capacity as 0. Displays the following status message: License has expired. Grace Period has expired on month, day, year. Please purchase the required Performance Advisor licenses now to continue using Performance Advisor on this Array. Where, month, day, year refers to the date till when the grace period is valid. The above status message is also displayed on the Dashboard screen. For XP Performance Advisor to continue configuration collection for additional internal raw disk capacities on the monitored XP arrays, you should install permanent licenses for each of them on XP Performance Advisor. Contact your HP representative to procure the additional licenses. Related Topics See the following related topics: Generating licenses on page 31 Installing licenses on page 32 Generating licenses at the HPAC license key website You can generate a permanent license for XP Performance Advisor at the HPAC license key website. Ensure that you have the registration number for XP Performance Advisor, which is required for generating a license. To understand how to receive the registration number, see the following section. Receiving a registration number for XP Performance Advisor The registration number is a unique identifier which helps you generate a license key for XP Performance Advisor. To understand what actions you need to take to receive the required registration number for your XP Performance Advisor installation, refer to the following three categories: 1. Your XP disk array has a frame license for XP Performance Advisor Verify if you have received the product registration number along with the XP Performance Advisor v4.6 media kit. Use the registration number to generate a license key file. For more information on how to generate a license key file, see Generating licenses on page 31. This license key file entitles you to a frame license for XP Performance Advisor. If you have not received the product registration number with the v4.6 media Kit, follow the steps listed under category 3 (XP disk array has less than 32 TB of XP Performance Advisor LTUs). HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 29

30 2. Your XP disk array has 32 TB or more of XP Performance Advisor LTUs Verify if you have received the product registration number along with the XP Performance Advisor v4.6 media kit. Use the registration number to generate a license key file. For more information on how to generate a license key file, see Generating licenses on page 31. This license key file entitles you to a frame license for XP Performance Advisor. If you have not received the product registration number with the v4.6 media Kit, follow the steps listed under category 3 (XP disk array has less than 32 TB of XP Performance Advisor LTUs). IMPORTANT: Note that as you are not entitled to a frame license, you are still required to continue purchasing additional XP Performance Advisor LTUs, as your XP disk array capacity needs to increase until you become entitled to a frame license. 3. Your XP disk array has less than 32 TB of XP Performance Advisor LTUs Send an to HP at americas_password@cnd.hp.com requesting a registration number for XP Performance Advisor for your entitled LTUs. After you receive the registration number, use that to generate a license key file. For quick processing of your request, include the completed XP Performance Advisor License Entitlement Request text file, which you can find in C:\HPSS\data\keys folder, if you have already upgraded to XP Performance Advisor v4.6. This text file is also displayed after you install or upgrade to XP Performance Advisor v4.6. Following are the details that you need to provide in the XP Performance Advisor License Entitlement Request text file before sending it to HP: Requestor Name, Requestor Phone Number, and Requestor Address SAID or HP Contract Number, DKC Serial Number(s), Hardware Platform, Raw Capacity of the XP Disk Array(s), and XP Performance Advisor Version Being Installed Company Name, Address, City, State/Province, Zip Code, and Country IMPORTANT: By default, the XP Performance Advisor License Entitlement Request text file is placed in the C:\HPSS\data\keys folder during XP Performance Advisor installation. After you receive the registration number, use it to generate a license key file and add it to XP Performance Advisor. IMPORTANT: HP requires at least five working days to process your request. Related Topics See the following related topics: Generating licenses on page 31 Installing licenses on page Managing licenses for XP arrays

31 Generating licenses IMPORTANT: XP Performance Advisor entitlement certificate is generic. The registration number included in the entitlement certificate can be used to generate a permanent license for any XP array serial number. After the registration number is used for a given XP array serial number, it cannot be further associated with another XP array serial number. You can generate permanent licenses for unmonitored XP arrays and install them on XP Performance Advisor. However, the license details for those XP arrays appear in the View License Status section of the License screen, only after you perform configuration collection for those XP arrays. To generate a Permanent license: 1. Access the HPAC license key website, from your Internet browser. The Hewlett-Packard Authorization Center license key web page appears. 2. Click Generate a License Key in the Main Menu section. The Generate License Key screen appears. 3. Enter the registration number in the Registration Number or Product Authorization Key box. Ensure that the registration number is same as that mentioned in the product entitlement certificate. 4. Click Next >>. The Array information input screen appears. The following details are displayed: Registration number XP Performance Advisor base license Additional PA LTU that you purchased Raw disk capacity that the LTU supports 5. Provide the following details on the Array information input screen: Enter the Array DKC serial number, which is a 5 digit number, like 10900, Select the Hardware platform from the list. The XP array types that XP Performance Advisor supports (XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, XP10000, XP1024, XP128) are displayed for selection in the list. 6. Click Next >>. The Requestor Information screen appears. 7. Provide the requestor and company related information and click Next >>. The Requestor Information screen appears again with all the details that you provided. 8. Click Next >> to confirm the details. The Certificate screen appears and provides the license details. You can do the following on the Certificate screen: Click Save to print a copy of the certificate. Click Keyfile to save the license file as a.dat file on your system. Click to send a copy of the license certificate and the key file through to the intended recipient. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 31

32 Installing licenses To install a license: 1. Click License in the left pane. The License screen appears. 2. Click Browse in the Add New License File section. 3. Navigate to the folder where the license (.dat) file is stored 4. Select the license that you want to add and click Open. The license file appears in the File Name box. 5. Click Add License. The following details are updated in the View License File Status section. These details are for the specific XP array serial number for which the license is generated: Screen elements Hardware Platform Serial Number Array Capacity (TB) License Capacity (TB) License Status End Date Comments Description Displays the type of XP array that is being monitored by XP Performance Advisor. Displays the serial number of the XP array. Displays the total internal raw disk capacity on the XP disk array. XP Performance Advisor receives accurate internal raw disk capacity (same as shown by RWC) from the XP Disk Array, when you perform the Outband mode of configuration data collection. Displays the aggregate capacity of all valid license keys installed. Displays the current status as Installed indicating that new configuration collection are possible. Displays Never, which indicates that the license is for an unlimited duration. Appropriate messages are displayed for each XP array record. The message includes the type of license installed, license duration, and expiry date. Click Refresh to view the changes updated on the License screen. CAUTION: After the licenses are installed, do not modify the date and time on the management station where XP Performance Advisor is currently installed. Modifying these may result in the configuration and performance collection providing inaccurate data. Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing aggregate License status on page Managing licenses for XP arrays

33 Viewing status for individual licenses on page 33 Removing licenses on page 35 Viewing aggregate License status XP Performance Advisor maintains an aggregate of all the raw disk capacities for an XP array, for which you have generated licenses. IMPORTANT: If licenses are not installed for a given XP array, the respective license details are not displayed. For a description on each of the columns displayed in the above image, see the table given under Installing licenses on page 32. You can also view the individual licenses and the internal raw disk capacities for which they are generated. For more information on viewing details about individual licenses, see Viewing status for individual licenses on page 33. Viewing status for individual licenses IMPORTANT: If your HP Support engineer has installed a Term or Emergency license on your management station, the respective license details are also displayed in the View License Status section. To view the status of individual licenses for an XP array: 1. Click License in the left pane. The License screen appears. 2. In the View License Status section, select an XP array record for which you want to view the status of individual licenses. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 33

34 3. Click View Details. The View License Status section is displayed. In addition to the details displayed in the View License Status section, the following details specific to the installed license are also displayed in the View License Detail section: Screen elements Key Type Permitted Volumes (TB) End Date Description Displays the license type. Displays the capacity of the license key. Displays Never, which indicates that the license is for an unlimited duration. In the above image, only one Permanent license is installed. Hence, the License Capacity (TB) is same as the Permitted Volumes (TB). Related Topics See the following related topics: Installing licenses on page 32 Removing licenses on page 35 License capacity When the internal raw disk capacity exceeds the licensed capacity for an XP array, XP Performance Advisor switches to the grace period of 60 days for that particular XP array. If you want it to continue monitoring the additional internal raw disk capacity, you should purchase the required XP Performance Advisor LTUs for the additional internal raw disk capacity, and generate a new permanent license before the grace period expires. The License Status for such XP arrays displays Capacity Insufficient in the View License Status section. The following informational message is displayed under Comments: Array capacity exceeds licensed Capacity which was detected on month, day, year. Grace Period expire on month, day, year. Please purchase the required Performance Advisor licenses now to continue using Performance Advisor on this Array. Where, month, day, year refers to the date till when the grace period is valid. 34 Managing licenses for XP arrays

35 Removing licenses IMPORTANT: Only an Administrator or a user with administrative privileges can remove licenses. To remove a license from the current management station: 1. Click License in the left pane. The License screen appears. 2. In the View License Status section, select the XP array record and click Remove License. 3. In the Remove License section, select Permanent from the License Type list. You can also choose the license type All, which is the default selection. When you select the license type, all the licenses belonging to that particular license type are removed. If you require an instance of that license type, select the respective.dat file and install it again. For more information on adding licenses, see Installing licenses on page 32. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 35

36 36 Managing licenses for XP arrays

37 4 Collecting configuration and performance data Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 37 Configuring host information on page 39 Configuration data on page 42 Performance data on page 50 XP Performance Advisor interacts with XP arrays through hosts that have operating system specific XP Performance Advisor host agents installed. These hosts form the channel of communication between XP Performance Advisor and XP arrays. Once the host agents are installed, the corresponding records automatically appear under the Host Information tab on the Array View screen. The associated XP array configuration summary details are also displayed on the relevant XP Performance Advisor screens. If command devices are configured on XP arrays, the corresponding command device details are displayed for each XP array record under the Configuration Data tab on the Array View screen. You can request an update from a host agent every time you make configuration changes to the host agent or their associated XP arrays. You can remove records for host agents that are no longer connected to the management station. After the host agents are discovered, you can start configuration data collection and performance data collection for an XP array using its corresponding command device. Configuration data collection can be a one-time activity or scheduled periodically on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis. It can be collected using the Inband or OutBand mode of data collection. During scheduled configuration data collection for an XP array, data pertaining to the new resources in an XP array are automatically included in the latest configuration data. During one-time configuration data collection, data on new resources cannot be collected after the configuration collection is complete. You must perform another one-time configuration data collection to receive the updated configuration data. After the configuration data collection is complete, you can start performance data collection for an XP array by creating a schedule and including resources that need to be monitored. You can collect performance data for RAID groups, disk controller units (DKC), ports, XP Continuous Access Journal, ThP, and External RAID groups. In addition, you can also specify the frequency of collection for each of the selected resources. Further, you can enable a performance data collection schedule to automatically monitor and collect performance of new resources (RAID groups and ports). Resources discovered during the scheduled configuration data collection are automatically added to the performance data collection schedules that are enabled to automatically monitor new resources. For more information, see Enabling performance collection schedules for automatic updates on page 56. Confirmatory records on all events generated for host updates, configuration, and performance data collection activities are displayed on the Event Log screen. To view the Event Log screen, click Event Log in the left pane. For more information on managing events, see Viewing events on page 144. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 37

38 . NOTE: XP Performance Advisor also collects real-time performance data for XP arrays. For more information, see Chapter 5 on page 65. Array View screen NOTE: You can request updates from host agent, perform configuration and performance data collection only if you have logged into XP Performance Advisor as an Administrator, or a user who is granted administrative privileges. The Array View screen appears when you click Array View in the left pane, and comprises of the following: Figure 3 Array View screen Screen elements Available XP Arrays Host Information Configuration Collection Description Displays XP arrays that communicate with XP Performance Advisor through the connected hosts. Each XP array is represented as an icon. The XP array DKC number and model type are displayed on the icon. Click an XP array icon to view the associated command device records highlighted in the Configuration Collection table. Displays the Host Information table that lists the host agents connected to your XP Performance Advisor. You can request updates from host agents or remove their data from XP Performance Advisor. Displays the list of command device records in the Configuration Collection table. You can collect one-time configuration data or schedule configuration data collection. 38 Collecting configuration and performance data

39 Screen elements Performance Collection Description Displays the list of XP array records in the Performance Collection table. You can schedule performance data collection and also enable schedules to automatically collect performance data for new resources. Clicking Array View also displays the Resource selection tree in the left pane, which provides the list of XP arrays configured to communicate with your management station, and custom groups. Click an XP array serial number to view the corresponding configuration summary and performance summary details. Click a custom group to view the performance data of the associated LDEVs. For more information, see Chapter 10 on page 173. If you have navigated to an individual XP array in the Resource selection tree under Array View and want to view, or modify the host information, configuration collection, or performance collection data, click Arrays under Array View in the left pane. Tasks you can perform on the Array View screen Configuring host information on page 39 Configuration data on page 42 Performance data on page 50 Related Topics See the following topics: Providing user-friendly names for XP arrays on page 80 Registering the XP array SVP IP address in XP Performance Advisor on page 80 Viewing events on page 144 Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76 Communicating with host agents XP Performance Advisor displays the host agents in the Host Information table under the Host Information tab. The current status of a host agent is displayed as Requested when you seek an update from the host agent (for example, when it is reinstalled). The status changes to Received after XP Performance Advisor retrieves the requested information from the host agent. When host agents are first installed on the hosts, their current status is displayed as Received. Tasks you can perform under the Host Information tab Requesting host agent updates on page 40 Removing host agent information from XP Performance Advisor on page 41 Related Topics See the following related topics: Collecting configuration data on page 45 Scheduling configuration data collection on page 46 Performance data on page 50 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 39

40 Requesting host agent updates Prerequisites Ensure that the following prerequisites are met: Ensure that the version of the host agent installed on the host matches with the version of XP Performance Advisor installed on the management station. Ensure that a command device is already created on the XP array connected to your host and also configured to communicate with the host. If it is not created, the corresponding RAID Manager Library version is not displayed when you request for a host update. In such cases, do the following: 1. Create a command device on the XP array. For more information on creating command devices, refer to the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide (see Related documentation on page 320). 2. Associate the command device with your host. 3. Request an update on your host again. To request for a host update: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Host Information tab. The details for the XP Performance Advisor host agents appear in the Host Information table: Screen elements Host OS HA Version RMLib Version Status Description Displays the system name of the host. Displays the operating system installed on the host and its current version. Displays the version of the host agent installed on the host. Displays the RMLib version installed on the host. Displays the status of the host update request as either Requested or Received. 3. Select the host agents whose configuration details you want to update in XP Performance Advisor. 40 Collecting configuration and performance data

41 4. Click Request Info. The Request Info button is enabled only when you select the host agents. Use the Shft or Ctrl key to select multiple host agent records. The request is executed in the subsequent data collection cycle. Following is the sequence of events that occur for the selected host agent: a. XP Performance Advisor retrieves updated information from the host agent. This may take few minutes depending on the number of LDEVs that are exposed to the host agent. The Status shows as Requested and Request Status displays the message, In progress...please wait. b. After XP Performance Advisor has retrieved the latest information from the host agent, the Status changes to Received. c. The latest time stamp is displayed under Updated. The Host Information table is automatically refreshed every two minutes. You can also click Refresh Hosts, if you want to manually refresh the Host Information table before the auto refresh occurs. If there are any configuration changes in the associated XP arrays, XP Performance Advisor also updates these details on the relevant screens. For example, if the updated information is about a new command device, in addition to receiving an update from the respective host, an additional record for the new command device is also displayed under the Configuration Collection tab on the Array View screen. You should follow the above mentioned steps to collect configuration data from a reconfigured XP array. It avoids inconsistencies in the performance data collected for that XP array. During the next data collection cycle, the host collects the configuration data again from the reconfigured XP array and displays under the Configuration Collection tab on the Array View screen. Related Topics See the following related topics: Removing host agent information from XP Performance Advisor on page 41 Collecting configuration data on page 45 Scheduling configuration data collection on page 46 Performance data on page 50 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Removing host agent information from XP Performance Advisor IMPORTANT: You can remove a host when its status shows as Requested or Received under Status. If an XP array is connected to two hosts, both of which communicate with the same management station and one of the hosts is deleted, the configuration and performance data for the XP array is still available for XP Performance Advisor, as the XP array is still connected to the other host. The existing performance data for removed XP arrays is available for being purged. To remove an existing host record: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Host Information tab. 3. Select the hosts that should be removed from XP Performance Advisor. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 41

42 4. Click Remove Host. The Remove Host button is enabled only when you select any host record. XP Performance Advisor deletes the host record and logs a confirmation on the Event Log screen. When you remove a host, the data about the command devices that are exposed to the host and the following data for XP arrays connected to the host are also removed. You should initiate a new configuration collection on the XP array and also create or configure the above mentioned parameters again: Configuration data Performance schedules Report schedules Alarm configuration data Custom groups If you want to view the host details again, restart the host agent services on that host. A record for the host is automatically displayed under the Host Information tab. For more information on restarting host agent services, refer to the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide. Collecting configuration data You can collect the configuration data for an XP array in the following ways: One Time configuration data collection: Use this collection type if you want to collect configuration data only once. Any new configuration changes to the XP array, like new resources that are added after the collection completes are not captured in the existing configuration collection. Scheduled configuration data collection: Use this collection type if you want to schedule configuration data collection periodically on a hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis. Based on the schedule frequency, XP Performance Advisor collects the updated configuration data from the XP array. If you want XP Performance Advisor to automatically collect performance data for new resources, you must enable the corresponding performance data collection schedules to automatically accept and monitor performance of new resources. For more information, see Enabling performance collection schedules for automatic updates on page 56. You can use the Inband or OutBand mode for one-time or scheduled configuration data collection. Inband mode: The Inband mode uses RMLIB on the host agent to collect data from an XP array, where the data is transferred from the XP array to the host, and then to the management station. OutBand mode: The OutBand mode uses Remote Method Invocation (RMI) to collect data from an XP array through its SVP, where XP Performance Advisor directly communicates with the XP array to collect its configuration data. NOTE: Using the OutBand mode ensures that the performance of Storage Area Network (SAN) is not affected because of data collection. After the hosts appear under the Host Information tab, the following details from a command device are also displayed in the Configuration Collection table, under the Configuration Collection tab: 42 Collecting configuration and performance data

43 Screen elements Array (Array Name) Host ID Port Cmddev DeviceFile Last Collection Frequency Collection Status Description Displays the DKC number and user-friendly name of the XP array. Displays the system name of the host. Displays the ports that are configured to communicate data between the command device on an XP array and the associated host. Displays the LDEV ID of the LDEV that is configured as a command device. Displays the device file for the command device. Displays, if configuration collection is not yet initiated for an XP array. After a configuration data collection is initiated, the Last Collection shows the date and time when XP Performance Advisor receives the complete configuration data from the XP array. Displays, if configuration collection is not yet scheduled, or if a one-time configuration data collection is performed on an XP array. The schedule type and duration (date and time stamp) are displayed under Frequency, only if a configuration data collection is scheduled. Displays Not yet done, as configuration data collection (one-time or scheduled) has not yet been initiated on an XP array. The Configuration Collection table is automatically refreshed every 2 minutes. You can also click Refresh to perform a manual refresh of the Configuration Collection table. CAUTION: Ensure that the date and time on the management station and hosts are synchronized with the local time zone to receive accurate configuration data. This condition is also applicable for the client systems that use the IE browser to access XP Performance Advisor on a management station, and systems that have CLUI software installed. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 43

44 Following are important notes applicable for both the one-time and scheduled configuration data collections: To perform configuration data collection for an XP array, select only one command device for that XP array. Do not initiate configuration data collection at the same time for multiple XP arrays. Configuration changes made to an XP array after a one-time collection are not automatically updated in XP Performance Advisor. You must perform the one-time configuration data collection again to receive the latest configuration data for that XP array. However, if you have scheduled the configuration data collection, XP Performance Advisor automatically retrieves the latest configuration data from the XP array as per the selected schedule frequency. When Inband or OutBand configuration collection is in progress, you cannot reinitiate the configuration data collection. If an Inband or OutBand collection fails, wait for the progress bar to stop before reinitiating a new configuration data collection. It takes approximately 60 minutes for the progress bar to reset after an Inband collection failure. If an array is connected to a host agent that is running on HP-UX 11i v3 operating system, the Device Special File (DSF) is displayed in a new format. A legacy DSF is displayed in parenthesis next to the new format. Resources represent the external RAID group information collected using the OutBand mode. The Outband mode of configuration data collection is only supported for the XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, and XP24000 disk arrays. With every Outband mode of configuration data collection, XP Performance Advisor gets the latest internal raw disk capacity from your XP Disk Array (XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, XP24000) and updates its value under Array Capacity (TB) on the License screen. So, it is necessary that the SVP belonging to the particular XP Disk Array be online, accessible, and not locked by any other user or under maintenance. XP Performance Advisor stops collecting configuration data for those XP disk arrays (XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, XP24000), for which internal raw disk capacity cannot be updated, license has expired, or license capacity has exceeded the grace period. If internal raw disk capacity cannot be updated for an XP Disk Array through Outband, XP Performance Advisor displays the message, Array Raw capacity data could not be fetched through SVP for XP Disk Array Ensure that the XP Disk Array is online, the SVP is accessible and not under maintenance, or locked by another resource. The Outband configuration data collection will not be allowed for this XP Disk Array until the problem is resolved. under the Configuration Collection tab. Simultaneously, an event is also logged for the same on the Event Log screen. If you have scheduled a configuration data collection, a failure notification message is also sent to the recipient address, specified in the Data Collection Settings section on the Settings screen. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. If license has expired or license capacity has exceeded the grace period for an XP Disk Array, XP Performance Advisor displays the message, Configuration collection is stopped due to license violation for array under the Configuration Collection tab. Simultaneously, an event is also logged for the same on the Event Log screen. The internal raw disk capacity got through the Inband mode of configuration data collection is not accurate when compared to the value shown by RWC, and might lead to license violations. So, if you want accurate internal raw disk capacity of your XP Disk Array (XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, or XP24000), HP recommends that you collect configuration data using the Outband mode. 44 Collecting configuration and performance data

45 To configure data collection on a Windows system, see Appendix C on page 345. Tasks you can perform under the Configuration Collection tab Collecting configuration data on page 45 Scheduling configuration data collection on page 46 One-time configuration data collection Prerequisites Ensure that the following prerequisites are met before you start configuration data collection for an XP array. These prerequisites are common for both one-time and scheduled configuration data collections: Start configuration data collection for an XP array, only when the command device is created on that XP array. For more information on creating command devices, refer to the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide. If multiple SLPRs are configured in an XP array, select the command device that is associated with SLPR0. However, if you select the command device associated with SLPR1 or SLPR2, the configuration information associated with SLPR0 cannot be accessed due to security implementations. To perform a one-time configuration data collection: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Configuration Collection tab. The Configuration Collection table displays the list of command device records for all the XP arrays that are monitored by XP Performance Advisor. 3. Select the command device record corresponding to the XP array for which configuration data should be collected. Alternatively, you can also click an XP array icon in the Available Arrays section to view the corresponding set of records highlighted under the Configuration Collection tab. The existing set of records are automatically sorted to display the command devices belonging to the selected XP array at the beginning of the Configuration Collection table. 4. Retain the Collection Period as One Time (default selection). HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 45

46 5. Retain the Collection Type as OutBand (default selection), if you want XP Performance Advisor to directly collect data from an XP array through its SVP. The IP Address is automatically displayed for an XP array, if you have already registered the SVP with the respective management station. You can also manually enter the SVP IP address. Select the Collection Type as Inband, if you want RAID Manager Library (RMLib) to collect configuration data from an XP array, and transfer to XP Performance Advisor. The Inband mode of configuration data collection is supported for the XP1024/128, XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, and XP24000 disk arrays. IMPORTANT: Outband is the preferred mode of configuration data collection for an XP Disk Array of type XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, or XP If the SVP on the XP Disk Array is accessible, HP recommends that you use the Outband mode of configuration data collection, as XP Performance Advisor receives the accurate internal raw disk capacity from the XP Disk Array (same as shown by RWC) through the Outband mode. Collect configuration data through the Inband mode for an XP Disk Array only if Outband mode of configuration data collection is not supported on that array. 6. Click Submit. XP Performance Advisor starts collecting configuration data for the XP array through the selected command device. The Collection Status displays the message, In progress...please wait for that XP array. After the configuration data is collected, the Collection Status shows Done. The Last Collection displays the updated time stamp, when XP Performance Advisor completes receiving the latest configuration data. Clicking Reset restores the default settings. Related Topics See the following related topics: Scheduling configuration data collection on page 46 Deleting configuration data collection schedules on page 49 Performance data on page 50 Providing user-friendly names for XP arrays on page 80 Registering the XP array SVP IP address in XP Performance Advisor on page 80 Filtering event records on page 145 Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Plotting charts on page 213 Scheduling configuration data collection IMPORTANT: The schedule start time is set to the management station time where XP Performance Advisor is installed. Prerequisites 46 Collecting configuration and performance data

47 For the set of prerequisites, see Collecting configuration data on page 45. To schedule configuration data collection: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Configuration Collection tab. The Configuration Collection table displays the list of XP array records. 3. Select the command device record corresponding to the XP array for which configuration data should be collected. You can also click an XP array icon in the Available Arrays section to view the corresponding set of records highlighted under the Configuration Collection tab. The existing set of records are automatically sorted to display the command devices belonging to the selected XP array at the beginning of the Configuration Collection table. 4. Select Collection Period as Recurring. Figure 4 Configuration Data Collection. 5. Retain the Collection Type as OutBand (default selection), if you want XP Performance Advisor to directly collect data from an XP array through its SVP. The IP Address is automatically displayed for an XP array, if you have already registered the SVP with the respective management station. You can also manually enter the SVP IP address. Select the Collection Type as Inband, if you want RAID Manager Library (RMLib) to collect configuration data from an XP array, and transfer to XP Performance Advisor. The Inband mode of configuration data collection is supported for the XP1024/128, XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, and XP24000 disk arrays. IMPORTANT: Outband is the preferred mode of configuration data collection for an XP Disk Array of type XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, or XP If the SVP on the XP Disk Array is accessible, HP recommends that you use the Outband mode of configuration data collection, as XP Performance Advisor receives the accurate internal raw disk capacity from the XP Disk Array (same as shown by RWC) through the Outband mode. Collect configuration data through the Inband mode for an XP Disk Array only if Outband mode of configuration data collection is not supported on that array. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 47

48 6. Select one of the following as the Collection Schedule. By default, the collection is scheduled for every Sunday at 00:00 hours: Hourly Daily Weekly Monthly For more information on the above mentioned collection schedules, see Configuration collection schedules on page Click Submit. XP Performance Advisor collects configuration data for the XP array through the selected command device. The Collection Status displays the following message for the XP array: In progress...please wait The selected schedule type and frequency appears under Frequency. After the configuration data is collected for the specified frequency, the Collection Status shows Done, and the Last Collection displays the updated time stamp, when XP Performance Advisor completes receiving the latest configuration data. The latest configuration data for an XP array is automatically updated in XP Performance Advisor. If there are new resources that you want to be monitored, you can enable the associated performance data collection schedules to automatically collect data for the new resources (RAID groups and ports). For more information, see Enabling performance collection schedules for automatic updates on page 56. Clicking Reset restores the default settings. Related Topics See the following related topics: Collecting configuration data on page 45 Deleting configuration data collection schedules on page 49 Performance data on page 50 Providing user-friendly names for XP arrays on page 80 Registering the XP array SVP IP address in XP Performance Advisor on page 80 Filtering event records on page 145 Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Plotting charts on page 213 Configuration collection schedules The following table describes the configuration collection schedules: 48 Collecting configuration and performance data

49 Collection Schedule Hourly Description If collection schedule is selected as Hourly, the Hourly Schedule list appears. Select the schedule frequency as 1 hour, 6 hours, or 12 hours. The Start Time list is not enabled for the Hourly collection schedule. Examples If you create an hourly schedule at 12:30 PM and set the schedule frequency as 1 hour, XP Performance Advisor executes the schedule only at 1:00 PM and collects data for the next one hour. A new instance of the schedule executes at 2:00 PM again. This process repeats for every 1 hour. Daily If collection schedule is selected as Daily, provide the schedule start time. Every time the schedule is executed, XP Performance Advisor collects the configuration data for the last 24 hours only. Weekly If collection schedule is selected as Weekly, the Day of the Week list appears. Select the day, and provide the schedule start time. Every time the schedule is executed, XP Performance Advisor collects the configuration data for the last one week only. Monthly If collection schedule is selected as Monthly, the Monthly Schedule appears with options for scheduling the collection on a particular date (Based on Date) or day (Based on Day) of a month. Every time the schedule is executed, XP Performance Advisor collects the configuration data for the last one month only. If you want to schedule the collection on a particular date: Select the Monthly Schedule as Based on Date, if it is not selected by default. Provide the schedule start time by selecting from the Start Time list. From the Date of the Month list, select the date when you want the schedule to execute every month. By default, 1st is selected as the default date of the month. If you want to schedule the collection on a particular day: Select the Monthly Schedule as Based on Date, if it is not selected by default. From the Day of the Week list, select the day when you want the schedule to execute every month. By default, Sunday is selected as the day of the week. Further, select the week to which the day belongs from the Week of the Month list. This is a mandatory selection. By default, the 1st week is selected as the week of the month. Provide the schedule start time by selecting from the Start Time list. If you select Sunday as the day of the week, 2 as the week of the month, and start time as 8:00 PM, XP Performance Advisor executes the schedule on the 2nd Sunday of every month at 8:00 PM. Deleting configuration data collection schedules To delete a configuration data collection schedule: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 49

50 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Configuration Collection tab. The Configuration Collection table displays the list of XP array records. 3. Select the command device record corresponding to the XP array for which configuration data should be collected. Alternatively, you can also click an XP array icon in the Available Arrays section to view the corresponding set of records highlighted under the Configuration Collection tab. The existing set of records are automatically sorted to display the command devices belonging to the selected XP array at the beginning of the Configuration Collection table. 4. Click Delete Schedule. The schedule frequency is displayed as None. When a configuration data collection schedule is deleted, XP Performance Advisor stops the collection from the subsequent scheduled collection cycle and then deletes the schedule. However, the current collection stops only after the latest configuration data is collected or when the scheduler time resets to 60 minutes. For example, if you had scheduled a configuration data collection for 2 hours at 10:00 AM and stopped the schedule at 10:30 AM, XP Performance Advisor still continues with the configuration collection that was initiated at 10:00 AM. However, after the current collection completes or the scheduler time resets to 60 minutes, XP Performance Advisor does not initiate a new configuration data collection. Collecting performance data After completing configuration collection for an XP array, you can schedule performance data collection for the associated resources, which belong to the following resource types: DKC Ports RAID Groups Ext RAID Groups THP pools Snapshot pools Cont. Access Journals You can create two performance data collection schedules for an XP array, as it enables you to frequently monitor the XP array resources. The resources that are not selected as part of the first schedule are automatically added to the second schedule that you create. You can set different collection frequencies for resources belonging to the DKC, Ports, and RAID Groups resource types, and also enable the schedules for automatic updates. The collection frequency set for a RAID Group in a schedule is applicable for any resource of the XP Continuous Access Journal, Snapshot, RAID Group, XP Thin Provisioning, and External RAID Group type. This is applicable only if they are selected for performance data collection. Following are important notes on performance data collection: Performance data collection does not start for an XP array, if the configuration data is being collected. After the configuration collection is complete, performance data collection starts automatically. Performance data collection schedule can be created for a command device that is mapped through 2 different ports. 50 Collecting configuration and performance data

51 In a Multipathing environment, ensure that a command device is not exposed to a host from 2 different ports. This stops the current performance data collection, as the schedule configured to obtain the collection is automatically deleted. HP recommends that you set the data collection rate to one hour or less because of management station performance and field rollover. XP Performance Advisor collects performance data on all LDEVs in the XP array that communicate with the management station through their respective hosts. The hosts that display their status as Received under the Host Information tab constitute the superset of mapped LDEVs. Performance data collection is not limited to the number of LDEVs that the host station is mapped to use. Setting the collection rate too narrow (less than 5 minutes) results in reduced responsiveness from the management station. If you split the External RAID Group, RAID Group, XP Thin Provisioning pool, and Snapshot into two schedules, you cannot see the Total I/O, Total MB/s, and Total Tracks fields in the LDEV table. If you split Journal LDEVs, External RAID Group, RAID Group, XP Thin Provisioning pool, and Snapshot into two schedules, and in Charts, you select All from the LDEV drop-down box, the combined data points from both the schedules are plotted on the chart. In addition, repeated timestamps are displayed if the collection frequency for both the schedules is the same. As a result, incorrect values are plotted on the graph. For more information about charts, see Plotting charts on page 213. For details on the XP arrays supporting XP Thin Provisioning (THP), Snapshot, and XP Continuous Access Journal, see Appendix D on page 347. If you are collecting performance data for the first time, it takes longer than usual for XP Performance Advisor to collect the data. Subsequent performance data collection on the XP array is as per the time specified in the Frequency section. If you have performed a one-time configuration data collection and later the XP array configuration has changed, HP recommends that you perform a fresh configuration data collection, so that the performance data that you collect is for the new configuration. Initially, when performance data collection is not yet configured for XP arrays, the following details are displayed in the Performance Collection table, under the Performance Collection tab: Screen elements Array Host ID Port Cmddev DeviceFile Schedule Name Frequency (DKC, RG, Port) Description Displays the DKC number of the XP array. Displays the system name of the host. Displays the ports that are configured to communicate data between the command device on an XP array and the associated host. Displays the LDEV ID of the LDEV that is configured as a command device. Displays the device file for the command device. No schedule name. Displays 0,0,0 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 51

52 Screen elements Enabled Components Description Displays Displays the View link, clicking which displays empty schedule, as the schedule is not yet created. Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 59 Editing frequency of performance data collection on page 59 Starting performance data collection on page 61 Deleting performance data collection schedule on page 61 Restarting the performance data collection in case of a disk failure on page 59 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Creating performance data collection schedules IMPORTANT: Only one schedule can be created on a selected command device. For better performance, you can select a maximum of two command devices that belong to different ports. A schedule cannot be created for the same XP array through two different hosts. HP recommends that you allow one minute per 1,000 LDEVs for the management station to keep up with the collection. XP Performance Advisor collects performance data on all LDEVs in the array. The collection is not limited to the number of LDEVs that the host station is mapped to use. You can set the collection interval for performance data collection to a minimum of 1 minute or a maximum of 60 minutes. HP recommends a collection frequency of 5 minutes. If you select all the 7 resource types, you should set a minimum frequency of 15 minutes and a maximum of 60 minutes. For viewing and collecting performance data for large number of LDEVs, you should configure the java heap size settings in both the management station and host system. For more information, see Increasing the maximum number of LDEVs on page 62. If multiple SLPRs are configured in an array, select the command device that is associated with SLPR0. For example, if SLPR0, SLPR1, and SLPR2 are configured, select the command device that is associated with SLPR0. However, because of security implementations, you cannot access the configuration information associated with SLPR0 if you select the command device associated with SLPR1 or SLPR2. If configured in an XP array, it is mandatory that you select all the XP Continuous Access Journal, Snapshot, and XP Thin Provisioning resources from the respective resource type lists. HP recommends that you clear the cache on your IE browser before creating a schedule. To create a performance collection schedule: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 52 Collecting configuration and performance data

53 2. Click the Performance Collection tab and select the XP array, for which performance data should be scheduled. Alternatively, you can also click an XP array icon in the Available Arrays section to view the corresponding set of records highlighted under the Performance Collection tab. The existing set of records are automatically sorted to display those belonging to the selected XP Disk Array at the beginning of the Performance Collection table. The records for the selected XP Disk Array are highlighted for your reference. 3. Click Create. The Create button is enabled only when you select an XP array record under the Performance Collection tab. Based on whether it is the first or second performance data collection schedule that you are creating, XP Performance Advisor does the following validations and displays the appropriate error messages, if the validations fail: If it is the first performance data collection schedule for the selected XP array, XP Performance Advisor verifies if configuration data is already available for that XP array. If it is the second performance data collection schedule for the selected XP array, in addition to the above mentioned point, XP Performance Advisor also verifies the following: Whether the second schedule is using a different port other than the one already used by the first schedule. Whether the same host is being used to communicate with the selected XP array. 4. Enter a schedule name in the Performance Schedule Name box. It should have a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters. Special characters, such as underscore (_) and apostrophe ( ) can be used. You can also insert a space between the words. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 53

54 . 5. In the respective resource type lists, select the check boxes for resources to collect their performance data. The following resource type lists are displayed: DKC Port RAID Groups THP Groups Snap Groups CA Journal Groups External RAID Groups Displays DKC that provides information on CHIPs, ACPs, Cache, SLPR, CLPR, and SM. Displays the frontend ports. Displays the XP array volumes, including BC, XP Continuous Access (Synch/Async) volumes. Displays all ThP volumes. Displays all Snapshot volumes. Displays all XP Continuous Access Journal volumes. Displays all external RAID groups connected to the selected XP array. NOTE: Selecting a ThP, Snapshot, or XP Continuous Access Journal volumes also provides the respective volume pool information. The THP Groups, CA Journal Groups, and Snap Groups resource type lists are displayed only if the corresponding resources are configured on the selected XP array. The External RAID Groups resource type list is displayed only if external volumes are attached to the selected XP array. Select the Select All check box in a particular resource type list box, if you want all the corresponding resources to be selected. The Select All check box is provided for each resource type list. Figure 5 Performance Data Collection 54 Collecting configuration and performance data

55 1 Resource type list. 6. Set the frequency in minutes for DKC, RG, and Port performance data collection by selecting the frequency from the respective Frequency list. 7. Select the check box for Stagger Schedule if you want to stagger the data collection time at different intervals. For example, Stagger Schedule check box is not selected, and Frequency is set to 15 minutes, performance data collection occurs at every quarter, irrespective of when the schedule is created. Example, if the schedule is created at a.m., the first collection occurs immediately and the next collection occurs at the quarter of the hour, which is a.m. Subsequent collection occur at a.m., a.m., and so on. If you check Stagger Schedule, performance data collection occurs every 15 minutes from the time the schedule is created. For example, if the schedule is created at a.m., the first collection occurs immediately, and the next collection is 15 minutes later, at a.m. Subsequent collection take place every 15 minutes after that. The Stagger Schedule ensures that the load on the management server at any point is balanced, because data collection occurs for all XP arrays at varied points of time in the day and not every 15 minutes of the hour. 8. Select the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box, if you want the performance data collection schedule to automatically collect performance data for the new RAID groups or ports that are discovered during scheduled configuration data collection. If the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is selected in the first schedule, it is automatically disabled in the second schedule. However, the new THP, Snapshot, XP Continuous Access Journal volumes, and External RAID groups are automatically added to only that performance data collection schedule, already collecting data for other virtual volumes belonging to the same XP array. For more information on adding newly discovered RAID groups, ports, THP, Snapshot, XP Continuous Access Journal volumes, and External RAID groups, see Enabling performance collection schedules for automatic updates on page Click Save for the changes to take effect. Click Cancel, if you do not want to configure a schedule for the current selection. 10. Click Refresh to view the updated list of performance data schedules. The new schedule starts automatically and XP Performance Advisor starts collecting data for the selected resources. The following table provides the subsequent changes that occur in the Performance Data section for the selected XP array record: Screen elements Schedule Name Components Description Displays the new schedule name. Displays the selected resources. Click View to see the corresponding schedule details. Enabled Frequency Displays, which indicates that the schedule has started. Initially, displays when a schedule is not yet configured, or stopped. Displays the selected frequency for DKC, RG, and Port data collection. Initially, displays 0,0,0 when a schedule is not yet configured. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 55

56 When the performance data collection is in progress, you can perform the following functions. Allow XP Performance Advisor to complete at least two performance data collection cycles before you proceed with the following tasks. This is to ensure that sufficient data is available that can be projected on the respective screens: View a graphical representation of the performance of resources for different metrics and duration that you specify. For more information, see Plotting charts on page 213. View performance summary of resources on the Array View screen. For more information, see Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176. Configure alarms on resources, so that XP Performance Advisor can send appropriate alarm notifications. For more information, see Adding or removing metric values on page 121. Create custom groups for a set of LDEVs that you want to frequently monitor. For more information, see Creating custom groups on page 84. Create and schedule reports to view the performance data of resources for different metrics, and duration that you specify. For more information, see Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260. In case of performance data collection failures, appropriate failure messages are displayed on the Event Log screen. XP Performance Advisor can also dispatch notification about the collection failure to the intended recipient. To receive performance data collection failure notification, you must configure the appropriate notification settings. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. Related Topics See the following related topics: Editing frequency of performance data collection on page 59 Enabling performance collection schedules for automatic updates on page 56 Viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 59 Starting performance data collection on page 61 Stopping performance data collection on page 60 Deleting performance data collection schedule on page 61 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Enabling performance collection schedules for automatic updates You can enable performance data collection schedules to automatically collect performance data for newly discovered RAID groups and ports. New RAID groups and ports in an XP array are discovered during scheduled configuration data collection. They are automatically appended to the existing list of RAID groups and ports in the corresponding performance data collection schedule that is enabled to collect performance data for new resources. The newly discovered resources are added to only those performance data collection schedules that are enabled for automatic updates. XP Performance Advisor collects data for new RAID groups and ports from the subsequent data collection cycle. The new resources can also comprise of virtual volumes THP, Snapshot, XP Continuous Access Journals, and External RAID groups. They are automatically added to only those performance data collection schedules that are already collecting performance data for these virtual volumes. It is irrespective of whether the performance data collection schedule is enabled to receive automatic updates. The virtual volumes cannot be split across two schedules. For a schedule to automatically collect data for the new set of RAID groups and ports, select the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box while creating a performance data collection schedule. The following table provides scenarios on when a schedule can be enabled for automatic updates. 56 Collecting configuration and performance data

57 Scenarios One schedule created (Schedule 1) Automatic updates Enabled Schedule 1 for automatic updates. Disabled Schedule 1 for automatic updates. What happens... The newly discovered RAID groups and ports are automatically appended to the existing list for which performance data collection is scheduled. The performance data collection continues for the new resources also. The newly discovered RAID groups and ports are not appended to the existing list of RAID groups and ports. You have to modify the performance data collection schedule later to add or remove resources from Schedule 1. Two schedules created (Schedule 1 and Schedule 2) Two schedules created (Schedule 1 and Schedule 2) Enabled Schedule 1 for automatic updates. Both Schedule 1 or Schedule 2 are disabled to receive automatic updates. The newly discovered RAID groups and ports are automatically appended to the existing list for which Schedule 1 is in progress. The performance data collection continues for the new resources also. Schedule 2 is automatically disabled for automatic updates, as Schedule 1 is already enabled to receive automatic updates. Hence, you must edit the schedule manually to add or remove resources from Schedule 2. However, if Schedule 1 is not enabled for automatic updates, you can still enable Schedule 2 to receive automatic updates. The newly discovered RAID groups and ports are neither added to Schedule 1 or Schedule 2. Hence, you must edit the schedules manually to add or remove resources in the existing list. Example use cases Scenario 1 While creating a performance data collection schedule: 1. RAID groups and ports are not selected from the respective resource type lists. 2. Instead, THP, Snapshot, XP Continuous Access Journal volumes, or External RAID groups are selected from the respective resource type lists. 3. The Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is selected. After the settings are saved, the following changes occur: Only the newly discovered RAID groups and ports are automatically added to this performance data collection schedule, as the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is selected. New virtual volumes are also automatically added to this schedule, as it is already collecting performance data for virtual volumes. The RAID groups and ports that were not selected from the respective resource type lists are automatically added to the second schedule when it is created. If a second schedule is not created, the existing list of RAID groups and ports are still available for selection in the first schedule. You must modify the first schedule if you want to add these resources to the existing list. For more information on editing a performance data collection schedule, see Editing frequency of performance data collection on page 59. Scenario 2 While creating a performance data collection schedule: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 57

58 1. THP, Snapshot, XP Continuous Access Journal volumes, or External RAID groups are not selected from the respective resource type lists. 2. The Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is selected. After the settings are saved, the following changes occur: Only the newly discovered RAID groups and ports are automatically added to this performance data collection schedule, as the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is selected. New virtual volumes are not added to this schedule, as it is not collecting performance data for virtual volumes. The RAID groups, ports, and virtual volumes that were not selected from the respective resource type lists are automatically added to the second schedule when it is created. New virtual volumes are automatically added to the second schedule even if the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is not selected in the second schedule. These resources cannot be split across schedules. If a second schedule is not created, the existing list of RAID groups, ports, and virtual volumes are still available for selection in the first schedule. You must modify the first schedule if you want to add these resources to the existing list. For more information on editing a performance data collection schedule, see Editing frequency of performance data collection on page 59. Scenario 3 While creating a performance data collection schedule: 1. RAID groups, ports, and virtual volumes are selected from the respective resource type lists. 2. The Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is not selected. After the schedule settings are saved, the following changes occur: The performance data collection is initiated only for the selected list of resources. New virtual volumes are automatically added to the first schedule even if the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is not selected in the first schedule. These resources cannot be split across schedules. The newly discovered RAID groups and ports are not added to this performance schedule, as the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is not selected. However, if a second schedule is created, you can still select the Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box. The new RAID groups and ports are automatically added to the second schedule. If a second schedule is not created, the list of new RAID groups and ports are still available for selection in the first schedule. You must modify the first schedule if you want to add these resources to the existing list. Scenario 4 While creating a performance data collection schedule: 1. The existing RAID groups and ports are not selected from the respective resource type lists. 2. The Add new RAID Groups, Ports to this schedule check box is also not selected. After the schedule settings are saved, for the above mentioned scenario, the following changes occur: The new RAID groups and ports are not added to the existing schedule. If a second schedule is created and the Auto Update check box is selected, the existing and new RAID groups and ports are automatically added to the second schedule. If a second schedule is not created, the list of new and existing RAID groups and ports are still available for selection in the first schedule. You should modify the first schedule if you want to add these resources to the existing list. 58 Collecting configuration and performance data

59 Starting performance data collection in case of a disk failure Performance data collection may stop on all XP arrays connected to a host, if the command device used belongs to an array group where a disk failure occurred. To restart the performance data collection: 1. Under the Host Information tab, select the host (on which performance data collection has stopped) and click Request Info. The status for the selected host changes to Received after the information is collected from the host. For more information, see Requesting host agent updates on page Under the Performance Collection tab, delete and recreate the performance schedules for the selected host. The schedule is enabled automatically and the performance data collection begins. The previous collection is still retained. Viewing performance data collection schedules After creating a schedule, click the View link under Components to view the list of selected resources and the respective data collection frequencies. In addition, the selected command device name is also displayed. NOTE: The Stagger Collection is shown as false, if you have not configured a staggered collection schedule. The View button is enabled only when you select an XP array record under the Performance Collection tab. Related Topics See the following related topics: Editing frequency of performance data collection on page 59 Starting performance data collection on page 61 Stopping performance data collection on page 60 Deleting performance data collection schedule on page 61 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Editing performance data collection schedules You can add resources or remove resources from an existing performance data collection schedule, and also edit the frequency of collection. When you edit a performance data collection schedule, you may see missing data points for the resources in the subsequent collection cycle before XP Performance Advisor starts collecting data for the new set of resources and frequency. To edit a performance data collection schedule: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 59

60 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Performance Collection tab and select the XP array record for which the associated performance data collection schedule should be modified. 3. Click Edit. The Edit button is enabled only when you select an XP array record under the Performance Collection tab. The schedule details appear and the selected resources are highlighted for your reference in the respective resource type lists. 4. Modify the schedule settings as required. For more information, see Creating or viewing a performance data collection schedule on page Click Save to commit the changes. The updated frequency is displayed under Frequency. In the subsequent data collection cycle, XP Performance Advisor collects data for the new set of resources as per the new frequency. Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 59 Starting performance data collection on page 61 Stopping performance data collection on page 60 Deleting performance data collection schedule on page 61 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Stopping performance data collection schedules To stop a performance data collection schedule: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Performance Data tab and select the XP array record for which you want to stop the performance data collection schedule. 3. Click Stop. The Stop button is enabled only when you select an XP array record under the Performance Collection tab. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm whether you want to stop the schedule. 4. Click OK. XP Performance Advisor stops the collection from the next collection cycle. The current performance data collection schedule stops only after the current data collection is complete, as per the selected collection schedule. For example, if you had configured an hourly collection at 11:00 AM and stopped the schedule at 11:30 AM, the current performance data collection still continues as per the selected collection schedule, and ends only at 12:00 PM. Further data collections are not performed till you restart the schedule. appears under Enabled indicating that the performance collection schedule has stopped. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating or viewing a performance data collection schedule on page Collecting configuration and performance data

61 Editing frequency of performance data collection on page 59 Viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 59 Starting performance data collection on page 61 Deleting performance data collection schedule on page 61 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Restarting performance data collection schedules To restart a performance data collection schedule: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Performance Data tab and select the XP array record for which you want to start the corresponding performance collection schedule. 3. Click Start. The Start button is enabled only when you select an XP array record under the Performance Collection tab. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm whether you want to restart the schedule. 4. Click OK. XP Performance Advisor resumes data collection on the selected XP array resources, for the same set frequency. icon appears under Enabled for the selected XP array record indicating that the schedule has started. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating or viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 52 Editing frequency of performance data collection on page 59 Viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 59 Stopping performance data collection on page 60 Deleting performance data collection schedule on page 61 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Deleting performance data collection schedules To delete a performance data collection schedule: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. The Array View screen appears. 2. Click the Performance Data tab and select the XP array record for which the associated performance data collection schedule should be deleted. 3. Click Delete. The Delete button is enabled only when you select an XP array record under the Performance Collection tab. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm whether you want to delete the schedule. 4. Click OK. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 61

62 The schedule for the selected XP array record is permanently deleted. Click Cancel, if you want to retain the schedule. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating or viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 52 Editing frequency of performance data collection on page 59 Viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 59 Starting performance data collection on page 61 Stopping performance data collection on page 60 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Setting the heap size to view and collect data To ensure optimal performance and results, the maximum number of LDEVs is restricted to To increase the maximum number of LDEVs to 16000, increase the memory allocated to the JVM when you start the host agent and management station services. These values must be set if you want to view the performance of XP arrays with large number of LDEVs (64K binary (65,536)). NOTE: To ensure optimal performance and results, the maximum number of LDEVs for data collection is This is the total number of LDEVs across all XP arrays that are visible to a particular host agent. You can decrease the total number of LDEVs visible to a host agent, by restricting the LDEVs that are visible to the host. You can increase the maximum number of LDEVs visible to a host agent, by increasing the number of LDEVs that are visible to the host. For information on increasing the number of LDEVs that are visible to the Host Agent, see For the management station on page 62. Setting the heap size for management station To set the heap size value on a management station: 1. Copy the heap.bat file from the java_heap folder to a location of your choice on the management station. The java_heap folder is available on the XP Performance Advisor Installation disk In the command prompt, navigate to the location where you copied the heap.bat file. 3. Execute heap.bat. 4. Enter the MIN JAVA HEAP SIZE IN MBs: (For example, you can set the minimum java heap size value to 512 MB). 5. Enter the MAX JAVA HEAP SIZE IN MBs: (For example, you can set the maximum java heap size value to 1024 MB). NOTE: The minimum and maximum java heap size values that you set depends on your system's configuration. 6. The batch file automatically stops and starts the XP Performance Advisor Tomcat services. It also sets the specified minimum and maximum java heap size parameters in XP Performance Advisor. 62 Collecting configuration and performance data

63 Setting the heap size values for Windows and Unix host agents By default, the heap size value is set to Xmx1024M on a Windows or UNIX host agent. Xmx1024M is also the maximum heap size value recommended by HP, if you are monitoring the performance of XP arrays with large number of LDEVs (64K binary (65,536)). However, you can also increase or decrease the heap size value based on the maximum heap size that your system supports. For more information, refer to your operating system guide to know the maximum configurable heap size value. To modify the heap size value on a UNIX host agent: 1. Stop the UNIX host agent services. To stop the HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent service, type /opt/xppa/hostagent/ sbin/xppa stop in the command prompt window. To stop the HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server service, type /opt/xppa/realtime/ xprealtime stop in the command prompt window. 2. Open the file, /opt/xppa/hostagent/sbin/xppa. 3. Edit the maximum heap size value, -Xmx1024M in the following code snippet to a value that is required, depending on your UNIX or Linux host configuration: RUNJAVA="/opt/xppa/jre/bin/java -Xmx1024M -DXPPA=1 -Djava.net.preferIPv4Stack=true RUNJAVA_IPv6="/opt/xppa/jre/bin/java -Xmx1024M -DXPPA=1 -Djava.net.preferIPv4Stack=false -Djava.net.preferIPv6Addresses=true" 4. Save the changes and close the file. 5. Start the UNIX host agent services. To start the HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent service, type /opt/xppa/hostagent/ sbin/xppa start in the command prompt window. To start the HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server service, type /opt/xppa/realtime/ xprealtime start in the command prompt window. To modify the heap size value on a Windows host agent: 1. Stop the Windows host agent services. To stop the HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent service: a. Select Start > Run and type services.msc in the command line. b. In the Services window, right-click HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent. c. Click Stop in the drop down list. To stop the HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server service: a. Select Start > Run and type services.msc in the command line. b. In the Services window, right-click HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server. c. Click Stop in the drop down list. 2. Open the file, C:\Program Files\Hewlett-Packard\xppa\hostagent\config\ wrapper.conf. 3. Edit the maximum heap size value, -Xmx1024M in the following code snippet to a value that is required, depending on your host configuration: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 63

64 JAVA_OPTIONS="-Xmx1024m -Djava.library.path=lib -DXPPA=1 -Djava.net.preferIPv4Stack=true -Xrs -Djava.class.path=classes/xpdevicemap.jar;classes/ bccaservice.jar;classes/utils.jar;classes /paxpservice.jar;classes/xmltoolkit.jar;classes/pa_security_client.jar;classes /cssisec.jar;classes/xmlrpc-1.2-b1-applet.jar;classes/xmlrpc-1.2-b1.jar;classes /tzupdater.jar" 4. Save the changes and close the file. 5. Start the Windows host agent services. Follow the steps (a and b) mentioned under stopping the Windows host agent services. Click Start in the drop down lists to start the HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent service and HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server service. 64 Collecting configuration and performance data

65 5 Collecting real-time performance data for XP arrays Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 65 Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Stopping real-time performance data collection on page 72 XP Performance Advisor does real-time monitoring of XP arrays, where performance data is collected for intervals as low as few seconds (approximately, 5 seconds per resource). Real-time data is collected through the following XP Performance Advisor host agents that support real-time performance data collection: Windows hosts Linux hosts Solaris hosts HP-UX hosts When you perform host agent installation, real-time server is also automatically installed on the host agent. For more information on host agent installation, refer to the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide. You can collect the real-time performance data for a set of 5 LDEVs or RAID groups belonging to an XP array. This data is collected for a set of real-time metrics that XP Performance Advisor supports. When you start a real-time performance data collection for an XP array, the following sequence of steps follows: 1. The associated host agent collects real-time performance data from the XP array and sends it to XP Performance Advisor. 2. XP Performance Advisor plots a graph of the real-time performance data points. This process continues till you stop the real-time data collection. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 65

66 . IMPORTANT: Real-time monitoring is supported on only XP24000 and XP12000 array types. Real-time monitoring can be initiated on multiple XP arrays. Configuration data for an XP array is maintained by XP Performance Advisor on the management station and also by the real-time server on the XP Performance Advisor host. Ensure that both these instances of configuration data collection are the latest. By default, the real-time server on the XP Performance Advisor host agent uses port 8331 to communicate with the management station. This port number is stored in the xprmihaserver.properties file. On the management station, the xprmihaserver.properties file is located in the hpss/ pa/properties folder. On the host agent, the xprmihaserver.properties file is located in the xppa/realtime/config folder. However, if you want to use a different port, complete the following steps: 1. On the management station, open the xprmihaserver.properties file in a text editor. 2. Update the new port number or the default port number in the Port.Number field. 3. Restart the XP Performance Advisor service on the management station. 4. On the XP Performance Advisor host agent, open the xprmihaserver.properties file in a text editor and repeat step Restart the XP Performance Advisor host agent service on the host. You can also restore the default port setting to 8331 using the above mentioned steps. For more information on restarting management station and host agent services, refer to the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide. RealTimeChart screen The real-time performance data collection can be initiated on the RealTimeChart screen, which appears when you click RealTimeChart in the left pane. Figure 6 RealTimeChart screen 66 Collecting real-time performance data for XP arrays

67 Screen elements Start Collection tab Stop Collection tab Chart Work Area and chart options Description After configuration data collection are complete for XP arrays, they are displayed for selection in the Select Components list, under Start Collection tab. The LDEVs and RAID groups are displayed under the respective categories for each XP array. Clicking a particular category displays the associated real-time metrics in the Choose Metrics list. The associated host names are also populated in the HostAgent list. By default, the first host in this list is associated with the first XP array in the Select Components list. You can select the XP array and related resources for which you want to collect real-time performance data. Displays the XP array records for which real-time performance data collection are in progress. You can stop the collection any time for an XP array. XP Performance Advisor collects the real-time performance data for the selected resources and plots performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. Tasks you can perform on the RealTimeChart screen Starting real-time performance data collection on page 67 Stopping real-time performance data collection on page 72 Starting real-time performance data collection Prerequisites Ensure that you dedicate a command device for real-time performance data collection. It means that the selected command device should not be used by XP Performance Advisor for the regular configuration or performance data collection. If there have been configuration changes on the XP array for which you want to collect real-time performance data, the following informational message appears when you select resources and start plotting the real-time graphs: The XP array configuration data available in the Real Time Server is not in sync with the configuration data available on Performance Advisor. This could occur due to the following reasons: Command device is invalid, XP array is no longer connected, or selected components are not available on the selected XP array. Perform the following steps to ensure that the configuration data of the selected XP array, available with the real-time server on the host agent is in sync with the configuration data available on XP Performance Advisor: 1. Request a host update. For more information, see Requesting host agent updates on page Initiate configuration data collection from XP Performance Advisor, so the latest configuration data is available for the XP array. For more information, see Collecting configuration data on page For the XP Performance Advisor host agent that is connected to the selected XP array, update its real-time server with the latest configuration data of the XP array. Click Update RealTimeServer on the RealTimeChart screen for the host agent to receive the latest configuration data. This process of updating the real-time server approximately takes about minutes, and the following informational message appears once the update is complete: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 67

68 Real Time Server Configuration Collection update done for Hostagent. You can then proceed with the real time data collection and plotting of charts. If you want to start real-time collection using the same host agent for which the real-time server update is in progress, the following error message is displayed: Real Time Server Configuration data is getting updated on the selected HA. Please select any other HA. You should wait for the real-time server update to complete if you want to use the same host agent. Ensure that the above mentioned steps are performed before initiating a real-time performance data collection for any XP24000 or XP12000 type array. 68 Collecting real-time performance data for XP arrays

69 IMPORTANT: Following are important notes on real-time performance data collection: You can configure only one instance of real-time performance data collection for an XP array, through the connected host agent. You cannot use the same host agent for another real-time performance data collection until the current collection stops. The following error message is displayed: The selected host agent is already in use for other real time collection. Please select any other available host agent. However, if an XP array is connected to two host agents, you can configure separate real-time data collection through both of them. Real-time performance data collection cannot happen for a combination of resources, like LDEVs and RAID groups that belong to the same XP array or multiple XP arrays. If you are not able to connect to the real-time host agent, the following error message is displayed: Performance Advisor could not recognize the Real Time Server on the host agent <host agent name>. This could be due to the Real Time Server not running on the selected host agent or the host agent name is not found. It may be due to the following reasons: Real-time service is not running on the selected host agent. XP Performance Advisor host agent is not responding to your requests, as the specified host name does not exist. To overcome the issue, perform the following steps: 1. Verify if the host agent name displayed in XP Performance Advisor is correct. This can be done by pinging the host agent to see if it is responding to your requests. You should enter the fully qualified domain name ([servername].[domain name]) of the host agent in the command prompt window. You can get the fully qualified domain name from the HostAgent list on the RealTimeChart screen. 2. Verify if the real-time server (HP XP Performance Advisor RealTime Server) is running on the host agent. Restart the service if it has stopped. If you try to connect to a host agent through an instance of XP Performance Advisor and that host agent is already collecting real-time data initiated through another instance of XP Performance Advisor, the existing connection is discontinued and the following error message is displayed: Error occurred while connecting to Real Time Server. This could be due to the Real Time Server not running on the host agent or the same host agent is already being used for real time collection by another instance of Performance Advisor. Hence, at a given point in time, ensure that only one instance of XP Performance Advisor collects real-time performance data for an XP array through the respective host agent. Real-time performance graphs are not displayed for LDEVs and RAID groups that are currently not processing any IO requests (called as unused resources). Case 1: You select three LDEVS, 00:00, 00:01 and 00:02 for which you want to plot real-time performance graphs, and out of these LDEVs, 00:02 is an unused LDEV. Hence, the real-time graphs are displayed only for 00:00 and 00:01 LDEVs. Case 2: You select only one LDEV, 00:02 that is currently an unused resource. The Real- TimeChart screen displays the following message: The selected component does not have any activity happening currently or is no longer present in the XP array. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 69

70 External RAID groups and VVols are not displayed for an XP array. Further, only the first RAID group from a concatenated RAID group is displayed for your selection. To start a real-time data collection: 1. Click RealTimeChart in the left pane. The RealTimeChart screen appears. The list of XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor are displayed in the Select Components list under Start Collection tab. 70 Collecting real-time performance data for XP arrays

71 2. Click the + sign next to an XP array name to view the LDEVs and RAID Groups categories. Additionally, the following are displayed: HostAgent list: Displays the host agent that is connected to the selected XP array. Command Device list: Displays the command devices for the selected XP array. These command devices communicate with the host agents displayed in the HostAgent list. Choose Metrics list: Displays the set of real-time metrics based on the category that you select. 3. Click the + sign next to the LDEVs or RAID Groups category to view the associated list of resources. The LDEV category further displays the list of CUs and each CU provides the list of LDEVs that belong to the CU. 4. Select a set of five or lesser number of LDEVs, or RAID groups. Use the Shft or Ctrl key for selecting multiple resources. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 71

72 5. Select the host agent name from the HostAgent box, if your XP array is connected to more than one host agent. Every host agent can accept only one instance of a real-time performance data collection request. If you want to use the same host agent for another real-time data collection request, you must stop the current data collection and initiate the new request. For more information, see Stopping real-time performance data collection on page Select the command device from the Command Device list. 7. From the Choose Metrics list, select the check boxes for the real-time metrics of your choice. For more information on real-time metric, see Appendix G on page Click Start Plotting. XP Performance Advisor plots performance graphs in the Chart Work Area as and when the real-time performance data is collected for the selected resources. For more information on using charts, see Plotting charts on page 213. NOTE: For the selected XP array and host agent, if you want to select a different combination of resources for real-time monitoring or choose another command device, you should stop the current real-time performance data collection, and then start a new real-time performance data collection. Related Topics See the following related topics: Stopping real-time performance data collection on page 72 Plotting charts on page 213 Stopping real-time performance data collection To stop a real-time data collection: 1. Click RealTimeChart in the left pane. The RealTimeChart screen appears. 72 Collecting real-time performance data for XP arrays

73 2. Click the Stop Collections tab. The Stop Collections table displays the following details for XP arrays, for which real-time performance data collection are in progress: Screen elements Array ID Component Components Host Agent Description The serial number of the XP array for which real-time performance data collection is in progress. The type of resource selected. It can be a RAID group or an LDEV resource type. The resources for which real-time performance data collection is in progress. The resources should be a set of five LDEVs or RAID groups that belong to an XP array. The host agent through which the real-time performance data collection is in progress. 3. Select the XP array for which you want to stop the real-time performance data collection. 4. Click Stop Plotting. The real-time data collection stops for the selected XP array and the record is removed from the list. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 73

74 74 Collecting real-time performance data for XP arrays

75 6 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 75 Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76 Setting time zone for management stations on page 82 Setting severity level on page 81 Registering the XP array SVP IP address in XP Performance Advisor on page 80 Providing user-friendly names for XP arrays on page 80 This chapter also discusses the following topics: Managing custom groups on page 83 Managing fabricated LDEV records on page 89 Managing XP Performance Advisor user profiles on page 94 Setting the duration to predict the LDEV response time on page 83 XP Performance Advisor enables you to configure commonly used settings, such as the following: notification for alarms and reports generation, and data collection failure. user-friendly names for XP arrays. Registration of XP24000 with their SVPs. Management station date and time to be in sync with the time zone where it resides. Severity level for logging events, which XP Performance Advisor uses to filter events and log only those that match the set severity level. Manage custom groups, where you create, view, modify, or delete custom groups. Manage fabricated LDEV records, where you modify or delete incomplete LDEV records, and replicate settings across LDEV records. Manager XP Performance Advisor users profiles, where you create, modify or delete user profiles, and view their group properties. IMPORTANT: You should login as an administrator or a user with administrative privileges to perform the above mentioned tasks. You do not need administrative privileges to manage custom groups and fabricated LDEV records. You can configure or manage the above mentioned by clicking Settings in the left pane and selecting one of the following links as appropriate: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 75

76 PA Settings Personalize Arrays User Settings Custom Groups Data Grid Update Security Threshold Settings Another link under Settings is Threshold Settings that enables you to set threshold limits and monitor the overall usage of XP arrays on the Dashboard screen. For more information on setting thresholds, see Configuring threshold limits and viewing dashboard on page 99. Related topics See the following related topics: Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76 Setting time zone for management stations on page 82 Setting severity level on page 81 Setting the duration to predict the LDEV response time on page 83 Registering the XP array SVP IP address in XP Performance Advisor on page 80 Providing user-friendly names for XP arrays on page 80 Managing custom groups on page 83 Managing fabricated LDEV records on page 89 Managing XP Performance Advisor user profiles on page 94 Configuring and SNMP settings You can configure Performance Advisor to dispatch notification when the following events occur: Reports are generated on schedule Performance of resources cross the set threshold limits Performance of resources drop below the set threshold limits for the first time Performance data collection fails The settings that you specify for XP Performance Advisor to dispatch notifications comprises of the following: Providing source SMTP server IP address or host name, and port address Specifying source address for alarms and reports notifications, and data collection failure notifications Specifying separate destination addresses for alarms, reports, and data collection failure notifications Specifying a community name (Public or Private) for the SNMP server Specifying separate subject lines for report notifications, XP Alarms notifications, and data collection failure notifications Specifying an appropriate title for Good Information alarm notifications 76 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

77 IMPORTANT: The new notification settings that you provide are automatically updated in the serverparameters.properties file. Hence, a manual reboot of the XP Performance Advisor management station is not required. Address is a mandatory field. You should provide a valid destination address that receives notifications when alarms and reports are generated, or performance data collection fail. You can also provide multiple addresses by inserting a semi colon between the addresses, in the following format test1@xyz.com;test2@xyz.com;test3@xyz.com. Ensure that the total count of characters in the Address field is not more than 512 characters. Report Name is a mandatory field, where you should provide a valid report name. The default values for the settings are directly read from the serverparameters.properties file and displayed in the respective fields on the Settings screen. If you retain the default values, XP Performance Advisor uses them for all the notifications that are dispatched to the intended recipients. To configure and alarm notification settings: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select PA Settings. The PA Settings screen appears. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 77

78 3. Configure the following settings on the Settings screen: SMTP Server Settings IP address or host name of the SMTP server that will be used for processing s. The default SMTP server IP address is localhost. Related port number (accepts only numbers). The default port address is 25. XP Performance Advisor uses the above settings to dispatch notifications to the intended recipients when alarms or reports are generated, or performance data collection fails. In addition, provide a common source address to dispatch all alarm and report notifications, and performance data collection failure notifications. The default source address for dispatching notifications is administrator@localhost. For valid address formats, see Alarm Settings on page 78. To validate the SMTP server settings, click Test SMTP. If the SMTP data entered is valid, a test mail is sent to the specified destination address, and the following message is displayed at the bottom of the PA Settings screen: Valid SMTP settings If the SMTP data entered is invalid, the following message is displayed: Invalid SMTP settings Alarm Settings A valid destination address that transforms into one of the following formats: <alphanumeric_string>@<character_string>.<character_string>. For example, abc123_abc@xyz.com <alphanumeric_string>@<character_string>.<character_string>.<character_string>. For example, abc123_abc.123@xyz.co.in The default destination address for receiving alarm notifications is administrator@localhost. An appropriate subject text for the alarm notifications. XP Performance Advisor uses the specified subject line as the default subject line for all the notifications that are dispatched when a resource is performing beyond the set threshold limit. The default subject line is XP Alarm. An appropriate title text for the Good Information alarm (recovery alarm) notifications. XP Performance Advisor uses the specified title as the default title for all the recovery alarm notifications. These notifications are dispatched when the performance of a resource drops below the set threshold limit for the first time. The default title is Good Information Alarm. Select the Good Info Alarm Flag check box to receive the respective Good Information Alarm notifications. By default, XP Performance Advisor dispatches Good Information alarm notifications. Reports Settings A valid destination address as specified under Alarm Settings. An appropriate subject text for the report notifications. XP Performance Advisor uses the specified subject text as the default text for all the notifications that are dispatched when a report is generated as scheduled. The default subject line is XP Performance Report. Name of the report you want to generate. Name of the customer for whom the report is generated. 78 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

79 Name of the consultant who is associated with the customer. Location of the XP array for which the report is generated. This information is useful if the XP array is located in a different site, away from the management station. Data Collection Settings SNMP settings A valid destination address, as specified under Alarm Settings. An appropriate subject text for the data collection failure notifications. XP Performance Advisor uses the specified subject text as the default for all the notifications that are dispatched whenever a performance data collection fails. The default subject line is XP Data Collection Failed. Select the Notify Data Collection Failure check box to receive the data collection failure notifications. By default, XP Performance Advisor does not dispatch data collection failure notifications. The purpose of specifying an SNMP community name is to separate s that belong to a particular group (community). You can specify only two community names: Public (default) or Private. To validate the SNMP server settings, click Test SNMP. If the SNMP server address entered is valid, the following message is displayed: Trap dispatched to the SNMP server If the SNMP server address entered is invalid or the SNMP server is not accessible, the following message is displayed: Trap not dispatched. It might be due to invalid IP address or server name, or the SNMP server is not accessible. 4. Click Save. A message appears that settings are updated in the serverparameters.properties file. Click OK to start using XP Performance Advisor. If you click Cancel, the previous specified values are retained in the in the serverparameters.properties file and also displayed on the Settings screen. The destination addresses are also automatically displayed in the box and Destination box when you configure alarms or generate reports. By default, administrator@localhost is considered if you do not specify a different address. However, if you do specify a new address while configuring alarms or creating reports, it is used only with the current set of records for which it is provided. The new address does not supersede the existing address provided on the Settings screen. NOTE: Every time the values are updated in the serverparameters.properties file, all the parameter fields appear in the first half of the file. The comments for all these parameter fields appear after the fields, at the end of the file. Related Topics See the following related topics: Configuring alarms and viewing alarms history on page 119 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 79

80 Configuration data on page 42 Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260 Providing user-friendly names for XP arrays XP Performance Advisor enables you to provide unique names for all the monitored XP arrays. These user-friendly names appear beside the XP array serial numbers, where the XP arrays records are displayed. The Personalize Arrays screen appears when you click Settings and select Personalize Arrays in the list. To provide a user-friendly name for an XP array: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Personalize Arrays. The Personalize Arrays screen appears. In the Array Alias section, the serial numbers of all the monitored XP arrays are listed under Array DKC, and the friendly names under Alias Name. By default, the same serial numbers also appear under Alias Name. 3. Enter a name of your choice against the XP array serial number for which you want to provide a user-friendly name. The user-friendly name is case sensitive. It should have a minimum of two and a maximum of 80 alphanumeric characters. Special characters like underscore (_) and apostrophe ( ) can be used. You can also insert a space between the words. 4. Click Save. A confirmation message appears stating that the changes are updated. Click OK. The user-friendly names are displayed beside all occurrences of the respective XP arrays serial numbers. If you do not want to retain a user-friendly name for an XP array, erase the name from the corresponding text box under Alias Name and click Save. XP Performance Advisor displays an informative message that the changes are updated. Click OK to confirm and continue. In this case, only the XP array's serial number is retained on all the XP Performance Advisor screens, as a user-friendly name is not provided. Related Topics See the following related topics: Collecting configuration data on page 45 Scheduling configuration data collection on page 46 Performance data on page 50 Registering the XP array SVP IP address in XP Performance Advisor on page 80 Registering the XP array SVP IP address in XP Performance Advisor You can register the SVPs of all XP arrays that XP Performance Advisor monitors with the respective management stations. To complete the registration for an XP array SVP, you should provide the IP address of that SVP. The registration process is unique to each management station, where only one instance of the registration is possible from every management station. After the registration, the IP address is automatically available for that XP array when an OutBand mode of configuration collection is initiated. For an XP24000 type array, the IP address of the management station is also registered with the XP array SVP. 80 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

81 IMPORTANT: On few occasions, the SVP IP address registration with the SVP for an XP24000 type array can fail due to the following reasons: The SVP for an XP array is offline or locked by another user The IP address does not belong to the selected XP array SVP If you upgrade from XP Performance Advisor v4.1 to a later version and have SVP registration data for XP24000 type arrays, the registration data is automatically made available in the new version of XP Performance Advisor when the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat service starts. Hence, the registration process need not be repeated for those XP arrays that are registered in v4.1. If the upgrade to v4.6 does not go through, the SVP registration data is still available in v4.1 when a roll back to XP Performance Advisor v4.1 happens. The registration process may take some time. After you provide the XP array IP address and click Register, wait till you see a confirmation that the registration is complete. To register an XP array SVP's IP address with a management station: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Personalize Arrays. The Personalize Arrays screen appears. If any SVP registrations are already complete, they are displayed in the Register SVP IP section. NOTE: You can also click Register SVP IP Address under the Configuration Collection tab on the Array View screen. 3. Select an XP array from the Array list in the Register SVP IP section. All the XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor are displayed in the Array list. 4. Enter the XP array IP address in Array IP Address. 5. Click Register. (Click Reset, if you want to restore the previous specified IP address). The SVP IP address that you specify is registered with the management station. Related Topics See the following related topics: Collecting configuration data on page 45 Scheduling configuration data collection on page 46 Performance data on page 50 Providing user-friendly names for XP arrays on page 80 Setting the severity level for events XP Performance Advisor enables you to set the severity level for the events that are logged on the Event Log screen. Only those events that match the specified severity level are displayed on the Event Log screen. Following are the three types of severity levels: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 81

82 Severity level User Action System Error Critical Error Description Errors for user-instigated activities, like if the user deletes a performance data collection schedule. Exception errors given by XP Performance Advisor. Critical errors, where XP Performance Advisor may not function. If you select the severity level as User Action on the User Settings screen, only messages with that severity level appear in the Event Log screen. This affects only those messages that are created after you instigated the severity change. All messages that were logged before you set the severity level still remain in the XP Performance Advisor database and appear on the Event Log screen. To set the severity level: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select User Settings. The User Settings screen appears. 3. In the Event Logging section, select the severity level as User Action, System Error, or Critical Error from the Log all events with severity at list. 4. Click Save. After this setting is saved, the events generated are filtered and only those matching the specified severity level are displayed on the Event Log screen. Related Topics See the following related topics: Setting time zone for management stations on page 82 Setting the duration to predict the LDEV response time on page 83 Viewing events on page 144 Setting time zone for management stations XP Performance Advisor enables you to select a time zone for your management station. This ensures that the management station is synchronized with the time zone where it resides. CAUTION: Ensure that the date and time on the management station and hosts are synchronized with the local time zone to receive accurate configuration data. This condition is also applicable for the client systems that use the IE browser to access XP Performance Advisor on a management station, and systems that have CLUI software installed. To set the management station time: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 82 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

83 2. Select User Settings. The User Settings screen appears. By default, the local time zone where the management station resides is displayed. 3. Select the appropriate time zone from the TimeZone list. 4. Click Save. The management station time is set per the new time zone. The Current TimeZone displays the selected time zone. Related Topics See the following related topics: Setting severity level on page 81 Setting the duration to predict the LDEV response time on page 83 Setting the duration to predict the LDEV response time You can set the duration that XP Performance Advisor must use to predict the average read and write response time of LDEVs. Complete the following steps to select the duration: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select User Settings. The User Settings screen appears. 3. In the Data Analysis Settings section, select the duration from the drop-down list. You can select a maximum of 7 days. By default, XP Performance Advisor considers a duration of 2 days for the prediction. 4. Click Save. XP Performance Advisor analyzes the average read and write response time values for LDEVs that belong to all the XP disk arrays, and displays a on the Troubleshooting screen for the LDEVs that have a peak load in their average read and write responses. Related Topics See Viewing variations in LDEVs response time on page 289. Managing custom groups XP Performance Advisor enables you to create custom groups of LDEVs that you want to monitor frequently. The LDEVs can belong to the same or different XP arrays. After configuration collection is complete for an XP array, the LDEVs belonging to that XP array and their associated details are displayed on the Custom Groups screen. It appears when you click Settings in the left pane and select Custom Groups from the list displayed. You can scroll through the list of records on the Custom Groups screen to select LDEV records, and add them to a custom group. You can also filter the existing list of LDEV records based on the associated ACP pairs, ports, and RAID groups. This selection can be in combination with XP arrays or hosts, or both to view only those LDEV records that match your specific requirement. After you create a custom group, you can: View the performance summary of the associated LDEVs. For more information, see Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 83

84 View a graphical representation of the associated LDEVs performance for specific LDEV metric and duration of your choice. For more information, see Plotting charts on page 213 Configure alarms on the associated LDEVs, so that XP Performance Advisor monitors and sends appropriate notifications to intended recipients. For more information, see Setting threshold and dispatch levels on page 125 Following are important notes on custom groups: LDEVs associated with multiple RAID groups or multiple ACPs are treated as separate group of items. For example, if you have an LDEV associated with RAID group, , you should select in the RAID Groups list. An LDEV mapped to RAID group, is treated separately from an LDEV mapped only to RAID group 1-1 or 1-2. If XP Performance Advisor is upgraded from v3.2 or earlier to the current version, the existing custom group names are automatically appended with _CG. Each page on the Custom Group screen displays 150 LDEV records. The selection of records on the current page is retained when you navigate to other pages. Creating custom groups To create a custom group: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Custom Groups. The Custom Groups screen appears providing the list of LDEVs and their associated resources in the Custom Groups table (see the following image). 3. Select the LDEV records for which you want to create a custom group. While selecting the records, use the Shift or Ctrl key for selecting multiple resource records. 4. Enter a name in the Custom Group Name box. Custom group names have a character limit of 24 characters. They can be alphanumeric and can contain the underscore (_) character. XP Performance Advisor does not allow special characters like hyphen and comma. 5. Click Create Custom Group. The Create Custom Group button is enabled only when you select LDEV records in the Custom Groups table. The selected set of LDEV records are included in the custom group, and the new custom group is listed under List of Custom Groups. You can view the custom group details by clicking Group Details. Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing custom groups configurations on page 86 Editing custom groups on page 88 Deleting custom groups on page 89 Plotting charts on page Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

85 Using custom group filters You can also use the following custom group filters to view specific set of LDEV records in the Custom Groups table: Arrays: Array Names list Hosts list ACPs list Ports list RAID Groups list The selection in each filter is independent of the selection in other filters. Example, if Array_1 is selected from the Arrays: Array Names list, the Ports and ACPs lists are not updated to display only the ports and ACPs that belong to Array_1. They still display all the ports and ACPs that belong to all the monitored XP arrays. To filter and view specific set of LDEV records: 1. Select values from the above mentioned custom group filters and click Filter. The existing set of LDEV records are filtered based on the filter criteria and displayed in the Custom Groups table. Click Clear Filter, if you want to restore the default settings across the Custom Groups filters. This action also displays all the LDEV records in the Custom Groups table. The Custom Groups screen is refreshed when you click Clear Filter. 2. Provide a name for the custom group and click Create Custom Group. Significance of creating custom groups Following are few examples that signify use of custom groups: HP StorageWorks XP Continuous Access is installed on an XP24000 array (primary storage server) to create a secondary copy of the production data, which is residing on the primary volume (P-VOL) in the same XP24000 array. The secondary copy is residing on the secondary volume (S- VOL) in an XP12000 array. The Oracle database server is located on a P-VOL in an XP24000 array and the data is replicated onto two S-VOLs. One S-VOL is located within the XP24000 array and the data is backed up using the HP StorageWorks XP Business Copy (BC). The other S-VOL is located on a remote XP array and the data is backed up using the XP Continuous Access Sync. You can create two custom groups to group all the LDEVs belonging to both the P-VOLs and S-VOLs so that you can monitor only the selected LDEVs. By creating the custom groups, you can: View and analyze the performance trends of only the selected LDEVs (irrespective of the arrays or the Control Units (CU)s they belong to). HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 85

86 Plot a graph for a metric of your choice and view a graphical representation of the LDEVs performance for that particular metric when the workload was maximum. Configure thresholds on the LDEVs and generate alarms if the performance values of these LDEVs go beyond the set threshold level. Tasks you can perform on the Custom Groups screen Creating custom groups on page 84 Viewing custom groups configurations on page 86 Editing custom groups on page 88 Deleting custom groups on page 89 Viewing custom group configurations To view the LDEVs that belong to a custom group: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Custom Groups. The Custom Groups screen appears. 3. Under List of Custom Groups, select the custom group that you want to view. 86 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

87 4. Click View. The View button is enabled only when you select LDEV records in the Custom Groups table. The Group Details screen appears providing the list of LDEVs added to the selected custom group. The Group Details for the Group displays the selected custom group's name. The following table describes the column headings in the Group Details screen: Table 1 Group Details screen Screen elements Array ID Array Type Host ID Device File Port ID SLPR CLPR LDEV Description Displays the IDs for the selected XP arrays. Displays the selected XP array types (XP24000, XP20000, XP12000 type arrays). Displays the IDs for the selected hosts. Displays the arrays device file names that are pointing to the selected host. If an array is connected to a host that has a host agent installed for HP-UX 11i v3 operating system, the DSF is displayed in a new format. A legacy DSF is displayed in parenthesis next to the new format. Displays the identification numbers of the selected ports. Displays the SLPR groups that belong to the selected ACP pair. Displays the CLPRs for an SLPR that belongs to the selected ACP pair. Displays the identification numbers of the selected logical devices that belong to a particular Journal Group. Displays one of the following states for a selected LDEV: LUSE Status Blank field = Not a LUSE M = A LUSE master C = A LUSE resource port LUSE Master Displays the LDEV ID of the Logical Unit Size Expansion (LUSE) master, if the selected LDEV is a LUSE resource. If the LDEV is not a LUSE resource, this field is blank. Ext-Lun Displays the following options to indicate whether or not the selected LDEV is an Ext-LUN (Ext-LDEV): - (hyphen) = Normal LUN E = Ext-Lun P = Ext-Lun provider (the selected LDEV is used as an Ext-LUN for another XP array) HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 87

88 Screen elements Host Group ACP Pairs RAID Group Jrnl Group Description Displays the host group name for the host. The host group name is a a user-defined group on an XP array. Displays the selected ACP pairs. Displays the selected RAID groups. Displays the identification numbers of the XP Continuous Access Journal groups. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating custom groups on page 84 Editing custom groups on page 88 Deleting custom groups on page 89 Modifying custom groups You can add or remove LDEV records in a custom group, or delete a custom group. Editing custom groups on page 88 Deleting custom groups on page 89 Editing custom groups To add or remove LDEV records in a custom group: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Custom Groups. The Custom Groups screen appears. 3. To add LDEV records to a custom group: a. Select a custom group from the list under List of Custom Groups. b. In the LDEV records table, select the check boxes for LDEV records that you want to add to the custom group. Alternatively, use the Custom Groups filters to view specific set of LDEV records. For more information on using filters, see Creating custom groups on page 84. c. Click Add. The Add button is enabled only when you select a custom group under List of Custom Groups. The new set of records are appended to the existing list of LDEV records in the custom group. 88 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

89 4. To remove LDEV records from a custom group: a. Select a custom group from the list under List of Custom Groups. b. Click View. The View button is enabled only when you select a group under List of Custom Groups. The Group Details screen appears providing the list of LDEV records that belong to the selected group. c. Select the check boxes for those LDEV records that should be removed from the group. d. Click Delete. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm the removal of the selected LDEV records. e. Click OK. The records are removed and the list is refreshed. Click X on the Group Details screen title bar to close the window. Deleting custom groups To delete a custom group: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Custom Groups. The Custom Groups screen appears. 3. Select a custom group from the list under List of Custom Groups. 4. Click Delete. The Delete button is enabled only when you select a custom group under List of Custom Groups. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm the removal of the selected LDEV records. 5. Click OK. The delete process may take few minutes if the selected custom group has many LDEVs. All instances of the custom group and its LDEVs are removed from the XP Performance Advisor screens. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating custom groups on page 84 Viewing custom groups configurations on page 86 Managing fabricated LDEV records XP Performance Advisor enables you to modify fabricated or incomplete LDEV records that it gets from RMLIB. These LDEV records contain no host-to-array connectivity data because of unknown host connections, and are displayed in a tabular format on the Data Grid Update screen. The modifications made to the fabricated LDEV records are automatically updated on all the XP Performance Advisor screens that display these LDEVs. The Data Grid Update screen appears when you click Settings in the left pane and select Data Grid Update from the list displayed in the left pane. Tasks you can perform on the Data Grid Update screen Querying for fabricated LDEV records on page 90 Modifying records on page 91 Applying Template on page 93 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 89

90 Deleting a record on page 93 Viewing Data Grid Update screen The following table describes the screen elements of the Data Grid Update screen: Screen elements Array LDEV Host Host Group Target:LUN Device File Volume Group Emulation SSID RAID Group Jrnl Group ACP Pair Array Type Total No. of Records: No. of Pages: No. of records per page Description Displays the serial number of the XP array. Displays the identification number of the logical device. Displays the name of the host. Displays the host group to which the host belongs. Displays the Logical Unit Number. Displays the number of the device file. Displays information for a particular volume group. Displays the emulation types. An array group is divided into open volumes of the same size. These volumes are called emulation types. Displays the Storage Subsystem Identification number. Displays the RAID group to which the host belongs. Displays the identification number of the XP Continuous Access Journal group. Displays the identification number for the Array Control Processor pair. Displays the array model to which the array belongs. Displays the total number of LDEV records you can view on the Data Grid Update screen. This number is inclusive of all the LDEV records that are displayed on all the pages in the Data Grid Update screen. Displays the total number of pages that you can view on the Data Grid Update screen. Displays the total number of records displayed on the current page of the Data Grid Update screen. Querying for fabricated LDEV records To view fabricated LDEV records of your choice: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 90 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

91 2. Select Data Grid Update. The Data Grid Update screen appears displaying the list of fabricated LDEVs and their associated resources under the respective column headings in the Data Grid Update table (see the following image). To know the description for each of the column headings, see Values provided - Data Grid Update screen on page Query records based on one or a combination of the following Data Grid Update filters: Array list Host list Host Group list Target: LUN list Volume Group list Device File list RAID Group list Ldev list The selection in each of the above mentioned filters is independent of the selection in the other filters. 4. Click Query. The existing list is filtered to display the set of fabricated LDEV records based on your selection. Related Topics See the following related topics: Modifying records on page 91 Applying Template on page 93 Modifying fabricated LDEV records You can modify or delete fabricated LDEV records, and also replicate values from an LDEV record across multiple LDEV records. You can perform these tasks on the LDEV records listed on the current page of the Data Grid Update screen. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 91

92 IMPORTANT: The LUSE resources that are fabricated internally are not displayed. Use XP Performance Advisor Command Line User Interface (CLUI) to modify such LUSE resources. Editing fabricated LDEV records To edit a fabricated LDEV record: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Data Grid Update. The Data Grid Update screen appears. 3. Select the check box for the LDEV record that you want to edit. 4. Enter values for the following in the text boxes located above the Data Grid Update table: Host Target:LUN Volume Group Device File SSID Alternatively, click in the text boxes under the respective column headings in the Data Grid Update table and make the necessary changes. NOTE: If you enter values in the text boxes (see step 4) and also in the Data Grid Update table text boxes, XP Performance Advisor considers the values entered in the text boxes above the list of LDEV records. IMPORTANT: The following fields are checked against criteria: Target:LUN: Target >=0 and <=128, LUN >=0 and <=2048. SSID: >=-1 and <=256. If a value -1 is displayed in any of the columns, you may want to edit the column and submit it to the database. 92 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

93 5. Click Update Records to save the changes. After the records are saved, the updated information is displayed on all the relevant XP Performance Advisor screens. Deleting fabricated LDEV records To delete a fabricated LDEV record: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Data Grid Update. The Data Grid Update screen appears. 3. In the Data Grid Update table, select the check boxes for those LDEV records that should be deleted. Alternatively, use the Data Grid Update filters to search for LDEV records that match the specified filter criteria. 4. Click Delete Records. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm the removal of the selected LDEV records. 5. Click OK. The record is removed from the existing list of records. Related topics See the following related topics: Querying for fabricated LDEV records on page 90 Applying Template on page 93 Using template IMPORTANT: Ensure that the LDEV record used as a template is immediately preceding the other set of LDEV records. The Targent:LUN and Device File data cannot be replicated across LDEV records. You must manually modify the LDEV records to update these details. To replicate values from an LDEV record across other LDEV records: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. Select Data Grid Update. The Data Grid Update screen appears. 3. Select the check box for the LDEV record that should be used as a template. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 93

94 4. Click Template. The values from the highlighted LDEV record are displayed in the following text boxes: Host Target:LUN Volume Group Device File SSID 5. Clear the selection for the existing record and select the check boxes for those LDEV records that you want to apply the template for. Use the Shift key or Ctrl key for selecting multiple resource records. 6. Click Update Records. The values displayed in the above text boxes are replicated accordingly across the selected set of LDEV records. Related Topics See the following related topics: Modifying records on page 91 Querying for fabricated LDEV records on page 90 Managing XP Performance Advisor user profiles After XP Performance Advisor is installed with the authentication type selected as Native, you can login as Administrator, create user accounts, and grant them privileges (administrator or user privileges). You can also login as a storageadmin, who is an administrator user of CV XP and has the same privileges as the administrator user of XP Performance Advisor. The Security screen appears when you click Security under Settings in the left pane. The Security screen displays users who are authorized to use XP Performance Advisor and their groups. IMPORTANT: If you see the link to Security enabled in the list under Settings in the left pane, it implies that the XP Performance Advisor Native authentication is selected as the user authentication method during XP Performance Advisor installation. This link is disabled for users who log into XP Performance Advisor using their system or domain login credentials. Tasks you can perform on the Security screen Creating a user record on page 95 Changing password on page 95 Deleting a user record on page 96 Viewing group properties on page 96 Creating and editing user profiles You can perform the following functions if you login with administrative privileges. This is to enhance the security of the management station: Add and remove users 94 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

95 Change passwords for other users who have Administrative privileges or for general users with user privileges Users with Administrative privileges cannot change the password for the default XP Performance Advisor Administrator account. You can modify the password for this account only if you login as the default XP Performance Advisor Administrator. Change membership information for XP Performance Advisor users. A general user cannot delete self account, only the account password can be modified. A general user can also view and modify the password for another user's profile. Creating a user record To create a new user record: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. From the list that appears, select Security. The Security screen appears. 3. Click New. 4. Enter the following details for the user in the popup window that appears: Name of the new user and a brief description about the user profile. A password. Enter the password again in the Confirm Password box Assign the user to a group. The Group list displays Administrators and StorageAdmins (read and write access), and Users (read access) privileges. 5. Click OK to create the user. A new user record appears on the Users screen. By default, records are sorted in an alphabetical order. Related Topics See the following related topics: Changing password on page 95 Deleting a user record on page 96 Viewing group properties on page 96 Changing password IMPORTANT: The password that you provide should not exceed more than 32 characters. To change the password for a user: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. From the list that appears, select Security. The Security screen appears. 3. Select a user record from the list displayed under the Users tab. (By default, the Users tab is enabled). 4. Click Change Password. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 95

96 5. In the popup window that appears, enter the existing password, new password, and enter the password again in the Confirm Password box. It is required in case you are changing the password for your profile. If you are changing the password for another user profile, you are prompted to only provide the new password and reconfirm the new password. 6. Click OK. The XP Performance Advisor database is updated with the new password for the selected user record. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating a user record on page 95 Deleting a user record on page 96 Viewing group properties on page 96 Deleting a user record To delete a user profile: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. From the list that appears, select Security. The Security screen appears. 3. Select a user record from the list displayed under the Users tab. 4. Click Delete. Click Yes in the popup window that appears, to permanently delete the user record. Click No to retain the user record. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating a user record on page 95 Changing password on page 95 Viewing group properties on page 96 Viewing group properties To view the properties of a group: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. From the list that appears, select Security. The Security screen appears. 3. Click the Groups tab on the Security screen. 4. Select a user record from the list of records displayed. The following details are displayed in the Group Details window. Group name and a brief description of the group. Names of users who are members of the selected group 5. Click Close to return to the Security screen. Related Topics 96 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

97 See the following related topics: Creating a user record on page 95 Changing password on page 95 Deleting a user record on page 96 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 97

98 98 Configuring common settings for XP Performance Advisor

99 7 Monitoring the XP array performance Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 99 Configuring threshold limits and viewing dashboard on page 99 Viewing Dashboard on page 105 XP Performance Advisor enables you to configure threshold limits and view the overall usage summary of an XP array, for the past 6 hours, 12 hours, or 24 hours. You can set threshold limits for the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories on the Threshold Settings screen, and view the overall usage summary for an XP array on the Dashboard screen. The Threshold Settings screen appears when you click Settings and select Threshold Settings in the left pane. The Dashboard screen appears by default when you launch XP Performance Advisor, or when you click Home in the left pane. NOTE: ACP and DKA, CHIP and CHA are terms that are used synonymously across the XP Performance Advisor screens and in this guide. Tasks you can perform on the Threshold Settings and Dashboard screens Configuring threshold limits and viewing dashboard on page 99 Viewing Dashboard on page 105 Configuring threshold limits and viewing dashboard XP Performance Advisor enables you to configure threshold limits and view the usage summary of an XP array, in the intervals of 6 hours, 12 hours, and 24 hours. The overall usage summary of an XP array is derived based on the average usage summary of the associated individual resources for the specified threshold duration. These resources belong to the Frontend, Cache, or Backend categories for an XP array. To view the usage summary of an XP array, following are the high level sequence of steps that you need to complete: 1. On the Threshold Settings screen, set threshold limits for various metrics under the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories and select threshold duration. The Threshold Settings screen is displayed when you select Threshold Settings under Settings in the left pane. For more information, see Setting performance threshold limits on page 102. Based on the specified threshold limits and duration, XP Performance Advisor displays appropriate status icons (Normal, Critical, or Warning) under the Frontend, Cache, or Backend categories for an XP array on the Dashboard screen. These status icons indicate the overall usage of an XP array under the respective Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 99

100 . IMPORTANT: If No Perf Data status icon is displayed, it means that performance data collection is not available for the resources in the specified threshold duration. If Disabled status icon is displayed, it means that the threshold limits are not yet set. For more information on setting thresholds, see Setting performance threshold limits on page Click a status icon under the Frontend, Cache, or Backend category in the XP Array Health section to view the corresponding average usage summary of individual resources in the Statistics section. The average usage summary of an individual resource indicates the following: Resource usage is within the set threshold limit Resource usage is reaching the set threshold limit Resource usage has crossed the set threshold limit Based on these usage values, you can take corrective actions like load balancing across resources in your XP array. For more information, see Viewing Dashboard on page Further, select resources and associated metrics in the Statistics section to plot corresponding graphs in the Chart Work Area. For more information, see Dashboard statistics on page The Chart Work Area displays the usage pattern of resources for the selected metrics, for the selected threshold duration. It also displays the high water mark for a resource, which indicates the highest average usage value of a particular resource during the threshold duration. For more information, see Dashboard charts on page 115. The following figure illustrates the steps discussed: Figure 7 Threshold Settings screen 100 Monitoring the XP array performance

101 . Figure 8 Dashboard screen Threshold Settings screen, where you set the threshold levels. XP Array Health section, where status icons are displayed that indicate the overall usage summary of an XP array. Statistics section, where average usage summary of individual resources are displayed. Chart Work Area, where graphs depicting the usage pattern of individual resources for selected metrics are displayed. 5 LDEV Information section, where the busiest and least busiest LDEVs associated with the port or RAID group (selected in the Statistics section) are displayed. You can also plot their usage graphs in the Chart Work Area. Related Topics See the following related topics: Setting performance threshold limits on page 102 Specifying LDEV settings on page 103 Performance threshold metrics on page 104 Viewing Dashboard on page 105 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 101

102 Setting performance threshold limits The maximum threshold limit that can be set depends on your requirement. As such, there is no limit specified on the maximum threshold level. It is not mandatory to set threshold limits for any or all the Frontend, Cache, and Backend metrics. The metrics for which you want to monitor the performance of a resource is based on your requirement. To set or edit performance threshold limits for an XP array: 1. Click Settings in the left pane. 2. From the list that appears, select Threshold Settings. The Threshold settings screen appears displaying the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories for each XP array. If NA is displayed under each category, it means that performance thresholds for those metrics are not yet configured for that specific XP disk array. In such cases, the usage summary is also disabled on the Dashboard screen. Figure 9 Threshold Settings screen. 3. Select the XP array record for which you want to specify the threshold limits for the Frontend, Cache, and Backend metric. You can specify threshold limits for individual categories or for all the categories. 4. Click each field under the respective metric and enter the threshold value. Use only integers as threshold values. Decimal numbers should not be entered. For more information on the performance threshold metrics, see Performance threshold metrics on page 104. The default threshold values are already provided for CHA Util (%), Write Pending (%), DKA Util (%), and RG Util (%), and are 70%, 28%, 70% and 50% respectively. 5. Select the time range as 6 hrs, 12 hrs, or 24 hrs in the Threshold Duration section. By default, the duration is set to 6 hrs. 102 Monitoring the XP array performance

103 6. Click Save when you finish providing the threshold values for the XP array records. Changes you make on the Threshold Settings screen will be reflected on the Dashboard screen immediately after you click SAVE. For the selected duration, XP Performance Advisor does the following: Collects the average usage values of individual resources. Verifies the individual average usage values with the set threshold values. Displays appropriate status icons that signify the overall usage status for the selected XP array under the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories. For more information on Dashboard, see Viewing Dashboard on page 105. If you select the duration as 6 hrs and the current time on your management station is 5:00 PM, XP Performance Advisor displays the overall usage status for the XP array on the Dashboard screen, from 11:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. Specifying LDEV settings In addition to displaying the Frontend, Cache, and Backend usage data, XP Performance Advisor can also display the maximum and least X busiest LDEVs associated with a port or RAID group. This data is displayed in the LDEV Information section of the Dashboard screen. The maximum and least busiest LDEVs are decided based on the average read-write response time of LDEVs. You can specify the following LDEV settings on the Threshold Settings screen: Specify the number of LDEVs that should be displayed. The maximum acceptable number is 50 and the minimum acceptable number is 0. By default, 20 LDEVs are displayed at a time in the LDEV Information section when you click a port or RAID group. If the number of LDEVs are less than 20, all the LDEVs are displayed in the LDEV Information section. Specify the sorting order, where the LDEVs are sorted in an ascending or descending order based on their average read and write response time values. By default, the LDEVs are sorted in a descending order, where the LDEVs with high average read and write response time are displayed first followed by the LDEVs with least average read and write response time. To specify LDEV settings: 1. Go to the LDEV Settings section on the Threshold Settings screen. 2. In the Maximum LDEVs list, select the maximum number of LDEVs that you want to be displayed in the LDEV Information section of the Dashboard screen. 3. Select Ascending or Descending as the Sort by Average Response Time. 4. Click Save to update the LDEV settings. On the Dashboard screen, you can view the maximum and least X busiest LDEVs associated with a port or RAID group. For more information, see Dashboard busiest LDEVs information on page 112. Related Topics See the following related topics: Performance threshold metrics on page 104 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 103

104 Viewing Dashboard on page 105 Dashboard charts on page 115 High watermark in dashboard charts on page 116 Performance threshold metrics The following table provides description of the Frontend, Cache, and Backend performance threshold metric. Screen elements Description Frontend IOPS The IOPS threshold value indicates the average IO/s that you define an individual port to manage over a specified duration. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the average IO/s on each of the port is within or beyond the set threshold. Even if one port exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. MBPS The MBPS threshold value indicates the average MB/s that you define an individual port to manage over a specified duration. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the average MB/s value on each of the port is within or beyond the set threshold. Even if one port exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. CHA Util (%) The CHA util (%) threshold value indicates the average overall utilization of MPs on an installed CHA. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the average overall utilization of each CHA is within or beyond the set threshold. The default threshold value is 70 %. Even if one CHA exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. Cache Cache Usage (%) Write Pending (%) The Cache usage (%) threshold value indicates the total cache that should be utilized for both the frontend and backend transactions over a specified duration. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the total cache usage is within or beyond the set threshold. Frontend transaction comprises of the data transfers between the cache and the frontend ports. Backend transactions comprises of the data transfers between the cache and LDEVs through the DKAs. When Cache usage exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. The Write pending (%) threshold value indicates the total number of write operations that you define should be pending with the cache over a specified duration. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the total write pending operations is within or beyond the set threshold. The Write pending metric comprises the number of writes that are pending to be written from the cache to the LDEVs. The default threshold value is 28 %. When Write pending exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. Backend 104 Monitoring the XP array performance

105 Screen elements RG Seq Reads (IOPS) Description The RG seq frontend reads (IOPS) threshold value indicates the average sequential backend read tracks that you define an individual RAID group to manage over a specified duration. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the average sequential IO/s on each of the RAID group is within or beyond the set threshold. Even if one RAID group exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. RG NonSeq Reads (IOPS) The RG nonseq frontend reads (IOPS) threshold value indicates the average non sequential backend read tracks that you define an individual RAID group to manage over a specified duration. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the average non sequential IO/s on each of the RAID group is within or beyond the set threshold. Even if one RAID group exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. RG Writes (IOPS) The RG writes (IOPS) threshold value indicates the average sequential backend write tracks that you define an individual RAID group to manage over a specified duration. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to compare if the average writes (IO/s) on each of the RAID group is within or beyond the set threshold. Even if one RAID group exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. RG Util (%) DKA Util (%) The RG utilization threshold value indicates the average overall raid group utilization that you define for an individual RAID group, over an entire collection interval. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the average overall raid group utilization of each of the RAID group is within or beyond the set threshold. The default threshold value is 50 %. Even if one RAID group exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. The DKA util (%) threshold value indicates the average overall utilization of MPs on an installed DKA. XP Performance Advisor uses this value to verify if the average overall utilization of each installed DKA is within or beyond the set threshold. The default threshold value is 70 %. Even if one DKA exceeds the defined threshold, the icon is displayed. Viewing Dashboard XP Performance Advisor displays the overall usage summary of an XP array on the Dashboard screen, which appears after you log into XP Performance Advisor. If you are on another screen, click Home in the left pane to view the Dashboard screen. It comprises of the following sections: Sections XP Array Health Statistics (Frontend, Cache, or Backend) Description Displays appropriate icons to depict the status on overall usage summary for XP arrays. These status icons are displayed under the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories. For more information, see XP array health on page 107. Displays the statistics collected for the Frontend, Cache, or Backend resources, based on the categories for which you select the status icon in the XP Array Health section. For more information, see Dashboard statistics on page 109. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 105

106 Sections LDEV Information Description Based on your selection in the Statistics section, displays the maximum and least X busiest LDEVs associated with the Frontend or Backend resources, where X is configurable. For more information, see Dashboard busiest LDEVs information on page 112. Chart Work Area Displays a graphical representation of the performance of a resource for the selected metrics. You can view the graph for any resource that has the usage within or beyond the set threshold limit. For more information, see Dashboard charts on page 115. IMPORTANT: You can also view the license status on the Dashboard screen. The Click here to Add New Licenses takes you to the License screen, where you can add new licenses for XP arrays. For more information, see Installing licenses on page 32. The overall usage summary for an XP array is derived based on usage of individual resources in the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories. XP Performance Advisor compares the resources usage data with the set performance threshold limits, and displays appropriate status icons in the XP Array Health section. The usage data of resources is displayed for the threshold duration of 24 hours, 12 hours, or 6 hours, as specified on the Threshold Setting screen. After the threshold limits are specified and the duration is selected for an XP array on the Threshold Settings screen, XP Performance Advisor does the following: 1. Monitors the usage of every resource belonging to the XP array and retrieves the following values: Average overall IO/s, MB/s on individual ports. Average overall utilization of MPs belonging to a CHA. Cache usage (%) and writes pending (%). Average sequential backend read tracks on individual RAID groups. Average non-sequential backend read tracks (also known as random backend reads) on individual RAID groups. Average overall utilization of a RAID group. Average sequential backend write tracks on individual RAID groups. Average overall utilization of an DKA pair. 2. Compares the usage values with the threshold values that you already specified for the Frontend, Cache, and Backend metrics on the Threshold Settings screen. 3. Displays the appropriate status icons under the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories in the XP Array Health section for the respective XP arrays. You can view the performance graphs of Frontend, Cache, or Backend resources in the Chart Work Area. You can also view the maximum and least X busiest LDEVs associated with the resources, in the LDEV Information section. For more information on setting performance threshold limits and specifying the LDEV settings, see Setting performance threshold limits on page Monitoring the XP array performance

107 IMPORTANT: The link to the Threshold Settings screen is available on the Dashboard screen, only if you have logged in as the default Administrator or as a user who is granted administrative privileges. XP Performance Advisor retrieves usage data for resources belonging to those categories for which the threshold limits are specified. It is mandatory that the threshold limit be specified for at least one metric in a category of your choice. By default, XP Performance Advisor retrieves data for the past six hours from the time you saved the threshold settings. It considers the management station time to calculate the threshold duration. Related Topics See the following related topics: Configuring threshold limits and viewing dashboard on page 99 Performance threshold metrics on page 104 XP array health on page 107 Dashboard statistics on page 109 Dashboard busiest LDEVs information on page 112 Dashboard charts on page 115 High watermark in dashboard charts on page 116 Plotting charts on page 213 XP array health The XP Array Health section displays the overall health status for an XP array, categorized under Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories. Following are the different status levels that project a particular state of an XP array: Status icon Description Critical, crossed the threshold limits. Normal, below the set threshold limits. Warning, utilization at 95% of the set threshold limit. No Performance data collected for the XP array during the specified threshold duration. Disabled, threshold limits not set. For more information on setting threshold limits, see Setting performance threshold limits on page 102. The first three status icons in the above table are displayed only when threshold limits are set on resources usage for Frontend, Cache, or Backend metrics. The fourth status icon in the above table appears when performance data is not available for the specified threshold duration. Initially, when the threshold limits are not yet set, the following Dashboard screen is displayed: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 107

108 The status icon for an XP array under the FrontEnd, Cache, or BackEnd categories implies that the XP array overall usage is unknown, as the threshold settings are not yet set. You must set the threshold limits and duration on the Threshold Settings screen. Alternatively, click the Edit Threshold link to set thresholds on the Threshold Settings screen. For more information on setting threshold limits, see Setting performance threshold limits on page 102. IMPORTANT: If you have modified the threshold limits for an XP array, you should manually refresh the Dashboard screen to view the updated status for that XP array. TIP: To maximize a section, click the window icon at the top corner of the section on the Dashboard screen. Based on your requirement, you can set threshold limits and specify threshold duration for a particular category (Frontend, Cache, or Backend) and metric of your choice. Accordingly, XP Performance Advisor does the following: 1. For the specified threshold duration, it collects the average usage data of the associated resources for all the corresponding metrics in that category. The threshold duration is generic, which means that is it applicable across the categories for which threshold limits are set. The threshold duration cannot be customized for individual Frontend, Cache, or Backend category. 2. Compares the usage data of individual resources with the threshold limit set for the particular metrics. 3. Displays the appropriate status icon under the Frontend, Cache, or Backend categories in the XP Array Health section. 108 Monitoring the XP array performance

109 The status icons are displayed under the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories based on the usage of individual resources for the corresponding XP array. The appropriate status icons are determined after comparing the usage data of resources against the threshold limits specified for the respective Frontend, Cache, or Backend metrics. Even if the threshold limit is specified for only one metric in a particular category, XP Performance Advisor provides usage data of resources for the other related metrics in that category. However, the status icon to be displayed in the XP Array Health section is decided based on the usage data of individual resources for that metric, for which threshold limit is set. For example, you have set the threshold limit for only the RG Seq Reads (IOPS) (Avg Seq Reads) metric in the Backend category. The status icon displayed in the XP Array Health section under Backend category is based on whether the usage data of individual resources for RG Seq Reads (IOPS) (Avg Seq Reads) metric is within or beyond the set threshold limit. As a next step, you can do the following: Click the status icon in the Backend category and view the corresponding data in the Statistics section. Select resources in the Statistics section and plot their performance graphs in the Chart Work Area for the supported Backend metrics. The graphs provide the performance trend of those resources during the specified threshold duration. For more information on threshold metrics, see Performance threshold metrics on page 104. Further, the status icon, (Critical) takes precedence over (Major) and (Normal) status icons. For example, the usage levels of majority of resources in the Frontend category are either at normal level or almost reaching the set threshold limits for an XP array. However, the overall status for the XP array in the Frontend category still shows as (Critical). It means there may be one or more resources in the Frontend category with the corresponding usage levels above the threshold limit set for a particular metric. Such resources need your immediate attention. For more information, see Dashboard statistics on page 109. Dashboard statistics The usage statistics of an XP array under the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories are displayed in the Statistics section. Click a status icon in the XP Array Health section under Frontend, Cache, or Backend categories to view the associated resources and their usage data in the respective Statistics section. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 109

110 The Statistics section shows usage data for only those categories that have the following configured on the Threshold Settings screen: Threshold limits is configured for associated metrics. Threshold duration is specified. If not, the Statistics section displays the usage data of resources for the default threshold duration of 6 hours. If threshold limit is configured for at least one metric in a particular category, the respective Statistics section displays the usage data of individual resources for that metric and also other associated metrics. The usage data displayed is not limited to the metric for which the threshold limit is set. However, the resource usage levels are determined after comparing their usage data with the set threshold limits. For example, you have set the threshold limit for only the RG Seq Reads (IOPS) (Avg Seq Reads) metric in the Backend category. The status icon displayed in the XP Array Health section under Backend category is based on whether the usage data of individual resources for RG Seq Reads (IOPS) (Avg Seq Reads) metric is within or beyond the set threshold limit set. However, when you click the status icon under the Backend category, the usage data of resources displayed in the Statistics section still includes data for the following backend metrics. It is in addition to the usage data of individual resources displayed for the RG Seq Reads (IOPS) (Avg Seq Reads) metric: RG NonSeq Reads (IOPS) (Avg NonSeq Reads) RG Writes (IOPS) (Avg Writes) RG Util (%) Avg DKA Pair Util (%) Knowing resource level in Statistics section When you click a status icon in the Frontend, Cache, or Backend category, the related resource usage data is displayed in the Statistics section. The resources can belong to one of the following for the specified threshold duration: Resource levels Resources with a red status icon beside them ( ) Description Indicates that the utilization of resources corresponding to a particular metric is beyond the set threshold limit. The status icon in such cases is displayed as for the appropriate category in the XP Array Health section. For example, appears in the Frontend Statistics section for a port or CHA MP, or both if their usage has crossed the set threshold limits. 110 Monitoring the XP array performance

111 Resource levels Resources shown as Black text Description Can include the following: Resources that have the usage nearing the set threshold limits. It means that their usage corresponding to a particular metric is at 95% of the set threshold limit. The status icon in such cases is displayed as in the appropriate category, if there are no other resources that are over utilized in that category. Resources that have the usage within the set threshold limits. The status icon in such cases is displayed as in the appropriate category, if there are no other resources that are over utilized or nearing set threshold limits in that category. NOTE: You can sort resource records in the Statistics section based on their current state. All the resource records are sorted to display those resources that are over used (critical) followed by other resources with their corresponding usage nearing or within the set threshold limits. For a particular Frontend, Cache, or Backend category, you can select resources in the Statistics section and view their performance graphs for associated metrics. You can also view the maximum and least X busiest LDEVs associated with a port or RAID group, in the LDEV Information section. For more information, see Dashboard busiest LDEVs information on page 112. Dashboard categories and threshold metrics The following table lists the metrics that are displayed for the Frontend, Cache, and Backend categories in the Statistics section: Category Frontend Cache Backend Metrics Avg Port IOPS, Avg Port MBPS, and Avg CHA MP Util (%) Cache Usage (%), Write Pending (%) RG Seq Reads (IOPS) (Avg Seq Reads), RG NonSeq Reads (IOPS) (Avg NonSeq Reads), RG Writes (IOPS) (Avg Writes), Avg RG Util (%), and Avg DKA Pair Util (%) Description Avg Port IOPS, Avg Port MBPS: Average of the IO/s and MB/s usage on individual ports in the array Frontend. Avg CHA MP Util (%): Overall utilization of the individual MPs on each CHA. Cache utilization and write pending data. In addition, the Side File Usage (%) data and the Cache Size (total in MB) are also displayed. RG Seq Reads (IOPS) (Avg Seq Reads), RG NonSeq Reads (IOPS) (Avg NonSeq Reads), RG Writes (IOPS) (Avg Writes): Average of the frontend sequential and random IO/s on an individual RAID group in the XP array backend. Avg RG Util (%): Overall utilization of individual RAID groups. Avg DKA Pair Util (%): Overall utilization of the individual MPs on each DKA pair. The following additional details are also displayed in the Statistics section: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 111

112 Statistics section Statistics for Frontend category Statistics for Cache category Statistics for Backend category Additional details Port number. Associated CHA and MPs for a particular port. Total Cache size. Side file usage. RAID group number. Associated DKA pair for a particular RAID group. Associated THP pool IDs if they are configured in an XP array. If not configured, NA is displayed. Corresponding RAID level for a particular RAID group. Related Topics See the following related topics: XP array health on page 107 Dashboard busiest LDEVs information on page 112 Dashboard charts on page 115 High watermark in dashboard charts on page 116 Plotting charts on page 213 Dashboard busiest LDEVs information You can view the maximum and least X busiest LDEVs associated with the selected Frontend, Cache, or Backend resource in the LDEV Information section. The maximum and least busiest LDEVs are decided based on the average read-write response time of LDEVs associated with a port or RAID group. The number X is configurable, which you can specify on the Threshold Settings screen. In addition, you can also configure sorting of LDEV records in ascending or descending order. For more information, see Specifying LDEV settings on page 103. IMPORTANT: You cannot view the maximum and least X busiest LDEVs for multiple Frontend or Backend resources, or a combination of resources in these categories. To view the maximum and least X busiest LDEVs: 112 Monitoring the XP array performance

113 1. Based on your requirement, select a record corresponding to a port or RAID group in the respective Frontend or Backend Statistics section. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 113

114 2. Click Show LDEVs. Accordingly, the busiest and least busiest X LDEVs are displayed in the LDEV Information section. The records are also sorted in ascending or descending order as specified on the Threshold Settings screen. If you have chosen to sort the LDEV records in an ascending order, the LDEVs with least average read and write response time are displayed first. If you have chosen to sort LDEV records in a descending order, the LDEVs with high average read and write response time are displayed first. IMPORTANT: If the LDEV data collected is for XP array configurations involving 54K or higher number of LDEVs, the response time to display the most and least busiest X LDEVs may be in the range of 1 to 5 minutes. In the above figures, the record selected in the Frontend Statistics section is for port, CL3E for which the corresponding set of LDEVs are displayed in the LDEV Information section. The LDEV usage data is displayed for the following set of metrics: LDEV metrics Avg Read/Write Response Time(ms) IOPS Block IO MBPS RG Util % Backend Transfer Description The average latency for reads or writes on the LDEV during the specified threshold duration. The frontend IO/s made on the LDEV during the specified threshold duration. The frontend throughput in MB/s read and written to the LDEV during the specified threshold duration. The average overall raid group utilization of an individual RAID group associated with the LDEV. The IO/s happening between cache and RAID groups during the specified threshold duration. Further, select the LDEV records and click Plot Charts to view their performance graphs in the Chart Work Area section. For more information, see Dashboard charts on page Monitoring the XP array performance

115 Dashboard charts The performance graphs are displayed in the Charts Work Area section for Frontend, Cache, and Backend resources, only if the respective categories display the following status icons in the XP Array Health section: Major ( ) Critical ( ) Normal ( ) To view the usage graph for a resource: 1. Based on your requirement, select a record corresponding to a port, CLPR, or RAID group in the respective Frontend, Cache, or Backend Statistics section, or a corresponding LDEV record from the LDEV Information section. While selecting the records, press the Shift key for sequential selection of multiple resource records, or the Ctrl key for random selection of multiple resource records. 2. Click Plot Chart. The Plot Chart is enabled only when you select a resource record. The Plot Chart dialog box appears with the list of supported metrics for which you can plot performance graphs of the selected resource. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 115

116 3. Select the check box for the metric, for which you want to view the performance graph of the selected resource, and click OK. XP Performance Advisor plots appropriate performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The duration for which the data points are plotted in the chart depends on the threshold duration specified on the Threshold Settings screen. By default, the performance graphs are plotted for data points collected in the last 6 hours of the management station's time. 1 2 Chart window in the Chart Work Area. Zoom Preview panel. After the performance graphs are plotted, use the chart options in the Chart Work Area to perform additional activities on charts. For more information on using the chart options, see Plotting charts on page 213. High watermark in dashboard charts Every chart in the Dashboard Chart Work Area section shows a high water mark. The high water mark is an indication of the maximum average usage value of that resource in the past 24 hours. High watermark is displayed after considering the usage data of a resource in the last 24 hours for a selected metric. IMPORTANT: High watermark is applicable only for resources belonging to Frontend, Cache and Backend categories. It is not applicable for LDEVs. High watermark is displayed for only one resource and metric combination. It is disabled if you choose multiple resources and metrics. 116 Monitoring the XP array performance

117 1 High water mark level. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 117

118 118 Monitoring the XP array performance

119 8 Configuring alarms and managing events Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 119 Configuring alarms and viewing alarms history on page 119 Managing alarm history on page 134 Viewing events on page 144 XP Performance Advisor enables you to activate alarms on resources, so that timely notifications can be dispatched to intended recipients when the performance of the resources rise beyond a particular limit. The performance values of resources are verified against threshold limits that you set under the Alarm Configuration tab. XP Performance Advisor also maintains history of alarms for resources under the Alarms History tab from the time alarms are activated on resources. It monitors performance and log new records whenever the performance of resources rise beyond or drop below the set threshold limits. This activity continues till the associated alarms are disabled or corresponding resource records deleted. You can also view performance graphs for resources on which alarms are generated. If you are monitoring ThP utilization and have activated alarm notifications for the same, you can also forecast the date and time when the utilization exceeds the next threshold limit. You can access the Alarm Configuration tab and the Alarms History tab on the Alarms screen that is displayed when you click Alarms in the left pane. You can also view events generated by XP Performance Advisor in response to various activities that are performed using XP Performance Advisor. All the events generated in response to various activities you perform using XP Performance Advisor are automatically displayed on the Event Log screen. It is displayed when you click Event Log in the left pane. Related Topics See the following related topics: Configuring alarms and viewing alarms history on page 119 Managing alarm history on page 134 Viewing events on page 144 Configuring alarms and viewing alarms history For activating alarms on resources, you should first select the resources and corresponding metrics for which the performance should be monitored. Then, proceed to configure alarms on those resources. It includes specifying the following settings: Threshold and dispatch settings on the resources. Alarm notification settings that include the notifications and SNMP notifications. In addition to notifications, you can also configure XP Performance Advisor to run an XML file or a script when the resource's performance value crosses the set threshold. Enable or disable alarms on the resources. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 119

120 IMPORTANT: You can configure and activate alarms on resources only if you have logged into XP Performance Advisor as an Administrator, or a user who is granted administrative privileges. Once the alarms are activated, you can view history for these alarms, which provides you data on the following: When the performance of resources went beyond or dropped below the set threshold limits Time stamps of alarm notifications dispatched to the intended recipients You can also view the corresponding performance graphs for the resources on which alarms are generated. Following are the high level sequence of steps you should perform to activate alarms and view history for configured alarms: 1. Select resources in the Resource selection tree under Alarms (see the following image). 2. Select the associated metrics for which the resources should be monitored from the Choose Metrics box. Click Add Alarms for the selected resources to be displayed in the Alarms table under the Alarm Configuration tab. The selected resources can belong to an individual array or a custom group. For more information on selecting resources and metrics, see Adding or removing metric values on page Resource selection tree, where you select resources that belong to an XP array. Resources such as LDEVs are also grouped under custom groups. 120 Configuring alarms and managing events

121 2 Choose Metrics box, where you select metrics for which the resources performance should be monitored. 3. In the Alarms table, select resources that you want to monitor. Further, configure threshold and dispatch levels, alarm notification settings, and enable alarms on the resources. For more information, see Configuring notification and monitoring settings on page Alarms table. 4. After you enable alarms on resources, XP Performance Advisor does the following: a. Logs a record for those resources in the Alarm History table (see the following image) under the Alarms History tab. XP Performance Advisor starts logging records from the subsequent data collection cycle when it starts monitoring the selected resources. 4 Alarms History table. b. Collects the latest performance values of resources in every collection frequency cycle and compares them with the set threshold levels. c. Based on whether the performance values have exceeded or dropped below the threshold level, XP Performance Advisor dispatches the appropriate alarm notifications. XP Performance Advisor also displays the appropriate time for the above-mentioned events under Time Posted, Time Updated, and Time Dispatched in the Alarm History table. For more information, see Alarm History screen on page 136. Selecting resources and metrics You can configure alarms on XP arrays, corresponding resource types, or individual resources. To select resources and metrics: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 121

122 2. In the Resource selection tree under Alarms, select the resources on which you want to configure alarms. For more information on selecting resources and related metrics, see Selecting resources and metrics on page 217. You can also search for resources on which you want to configure alarms. For more information, see Searching for resources in resource selection tree on page Click Add Alarms. The Add Alarms button is enabled only when you select a resource in the Resource selection tree. The records are automatically displayed in the Alarms table under the Alarms Configuration tab. Initially, when alarms are not yet configured on the selected resources, the following informational message No alarms are configured appears above the Alarms table under the Alarms Configuration tab. Following are examples on selecting resources and adding records for them in the Alarms table: Adding record for an XP array: The XP array selected is in the Resource selection tree. The corresponding metric selected in the Choose Metric(s) box is SM CHIP Bus/FBus Hi Util. When you click Add Alarms, the record pertaining to the selected XP array and metric is added to the Alarms table under the Alarm Configuration tab. The Resource column shows All, which implies that the alarm is configured within the scope of the selected metric on all the resources in the selected XP array. Adding records for resources belonging to a resource type: The resource type selected is CHA (8) in the Resource selection tree [Front-end > CHA (8)] The corresponding metric selected in the Choose Metric(s) box is CHIP Util Total When you click Add Alarms, records for all the 8 CHAs belonging to the CHA resource type are added to the Alarms table under the Alarm Configuration tab. The Resource column shows the names of the 8 CHAs. The Metric column shows the selected metric, CHIP Util Total. 122 Configuring alarms and managing events

123 For a new resource record, the following default values are displayed under the Alarm Configuration tab: NO under Active Selected XP array name under DKC/Grp (Array Name) Selected resource under Resource Selected metric category under Metric Category Selected metric under Metric Not Defined under Level - 1, Level - 2, and Level under Dispatch Level administrator@localhost.com under Destination Related Topics See the following related topics: Setting threshold and dispatch levels on page 125 Configuring alarm notifications on page 127 Establishing scripts for alarms on page 129 Enabling or disabling alarms on page 130 Applying a template on page 131 Deleting records in the Alarms table on page 133 Configuring notification and monitoring settings After you select resources and metrics, and click Add Alarms, records for the resources are added to the Alarms table under Alarm Configuration tab. You should configure the following settings for the resources, for XP Performance Advisor to start monitoring the selected resources: Setting dispatch levels. For more information, see Setting threshold and dispatch levels on page 125 Specifying destinations. For more information, see Configuring alarm notifications on page 127 Specifying script destinations. For more information, see Establishing scripts for alarms on page 129 Enabling or disabling alarms (see Enabling or disabling alarms on page 130 Using the configured settings of a previous record as a template. For more information, see Applying a template on page 131 Deleting resource records. For more information, see Deleting records in the Alarms table on page 133 If you want to configure notification and monitoring settings across resource records, click Select All to select all the records in the Alarms table, and then make the changes. Click Clear All to clear the check boxes for the selected records. Filtering records in Alarms table There are two levels of filters that you can use to filter records in the Alarms table. Following is the sequence in which you can filter records: 1. First level filter, which is based on resources selected in the Resource selection tree under Alarms. The first level filter results in specific set of records corresponding to the selected resource. 2. Second level filter, which is based on the metrics and status of alarms configured on resources. The second level filter further refines the output from first level filtering, and provides records specific to a selected metric and alarm status. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 123

124 Filtering records based on resources Select the resource for an XP array in the Resource selection tree, for which you want to view the corresponding set of records in the Alarms table. (You can also search for a particular resource in the Resource selection tree. For more information, see Searching for resources in resource selection tree on page 133). The following changes occur: Records (if available) are accordingly filtered and displayed per the level at which you executed your search. If alarms are not configured on the selected resource, the following informational message, No alarms are configured is displayed at the beginning of the Alarms table. Only the metrics associated with the selected resource are displayed in the Metrics list under the Alarm configuration tab. If alarms are already enabled on the selected resource, the corresponding history is also simultaneously filtered and records for the selected resource are automatically displayed in the Alarms History table. For more information on viewing alarms history, see Alarm History screen on page 136. Following are few examples: If you select Front-end > CHA (8) under 10055, only the alarms configured for the 8 CHIP IDs that belong to CHA (8) are displayed in the Alarms table. If you select Front-end > CHA (8) > E > MP > CHP00 1E > Port > CL1A under 10055, only alarms configured for CL1A are displayed in the Alarms table. If you select the XP array as 10055, only the alarm configured for is displayed in the Alarms table. It also implies that the XP array level selection does not display the alarms configured for all the resources belonging to that XP array. Resource based filtering is also possible when multiple resources are selected across XP arrays. However, the selected resources should belong to the same resource type. Use the Shift or Ctrl key for selecting multiple resources. Following are examples of valid and invalid combination of resources: Example: Valid combination, as both the resources belong to the RAID group resource type: RAID group, 1 1 belonging to XP array, RAID group, 2 1 belonging to XP array, Example: Invalid combination, as the resources belong to different resource types, RAID group and CHIP: RAID group, 1 1 belonging to XP array, CHIP, E belonging to XP array, or a different XP array Hence, only the records for the last selected resource are displayed in the Alarms table. In case of the above example, if you selected RAID group, 1 1 after CHIP, E, only the records for RAID group, 1 1 are displayed in the Alarms table. Filtering records based on metrics and alarm status After using the first level filter to view specific set of records for selected resources, you can further apply the second level filters to view a subset of records for a particular metric and alarm status. These second level filters are based on metrics associated with the selected resources, and the status of alarms configured. This combination is useful when you want to configure alarm settings on resources that are associated with a specific metric, and the alarm status is either active or passive. These filters are available under the Alarm Configuration tab. 124 Configuring alarms and managing events

125 NOTE: These filters are enabled only when you select a resource from the Resource selection tree and have to be used in conjunction with each other. To filter records: 1. Select the metric from the Metrics list. The Metrics list displays only those metrics that are associated with the selected resources. 2. Select Active or Passive from the Alarms Status list. The records in the Alarms table are filtered to show records for the selected metric and alarm status. For example, if you have filtered records in the Alarms table for RAID groups, 1 3 and 1 5. Their associated metrics are RAID Group Total IO Frontend, RAID Group Total MB Frontend, and RAID Group Sequential Read Tracks Backend. The Metrics list displays RAID Group Total IO Frontend, RAID Group Total MB Frontend, and RAID Group Sequential Read Tracks Backend metrics. Following are the combination of records that are displayed in the Alarms table: RAID Group 1 3 and RAID Group Total IO Frontend metric RAID Group 1 3 and RAID Group Total MB Frontend metric RAID Group 1 3 and RAID Group Sequential Read Tracks Backend metric RAID Group 1 5 and RAID Group Total IO Frontend metric RAID Group 1 5 and RAID Group Total MB Frontend metric RAID Group 1 5 and RAID Group Sequential Read Tracks Backend metric If you want to configure alarm settings only on RAID group, 1 3 for the metric, RAID Group Total IO Frontend, select the metric as RAID Group Total IO Frontend from the Metrics list and Passive from the Alarms Status list. The set of RAID group records are further filtered to display only RAID group, 1 3 for the RAID Group Total IO Frontend metric and Passive alarm status. Click Clear filter if you want to remove the current filters. The Alarms table is refreshed and all the records are displayed. Setting threshold and dispatch levels XP Performance Advisor provides three threshold levels that you can configure for a selected resource. Threshold levels are values that you set and further used by XP Performance Advisor to compare the current performance value of a selected resource with the set threshold values. The first threshold is the minimum and third threshold is the maximum levels that can be set. You can also select a threshold level as the dispatch level. XP Performance Advisor triggers an alarm and sends appropriate notifications to the recipients when the current performance value of a resource goes beyond the threshold level that is selected as the dispatch level. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 125

126 IMPORTANT: The maximum threshold that you can set is The Level 3 threshold value specified should be greater than the Level 2 threshold value, and the Level 2 threshold value should be greater than the Level 1 threshold value. Edit is enabled only when you select the check boxes for resource records, for which you want to specify threshold and dispatch at threshold levels. NOTE: You can also use the Ctrl + c and Ctrl + v combination to copy and paste alarm settings from one record to another record. Ensure that the check boxes for these records are selected, so that the latest changes are updated when you click Edit. To set the threshold and dispatch levels: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane. 2. Under the Alarm Configuration tab, select the check boxes for the resource records, for which you want to specify the threshold and dispatch at threshold levels. You can also filter resource records in the Alarms table. For more information, see Filtering records in Alarms table on page Provide the threshold levels in the text boxes under Level - 1, Level - 2, and Level - 3. By default, threshold levels are not defined for new resource records. 4. In the text box under Dispatch Level, specify the threshold level beyond which XP Performance Advisor should trigger an alarm and dispatch notifications. The value 1 in the text box under Dispatch Level corresponds to Level - 1. The value 2 in the text box under Dispatch Level corresponds to Level - 2. The value 3 in the text box under Dispatch Level corresponds to Level - 3. If you specify 1 as the Dispatch Level, it implies the following in the order specified, only after an alarm is enabled on the resource: 1. XP Performance Advisor generates an alarm when the current performance value of a resource crosses the threshold value mentioned in the text box under Level XP Performance Advisor dispatches a notification to the intended recipient as per the notification settings configured for the alarm. For more information on configuring alarm notifications, see Configuring alarm notifications on page Click Edit when you complete providing the threshold and dispatch levels for all the selected resource records. The changes are updated in the XP Performance Advisor database. The new threshold and dispatch levels are displayed under Level - 1, Level - 2, Level - 3, and Dispatch Level respectively. Alternatively, you can also copy the threshold and dispatch levels from an existing record and apply it across multiple other records. For more information, see Applying a template on page 131. Related Topics See the following related topics: 126 Configuring alarms and managing events

127 Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Configuring alarm notifications on page 127 Establishing scripts for alarms on page 129 Enabling or disabling alarms on page 130 Applying a template on page 131 Deleting records in the Alarms table on page 133 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Filtering event records on page 145 Configuring alarm notifications Alarms are triggered and notifications sent to selected users, when the current performance value of a resource crosses the set threshold level, which is also configured as the dispatch at threshold level. XP Performance Advisor provides two destinations that you can configure for receiving alarms notifications destination and SNMP destination. If you have specified a SNMP recipient for alarms, you must provide the IP address or system name of the SNMP server. The server receive the notifications in the form of traps that it forwards to the intended recipient. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. If you have specified an recipient address for alarms, XP Performance Advisor identifies the difference between entering and exiting the dispatch at threshold level within the text, in the subject line of the . If the alarm is entering the dispatch at threshold level, XP Performance Advisor identifies the alarm as a normal alarm and populates the subject line of the with XP Alarm. If the alarm is exiting the dispatch at threshold level, XP Performance Advisor identifies the alarm as a recovery alarm and populates the subject line of the with XP Alarm - Good Information Alarm. You can specify a common destination address on the Settings screen, which is used for receiving all alarm notifications. The destination address is automatically displayed in Destination on the Alarms Configuration screen. For more information on specifying common recipient addresses for all alarm notifications, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. Prerequisites Ensure that the following prerequisites are met before you configure alarm settings: A valid source address, and IP and port addresses of the SMTP servers are specified. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. XP Performance Advisor uses the specified SMTP server details to dispatch notifications to the intended recipients. Specify a community name (Public or Private) for the source SNMP server. By default, Public is used as the community name. You can also specify a common subject line for all the alarm (XP Alarm) notifications, an appropriate title for the Good Information Alarm notifications, and community name (Public or Private) for the source SNMP server. For more information on setting the above mentioned parameters, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 127

128 IMPORTANT: By default, XP Performance Advisor dispatches Good Information alarm notifications. However, if it is disabled, you must enable the Good Info Alarm Flag check box on the Settings screen to receive the XP Alarm - Good Information Alarm notifications. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. Edit is enabled only when you select the check boxes for resource records, for which you want to configure alarm notification settings. To configure and SNMP notifications: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane. 2. Under the Alarm Configuration tab, select the check boxes for the resource records, for which you want to provide the and SNMP destinations. You can also filter resource records in the Alarms table. For more information, see Filtering records in Alarms table on page To receive an notification, enter the address in the text box under Destination. By default, notifications are sent to administrator@localhost.com, which is the common destination address for all alarm notifications. This address is valid till: You specify a different destination address on the Settings screen. The alarm notifications generated after this change are redirected to the new destination address. You can also specify multiple destination addresses. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. You specify a different destination address in the Destination box. The new address is applicable only for the set of records that you selected in the Alarms table. To receive a SNMP notification, enter the IP address of the SNMP server that should receive and process the notifications, in the text box under SNMP Destination. NOTE: You can download the SNMP MIB file from the Support screen and use it to view the SNMP traps generated by XP Performance Advisor. Click Support in the title pane, and further click the Performance Advisor Event MIB link to download the SNMP MIB file from the Support screen. For more information about the SNMP feature, see the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide. 4. Click Edit when you complete providing the and SNMP destination for the selected resource records. The changes are updated in the XP Performance Advisor database and accordingly reflected in the Destination box and the SNMP Destination box for the selected resource records. Sample notification Server=Site_1_Managementstation Sequence_Number=17 Alarm_Source=Performance Advisor Alarm_Major_Type=LDEV Total IO Frontend Alarm_Minor_Type=(LEVEL,1) Alarm_Metric_Value=5:04 Array_ID=82502 Array_Type=XP Configuring alarms and managing events

129 Detect_Level=Level_0 Actual_Value=0 Threshold=3 Time_Detect= :42:00 GMT Sample SNMP notification Related Topics See the following related topics: Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Setting threshold and dispatch levels on page 125 Establishing scripts for alarms on page 129 Enabling or disabling alarms on page 130 Applying a template on page 131 Deleting records in the Alarms table on page 133 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Filtering event records on page 145 Establishing scripts for alarms In addition to configuring and SNMP destinations for receiving alarm notifications, you can also configure script or batch file execution when an alarm is triggered. To provide the path for executing scripts: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane. 2. Under the Alarm Configuration tab, select the check boxes for the resource records, for which you want to provide script details. The Edit option is enabled only when you select the check boxes for resource records, for which you want to specify script or batch file location. You can also filter resource records in the Alarms table. For more information, see Filtering records in Alarms table on page Provide the script location in the text box under Script Destination. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 129

130 4. Click Edit when you complete providing the script location details for all the selected resource records. XP Performance Advisor automatically executes the script when the performance of a resource crosses the set threshold level. Alternatively, you can also copy the script location from an existing record and apply it across multiple other records. For more information, see Applying a template on page 131. Sample script file The following is an example of a script file: C:/Temp/a.xml. The format of the XML file should be as follows: <?xml version= 1.0?> <! A sample XML file describes the script to be executed > <Service> <Method>Run Script</Met= 1.0?>hod> <!- Enter the full path name of your script file > <Full-Script-Path>C:\Temp\a.bat</Full-Script-Path> </Service> Related Topics See the following related topics: Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Setting threshold and dispatch levels on page 125 Configuring alarm notifications on page 127 Enabling or disabling alarms on page 130 Applying a template on page 131 Deleting records in the Alarms table on page 133 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Filtering event records on page 145 Enabling or disabling alarms By default, XP Performance Advisor monitors only those resources for which alarms are enabled and sends appropriate notifications to intended recipients when required. Though threshold and dispatch settings are configured on resources, they are not monitored until you enable alarms on those resources. You must manually activate or enable an alarm on a resource for XP Performance Advisor to start monitoring the selected resource and send notifications. To enable alarms on resources: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane. 130 Configuring alarms and managing events

131 2. Under the Alarms Configuration tab, select the check boxes for the corresponding resource records. The Edit option is enabled only when you select the check boxes for resource records, for which you want to enable or disable an alarm. You can also filter resource records based on their alarm status, and then enable or disable alarms on these resources. For more information, see Filtering records in Alarms table on page 123. To enable alarms on resources, click Enable. By default, the current state for a newly added resource record appears as NO under Active on the Alarm Configuration screen. The state under Active changes to YES, which implies that the selected resource now be monitored by XP Performance Advisor. To disable alarms on resources, click Disable. Related Topics The state under Active changes to NO. In the Alarm History table, a new record is displayed for this resource and the Level is shown as Closed, which implies that there is no further activity related to this resource record till the time the alarm generation is enabled again. See the following related topics: Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Setting threshold and dispatch levels on page 125 Configuring alarm notifications on page 127 Establishing scripts for alarms on page 129 Applying a template on page 131 Deleting records in the Alarms table on page 133 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Filtering event records on page 145 Applying a template You can manually configure the threshold and dispatch settings, and alarm notification settings, or use the details from an already configured resource record as a template and apply the same settings across multiple other selected records. IMPORTANT: You cannot enable or disable alarms on the selected resource records using this option. For more information on enabling or disabling alarm notifications, see Enabling or disabling alarms on page 130. To apply settings across multiple records: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane. 2. Under the Alarm Configuration tab, select the resource record whose settings should be applied across multiple records. (It is not mandatory that you click the check box for a resource record to select it). You can also filter resource records in the Alarms table. For more information, see Filtering records in Alarms table on page 123. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 131

132 3. Click Copy to Template. The record details are populated as applicable in the following text boxes, in the Apply Template section: 4. Select the records for which the copied settings should be applied. (It is not mandatory that you click the check box for a resource record to select it). 5. Click Apply Template. If required, you can modify the alarm settings copied to the Apply Template section and then apply the updated settings to other records in the Alarms table. The configuration settings of the previously selected record are applied to all the other newly selected records. If you do not want to retain the copied settings, click Clear Template to clear the selection in the text boxes, in the Apply Template section. NOTE: If you click Apply Template before selecting other resource records, the updated settings are applied back to the current selected record in the Alarms table. 6. Click Edit to commit the changes. You can also select a resource record and directly apply specific settings on that record, without using the Copy Template feature. 1. Select the check box for that resource record. (You can also select multiple resource records). 2. In the Apply Template section, provide the values or settings that you want to update for the selected resource record. 3. Click Apply Template followed by Edit. Related Topics See the following related topics: Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Setting threshold and dispatch levels on page 125 Configuring alarm notifications on page 127 Establishing scripts for alarms on page 129 Enabling or disabling alarms on page 130 Deleting records in the Alarms table on page 133 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page Configuring alarms and managing events

133 Filtering event records on page 145 Deleting records in the Alarms table To delete resource records: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane. 2. Under the Alarm Configuration tab, select the check box for the resource records that should be deleted. Click Select All if you want to delete all the resource records. You can also filter resource records in the Alarms table. For more information, see Filtering records in Alarms table on page Click Delete. The records are permanently removed from the Alarms table. In the Alarm History table, a new record is displayed for this resource and the Level is shown as Closed, which implies that there is no further activity related to this resource record. Related Topics See the following related topics: Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Setting threshold and dispatch levels on page 125 Configuring alarm notifications on page 127 Establishing scripts for alarms on page 129 Enabling or disabling alarms on page 130 Applying a template on page 131 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Filtering event records on page 145 Searching for resources in resource selection tree You can search for a particular physical LDEV in the Resource selection tree under Charts, if you are aware of the CU:LDEV name. The search automatically expands the RAID Group list, to which the physical LDEV belongs; the LDEV resource is also highlighted for your reference. For example, if you want to plot a chart for a particular physical LDEV that belongs to list of LDEVs spread across RAID groups, it is difficult to navigate through the RAID Group lists and search for that particular LDEV (especially if there are large number of LDEV records). In such cases, you can provide the CU:LDEV name and directly view the RAID Group to which the physical LDEV belongs. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 133

134 IMPORTANT: The search results are specific to an XP array. You cannot search for physical LDEVs that are spread across multiple XP arrays. Search cannot be used to find physical LDEVs that belong to a custom group. Search cannot be used to find LDEVs that are configured as VVols, or those belonging to LUSE, ThP, Snapshot, BC, Cont. Access, and Ext RAID Groups. Search does not support multiple entries. You can search for only one physical LDEV resource. To search for a physical LDEV record: 1. Select the XP array in the Resource selection tree under Alarms, for which you want to search the corresponding LDEV. 2. In the Physical LDEV text box, enter the name of the LDEV that you want to search in the CU:LDEV format and click the Search icon. The Resource selection tree for the XP array that has the matching LDEV resource automatically expands to display the LDEV highlighted for your reference. (If the resource list for the selected XP array is large, you may have to use the scroll bar to navigate through the list of resources to view the matching resource). In the above figure, the search for physical LDEV 1:00 shows that it belongs to the Physical LDEVs associated with RAID Group 1 2. Managing alarms history XP Performance Advisor maintains the history of alarms for resources, if the alarms are already configured and enabled on them. The history of alarms is displayed for the following timestamps in the Alarms History table (Figure 10 on page 137 shows the Alarms History table). To view the Alarms History table, click Alarms in the left pane followed by the Alarms History tab: 134 Configuring alarms and managing events

135 1. Time Posted: The time when the performance of a resource went beyond or below the threshold level, and a new record was posted. When a new record is added for a resource, for the first time, the Time Posted time stamp be the time when an alarm was configured on the resource. 2. Time Updated: The last time when the resource was monitored for change in performance value (if the performance of a resource exceeded or dropped below the set threshold level). 3. Time Dispatched: The time when the alarm notifications were dispatched. The current performance value of a resource is also displayed. Initially, the message No records found matching the given filter criteria is displayed if there are no resource records posted in the Alarm History table. Related Topics See the following related topics: Understanding alarms history on page 135 Alarm History screen on page 136 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Configuring notification and monitoring settings on page 123 Understanding alarms history For XP Performance Advisor to start monitoring the performance of a resource and generate an alarm, you must configure the required threshold and dispatch settings on the Activate Alarms screen, and also enable an alarm for that resource. For more information on configuring alarms, see Configuring notification and monitoring settings on page 123. After an alarm is configured, XP Performance Advisor monitors the performance of a resource from the next data collection cycle. A new record is displayed on the Alarm History screen with the time of posting appearing under Time Posted. IMPORTANT: XP Performance Advisor posts the record only if data collection is in progress for the XP array to which the resource belongs. While configuring an alarm, if you set threshold and dispatch settings but do not enable the alarm for a resource, XP Performance Advisor does not monitor that resource and generate an alarm when required. For example, an alarm is enabled (YES displayed under Active) on the first record, 2:00, and disabled (NO displayed under Active) on the second record, 2:01. Therefore, in the next data collection cycle, XP Performance Advisor posts a record only for 2:00 on the Alarm History screen. The time of posting the record is displayed under Time Posted. (The Time Updated and Time Dispatched columns are not updated as this is the first record posted for the metric value, 2:00). XP Performance Advisor monitors the metric value's performance till the time the corresponding alarm is disabled, or the metric value record is removed. In every data collection cycle, XP Performance Advisor retrieves and compares the current performance value of a resource with the set threshold value. The time when this value was retrieved and compared is shown under Time Updated. If the current performance value exceeds the set threshold value, XP Performance Advisor does the following: 1. Posts a new record and displays the time of posting under Time Posted 2. Dispatches an alarm notification of type, XP Alarm to the intended recipient HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 135

136 3. Displays the time of dispatch under Time Dispatched 4. Monitors the resource till its performance value drops below the set threshold value 5. Updates the time of monitoring under Time Updated IMPORTANT: The time shown under Time Updated is in sync with the data collection cycle frequency. If the performance value of a resource drops below the set threshold value, XP Performance Advisor does the following: 1. Posts a new record and displays the time of posting under Time Posted 2. Dispatches an alarm notification of type, XP Alarm Good Information alarm to the intended recipient 3. Displays the time of dispatch under Time Dispatched 4. Monitors the resource continuously to verify whether its performance is within or beyond the set threshold level This process continues till the alarm is disabled on the resource or the resource record is removed. If the alarm is disabled or removed, XP Performance Advisor posts a new record and displays the following: Close under Level, 0 under Value, and Not Defined under Level - 1, Level - 2, and Level - 3 threshold levels. In addition to sending notifications, XP Performance Advisor also executes a script or batch file to perform add-on tasks, if it is already configured for the selected resource. For more information, see Establishing scripts for alarms on page 129. You can also view a graphical representation of the performance of a resource by clicking the link provided for its performance value under Value. For more information, see Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143. Viewing alarm history records Following are the column headings under which alarms history records are displayed. Only 100 alarm history records are displayed in the Alarm History table: 136 Configuring alarms and managing events

137 . 1 Alarms History table. Figure 10 Alarm History Table 2 Viewing alarm History records Screen elements Alarm State DKC/Grp (Array Name) Array Type Metric Resource Level Value Dispatch Threshold Description Displays the current state of an alarm: Recovery alarm or Serious alarm. Displays the array model to which the selected resource belongs. Displays the array type to which the selected array model belongs. Displays the metric for which a resource be monitored. Displays the resource that is monitored for a particular metric and metric category. Displays the current performance level of a resource. Levels correspond to the threshold levels that you set while configuring alarms for a resource. For more information on the range of levels, see the description provided for Level list in Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138. Displays the current performance value that is recorded for a resource. Click the <Value> link to view graphical representation of the performance of a resource. For more information, see Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143. Displays the threshold value that you set for the resource. XP Performance Advisor triggers an alarm if the performance value of a resource rises or drops below the set threshold value. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 137

138 Screen elements Time Posted Time Updated Time Dispatched Status, SNMP Status, Script Status Description Displays the time when a record was first displayed for a resource on the Alarm History screen. The Time Posted displays a new time stamp again when XP Performance Advisor creates a new record for the same resource after dispatching the appropriate alarm notification. Displays the time stamp when XP Performance Advisor updates the current performance value of a resource under Value. The Time Updated does not display any time stamp if the alarm configured for a resource is deleted or alarm is disabled on the Alarm Configurations screen. Displays the time stamp when the alarm notification is dispatched to the intended recipient. Display whether the alarm notification through or SNMP are successful, or if errors have occurred. Related Topics See the following related topics: Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Configuring notification and monitoring settings on page 123 Filtering records in Alarms History table There are two levels of filters that are used to filter records in the Alarms History table. The first level of filtering is based on resources selected in the Resource selection tree under Alarms. The second level of filters are based on the Alarm History filters. The first level of filter results in specific set of records corresponding to the resource selected in the Resource selection tree. The second set of filters further refines the search and provides records specific to the value selected in the Alarm History filter. Filtering based on resources Select the resource for an XP array in the Resource selection tree, for which you want to view the corresponding set of records in the Alarms table. The records (if available) are accordingly filtered and displayed per the resource level at which you executed your search. In this context, resource level can refer to an XP array, resource types, or resources belonging to that XP array. 138 Configuring alarms and managing events

139 NOTE: When you select a resource in the Resource selection tree for an XP array, the corresponding set of records are displayed both in the Alarms table and the Alarms History table. You can also select multiple resource types or resources belonging to different XP arrays or custom groups. Use the Shift or Ctrl key for selecting multiple resources. You can also search for a particular resource in the Resource selection tree. For more information, see Searching for resources in resource selection tree on page 133. It is not mandatory to use the first level of Alarm History filters. The first level of filters are only used to filter the existing set of Alarm History records for specific resources, so you can further search a minimum set of records. The records in the Alarms History table are automatically filtered to display the set of records corresponding to the selected resource. Following are few examples: If you select Front-end > CHA (8) under XP array, 10055, only the 8 CHIP IDs that belong to CHA (8) are displayed in the Alarms table. If you select Front-end > CHA (8) > E > MP > CHP00 1E > Port > CL1A under XP array, 10055, only records for CL1A are displayed in the Alarms table. If you select XP array, 10055, only the record pertaining to that XP array is displayed in the Alarms table. Filtering based on Alarm History filters After filtering the existing set of records in the Alarm History table for specific resources, you can further filter them using the second level of filters, the Alarm History filters, which further refines the search and provides specific results. To filter alarm history records based on Alarm History filters: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane and select the Alarms History tab on the Alarms screen. The Alarms History screen appears. 2. Filter and view resource records based on the following options. For description on each of the filters, see Alarm History filters on page 140: Time Stamp list: Displays the time stamps for records posted, updated, and notifications dispatched. Level list: Displays the range of set threshold levels. Error Status list: Displays the type of errors generated when alarm notifications are not triggered. Metric list: Displays the metrics for which resources are selected to be monitored and alarms configured on them. If you have used the first level of filters, the Metric list displays only those metrics that were selected for the resources. Alarm Type list: Displays the type of alarms that are generated. Start Time, End Time: Start and end time for the selected time stamp. 3. Click Filter. XP Performance Advisor filters the existing set of records and displays only those that match the selection criteria on the Alarm History screen. The records are displayed in an ascending order. For more information on Alarms History screen, see Alarm History screen on page 136. Click Clear Filter any time while selecting values from the filter options to remove the current selection and restore the default values. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 139

140 Alarm History filters The following table provides detailed description on the Alarm History filters: Screen elements Metric list Error Status list Level list Description Displays the metrics for which resources are selected and alarms configured. Displays the following error types: errors SNMP errors Script errors All errors No errors Select one of the above mentioned error types to filter records and view the status of the respective alarm and SNMP notifications, and script executions. If you select errors, SNMP errors, Script errors, or All errors, XP Performance Advisor returns anything that is non-zero for these selections. If you select No errors, XP Performance Advisor displays only zero items, that is the alarms that were successfully dispatched. Displays the following range of levels: Level 0 3 (default selection): If you select this range, all the resource records that are either at Level 0, Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 are displayed. Level 1 2: If you select this range, all the resource records that are either at Level 1 or Level 2 are displayed. Level 1 3: If you select this range, all the resource records that are either at Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 are displayed. Level 3: If you select this level, all the resource records that are at Level 3 are displayed. Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 correspond to the threshold levels Threshold Level 1, Threshold Level 2, and Threshold Level 3 that you set while configuring an alarm. For more information on configuring alarms, see Configuring notification and monitoring settings on page 123. A resource remains in one of these levels if its performance is within one of the corresponding threshold limits. If you select Level 1 2, it displays only those resources whose performance is either in the Threshold Level 1 or Threshold Level 2 range. 140 Configuring alarms and managing events

141 Screen elements Time Stamp list Description This list displays the following options: Time posted (default selection): If this option is selected, the time stamps of when the records are posted on the Alarm History screen are displayed. A record for a resource is first posted on the Alarm History screen when the following conditions are met: Alarm is enabled on the resource. Performance data collection is in progress. XP Performance Advisor pings the resource in the next data collection cycle to receive its current performance value, and also posts a new record on the Alarm History screen. XP Performance Advisor again posts a new record for the same resource and displays the new time of posting under Time Posted when one of the following conditions is met: The alarm is disabled or there are no IO/s transactions happening on the resource. The performance of a resource rises or drops below the set threshold level. Time updated: If this option is selected, the time stamps when XP Performance Advisor last collected the latest performance values for all the resources are displayed. Time dispatched: If this option is selected, the time stamps when XP Performance Advisor dispatched the alarm notifications are displayed. If a record is showing a blank entry for any of these time stamps, that particular record is skipped during the filtering phase. Assuming that the IO/s transactions are not happening on a particular resource, and the alarm is also disabled. In such a case, the Time Updated shows a blank entry for that resource record. Hence, the record is skipped when you filter based on Time Updated option. Alarm Type Start Time, End Time boxes This list displays the following options: All: This option is for viewing both the serious and the recovery alarms. Recovery: This option is for viewing records that are logged for alarm notifications dispatched after the performance of a resource dropped below the set threshold limit. Serious: This option is for viewing records that are logged for alarm notifications dispatched when the performance of a resource rises beyond the set threshold limit. An alarm notification is dispatched only the first time when the performance of a resource goes beyond the set threshold limits. Select the start and end time range for filtering the resource records, from the respective calendars. Related Topics See the following related topics: Understanding alarms history on page 135 Alarm History screen on page 136 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Configuring notification and monitoring settings on page 123 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 141

142 Forecasting THP pools utilization XP Performance Advisor enables you to forecast percentage of THP pool utilization for the next one week or one month. It also allows you to determine when a THP pool utilization can cross the next threshold level, and when an alarm be generated. For more information, see Forecasting THP's performance on page 371. IMPORTANT: You can forecast percentage of utilization only for THP pools. The Forecast list is displayed on the Alarm History screen only when you select the Utilization metric for a THP pool. To forecast percentage of utilization for a THP pool: 1. Click Alarms in the left pane and select the Alarms History tab on the Alarms screen. The Alarms History screen appears. 2. Select Forecast Week or Forecast Month from the Forecast list. By default, No Forecast is selected. Based on your selection and the percentage of utilization of a THP pool, XP Performance Advisor appends the forecast information to the notification that is sent when an alarm is generated. This forecast information provides the time when the THP pool utilization cross the next threshold level. Following is a sample notification that has the forecast information appended to the notification text: From: TestAlarmForTHPoccupancy@hp.com [mailto:testalarmforthpoccupancy@hp.com] Sent: Thursday, August 28, :57 PM To: ABC Subject: XP Alarm tserver=managementstation1 Sequence_Number=20 Alarm_Source=Performance Advisor Alarm_Major_Type=LDEV Total IO Frontend Alarm_Minor_Type=(LEVEL,1) Alarm_Metric_Value=1:01 Array_ID=10009 Array_Type=XP24000 Detect_Level=Level_1 Actual_Value=30697 Threshold=30000 Time_Detect= :24:00 GMT Forecasted Time for the next Level to Hit ===>=Thu Aug 28 12:18:00 IST 2008 Related Topics See the following related topics: Understanding alarms history on page 135 Alarm History screen on page 136 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Viewing graph of metric value's performance on page 143 Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Configuring notification and monitoring settings on page Configuring alarms and managing events

143 Viewing performance graphs for resources XP Performance Advisor logs a new record in the Alarms History table when either of the following conditions are met: The performance of a resource rises beyond the set threshold limit. The performance of a resource drops below the set threshold limit. The current value of the resource is displayed under Value in the Alarms History table. Click the corresponding link to view the performance value when the resource crossed the threshold level or dropped below the threshold level. For a resource that has crossed the threshold limit, the performance graph includes the following: Performance value when the resource crossed or dropped below the threshold level. Includes data collected 1 hour prior to the resource crossing or dropping below the threshold level. Continues to show data collected upto 1 hour after the resource crossed or dropped below the threshold level (if performance data is available). For a resource that has dropped below the threshold limit, the performance graph includes the following: Performance value when the resource dropped below the threshold level. Includes data collected 1 hour prior to the resource dropping below the threshold level. Continues to show data collected upto 1 hour after the resource dropped below the threshold level (if performance data is available). The data available shows the progress trend of the resource. The performance value displayed under Value is in sync with the time displayed under Time Updated. It implies that XP Performance Advisor retrieves the performance value for the time displayed under Time Updated. The performance value is updated till the time the resource's performance rises or drops below the set threshold level. Once the performance value rises or drops below the threshold, a new record is posted in the Alarms History table and a new graph is generated as, and when XP Performance Advisor retrieves the latest performance value. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 143

144 The performance graph also displays the Dispatch Threshold value that is the threshold value for which an alarm was configured to be dispatched. The Dispatch Threshold value is displayed for only one resource and metric combination. It is disabled if you choose multiple resources and metrics. The Dispatch Threshold value acts like a watermark and helps you know the maximum threshold limit that was set and the current performance value of the resource. Appropriate legends are displayed to differentiate the resource current value from the Dispatch Threshold value. In the above figure, the green line signifies the Dispatch Threshold value. After the performance graphs are plotted, you can use the following chart options in the Chart Work Area. In addition, you can also resize and rearrange the chart windows in the Chart Work Area. For more information on using the chart options, see Plotting charts on page 213. Related Topics See the following related topics: Understanding alarms history on page 135 Alarm History screen on page 136 Filtering records in Alarms History table on page 138 Forecasting THP pools' utilization on page 142 Adding or removing metric values on page 121 Configuring notification and monitoring settings on page 123 Viewing events XP Performance Advisor generates events in response to various activities that you perform using this application. Appropriate records are automatically displayed for all the events in the Event Log table. For instance, records are logged for events generated when a performance data collection fails or the collection schedule is restarted. The Event Log screen is displayed when you click Event Log in the left pane. IMPORTANT: By default, the Event Log screen displays records for events that have been generated in the last 24 hours. 1 Event Log table, where all the events generated are displayed. 144 Configuring alarms and managing events

145 The records logged contain the following details for an event: Time when the event was logged. Type of event logged. Severity of the event. Description. In addition, you can also view the following details on the Event Log screen: Historic data (data older than 24 hours) by specifying a date range for viewing the data. Filter the event records based on severity and type of events generated. Click a column heading to sort the records based on that column. By default, columns are sorted in ascending order. Click the column heading again to reverse the sort order. To navigate through pages of event records, use Previous and Next buttons, or enter a page number of your choice in the Go To box. Click Refresh to reload the Event Log page to view the updated set of records. Tasks you can perform on the Event Log screen Filtering event records on page 145 Deleting event records on page 146 Filtering event records You can filter event records based on the duration when the events are logged, type, and severity of events logged. You can also do a quick text based search that works only on records displayed in the current page. For search based on text entries: 1. Click Event Log in the left pane. The Event Log screen appears. By default, records for events logged in the last 24 hours are displayed. 2. Enter text in the Search Text box based on which you want to filter the event records. The text can be a combination of alphanumeric characters. 3. Click Search. The event records are filtered and only those records that have the matching text are displayed on the Event Log screen. All occurrences of the matching text are highlighted in the corresponding event records on the current page. For search based on duration, type, or severity of events logged: 1. Select Advanced Search, so that the following Event Log filters are enabled: Start Time and End Time date and time filters Type list Severity list You can search based on one or a combination of the above mentioned parameters. 2. Select the duration (start and end date and time) from the Start Time and End Time filters. 3. Select one of the following event types from the Type list. By default, the records for all types of events are displayed: Data Collection Database Host HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 145

146 Alarm Configuration License Reports Export DB (events generated while exporting DKC, LDEVs, ports, CLPRs data into CSV file) ExportLDEV (events generated while exporting LDEV data into CSV file) 4. Select one of the following severity level from the Severity list. By default, the event records for all levels of severity are displayed: Severity level User Action System Error Critical Error Description Errors for user-instigated activities, like if the user deletes a performance data collection schedule. Exception errors given by XP Performance Advisor. Critical errors, where XP Performance Advisor may not function. Though you would have already set the severity level for event logging, this filter also displays the severity levels applicable to all events logged before you set the severity level. It is useful in cases where yo want to view events generated prior to setting the severity level. 5. Click Find. The existing list is filtered to display the set of event records that are matching the specified filter criteria. Click Clear if you want to remove the current search and view all the event records. Deleting event records To delete event records: 1. Click Event Log in the left pane. The Event Log screen appears. By default, records for events logged in the last 24 hours are displayed. 2. Select the event records that you want to be removed. While selecting the records, press the Shift key for sequential selection of multiple records, or the Ctrl key for random selection of multiple records. 3. Click Delete Events. 4. Click OK when you are prompted to confirm the deletion of records. 146 Configuring alarms and managing events

147 9 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 147 Configuring database size on page 149 Purging data on page 151 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Archiving data on page 160 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 XP Performance Advisor uses Oracle as its database. When XP Performance Advisor is installed, all the database related files are also automatically installed on the management station. To start with, a default disk space of 3 GB is allocated from the management station's available disk space to XP Performance Advisor database. If you have upgraded from a previous version of XP Performance Advisor to the current version, the management station's available disk space is automatically allocated to the database migrated during the upgrade process. You can manage XP Performance Advisor database in the following ways: Configure the database size manually, where you allocate the available disk space on your system to XP Performance Advisor database Configure XP Performance Advisor to automatically determine the available disk space on your system and allocate to XP Performance Advisor database (Auto Grow) Purge data that belongs to an XP array or data older than the specified date Purge data automatically, where XP Performance Advisor purges the oldest data in its database to accommodate new data Archive data from XP Performance Advisor database Import data into XP Performance Advisor database Generate or schedule Export DB reports, and also view records for the Export DB files The above mentioned activities can be performed on the Database Manager screen. IMPORTANT: You have to log into XP Performance Advisor as an Administrator or a user with administrative privileges to configure, purge, archive, or import XP Performance Advisor database. You also need this privilege to view or delete Export DB schedules. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 147

148 . Database Manager screen The Database Manager screen is displayed when you click Database Manager in the left pane. The Database Manager screen comprises of the following sections: Figure 11 Database screen Screen elements DB Configuration/Purge Archive Export/Archive Import Export DB Description Under this tab, you can configure the database settings, like manually or automatically increase the database size, and also permanently purge data belonging to a specific XP array or a particular period of time. Under this tab, you can export data or import data for a particular XP array belonging to a specific period of time. Under this tab, you can create or schedule Export DB reports, and also view the records logged for the Export DB files. Tasks you can perform on the Database Manager screen Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Manually purging the data on page 152 Purging older data on page 152 Automatically purging data on page 153 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Archiving data on page 160 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

149 Configuring database size You can increase the XP Performance Advisor database size based on the available disk space on the management station, where XP Performance Advisor is installed. It can be a manual process or automated, where XP Performance Advisor checks the available disk space and increases the database size appropriately. The database size can be configured under DB Configuration/Purge that is enabled by default when you click Database Manager in the left pane. Initially, when XP Performance Advisor is installed and performance data collection are not yet scheduled, the following message is displayed under DB Configuration/Purge. Important: No Collections are being performed. A collection rate should be established. After the performance data collection are initiated and database grows in size, XP Performance Advisor displays a forecast message under DB Configuration/Purge. The forecast message gives an indication about the approximate duration by when auto purge starts if the current data collection trend continues. The minimum system disk space that can be allocated for the database is 3 GB (default), and the maximum disk space that can be allocated is 300 GB. IMPORTANT: Irrespective of whether you configure the database size manually or automatically, once the database size increases, you cannot revert to the previous set database size. Automatically increasing database size You can configure XP Performance Advisor to automatically verify and allocate the available disk space on your system for the database. Click Database Manager in the left pane and select the Auto Grow check box under DB Configuration/Purge. By default, this functionality is enabled for XP Performance Advisor. IMPORTANT: Ensure that at least the available disk space is greater than 3 GB for Auto Grow functionality to work. When the database grows to 70% of the allocated size, XP Performance Advisor automatically checks for the available disk space on the system and does one of the following: If the available disk space is greater than 3 GB, XP Performance Advisor automatically increments the database size by 2 GB and displays the following message on the Event log screen: DB size auto grew to X GB. Where, X refers to the current disk space allocated for the database. For example, if the available disk space is greater than 21 GB + 3 GB (disk space needed for XP Performance Advisor to initiate Auto Grow + 3 GB), the allocated database size is automatically incremented by additional 2 GB. Simultaneously, the following prediction on the time taken for the database to grow to the specified size is also displayed under DB Configuration/Purge: Given current data storage rates, DB grow in less than X hours. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 149

150 If the available disk space is less than 3 GB, the Auto Grow check box is automatically disabled, and the following message is displayed on the Event log screen: There is not enough space for the DB to autogrow; AutoGrow option is disabled. If free disk space is not available, XP Performance Advisor logs the following message: There is not enough space for PADB. PADB requires minimum <X_diskspace>. The Auto Grow check box is automatically disabled. XP Performance Advisor verifies the disk space and log the above-mentioned message in the Event Log screen every five minutes till the required disk space is made available. Once the required disk space is available, you must manually select the Auto Grow check box. Click Save to save the configuration. After Auto Grow is enabled, XP Performance Advisor stops logging the above mentioned message in the Event Log screen. Related Topics See the following related topics: Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Manually purging the data on page 152 Purging older data on page 152 Automatically purging data on page 153 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Archiving data on page 160 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 Migrating data to another management station on page 166 Manually increasing database size IMPORTANT: Before allocating, verify the available disk space displayed for Disk Space available on drive where Database exists under DB Configuration/Purge. Auto Grow option is selected by default under DB Configuration/Purge. Hence, in addition to incrementing the database size by the number you specify, XP Performance Advisor also monitors the database size. If the database has occupied 70% of the allocated disk space, XP Performance Advisor checks for the available disk space on the management station and increases the database size by 2 GB. If you clear the Auto Grow check box, XP Performance Advisor still monitors the database size. If the database occupies 70% of the allocated disk space, XP Performance Advisor initiates automatic purging of the oldest XP array records. You cannot select a database size less than the allocated database size. To manually specify the amount of available system disk space that you want to allocate for the database: 1. Click Database Manager in the left pane. The Database Manager screen appears. By default, the DB Configuration/Purge is enabled. 2. Select the disk space you want to allocate from the Configured Maximum Database Size list. 150 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

151 By default, the Current Database Size displays 3 GB that is the default disk space allocated for XP Performance Advisor database after first installation. It means that a minimum of 3 GB from the system available disk space is allocated for the database. If XP Performance Advisor is upgraded from a previous version, the Current Database Size displays the size of the database that is upgraded to the current version. The maximum disk space that can be allocated is 300 GB. 3. Click Save to commit your changes. The Current Database Size displays the new allocated database size. The Disk Space available on drive where Database exists displays the remaining available system disk space. The prediction on the rate at which the current database grows for the current allocated disk space is also displayed. Related Topics See the following related topics: Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually purging the data on page 152 Purging older data on page 152 Automatically purging data on page 153 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Archiving data on page 160 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 Migrating data to another management station on page 166 Purging data You can manually purge data that belongs to an XP array or data that is older than the current specified date. XP Performance Advisor can also automatically purge data for you. Purging of data eventually increases performance of XP Performance Advisor, as considerable amount of disk space used by the database is released back to the database. Manually purging data You can manually purge performance data that belongs to an XP array or data that is older than the current specified date. CAUTION: Performance data that is purged cannot be recovered. It is permanently deleted from the XP Performance Advisor database. Hence, purge data only when you are absolutely sure that the data is no longer required. Also, XP Performance Advisor's activities such as, drawing charts and collecting data might be impacted when either the manual or auto purge is in progress. Alternatively, if you want to archive data before purging it, use the archival export functionality. For more information, see Archiving data on page 160. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 151

152 IMPORTANT: The current management station date and time are considered for deleting the records. (Current management station refers to the system where XP Performance Advisor is installed). Purging XP array specific data To purge data that belongs to an XP array from the XP Performance Advisor database: 1. Click Database Manager in the left pane. The Database Manager screen appears. By default, the DB Configuration/Purge is enabled. 2. In the Purge section, select All data for an XP array. The list for this selection is enabled. 3. From the list, select the XP array for which you want to purge data. 4. Click Purge. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm the deletion of records. 5. Click OK to confirm. XP Performance Advisor deletes all the performance data collected till date for the selected XP array. Click Cancel if you want to retain the records. Purging older data To purge data older than the specified date from the XP Performance Advisor database: 1. Click Database Manager in the left pane. The Database Manager screen appears. By default, the DB Configuration/Purge is enabled. 2. In the Purge section, select All data older than. 3. Select the date using the calendar and the time from the Hour, Minute, and Seconds lists. If you do not specify a date and time of your choice, the current date and time are considered for the purge. 4. Click Purge. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm the deletion of records. 5. Click OK. XP Performance Advisor deletes all the performance data available prior to the current specified date for the selected XP array. Related Topics See the following related topics: Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Automatically purging data on page 153 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Archiving data on page 160 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

153 Migrating data to another management station on page 166 Automatically purging data XP Performance Advisor automatically purges performance data of XP arrays, if either of the following conditions are met: The Auto Grow functionality is enabled but sufficient free disk space is not available. The Auto Grow functionality is disabled and the database grows to 70% of the allocated database size. The database has grown to 300 GB that is the maximum database size that can be allocated. For the above mentioned conditions, the following prediction on when auto purge start is also displayed in the Purge section: Given current data storage rates, in less than X hours, auto-purging begin. The following message is logged on the Event Log screen when auto purging is activated: Activating Purge Mode. When auto purge is in progress, you can see the following message displayed in the DB Configuration section under the DB Configuration/Purge tab: Given current data storage rates, the estimate is less than X hours, auto purging may have already begun. The following message is also displayed on the Event Log screen: Purge or migration is in progress, please retry after some time. After auto purging completes, the following message is logged in the Even log file: Auto Purge completed successfully. Deleted X % of DB. IMPORTANT: The data that you purge is independent of the XP arrays to which the data belongs. When auto purging is in progress and you increase the database size manually, auto purging process stops. The following message is logged on the Event log screen: Autopurging interrupted due to DB size change. Auto purging procedure also defragments the allocated database space, so that the free space is released back to the database. Related Topics See the following related topics: Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Manually purging the data on page 152 Purging older data on page 152 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Archiving data on page 160 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 Migrating data to another management station on page 166 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 153

154 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files XP Performance Advisor retrieves performance values related to DKC, LDEVs, ports, and CLPRs for an XP array, and provides the data in separate.csv files that you can export to a data visualization program such as Microsoft Excel. These.csv files are created when you choose to export the performance values for a specified duration of your choice, or schedule this activity periodically, on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis. If you choose to export the performance values on a need basis, you can view the generated.csv files immediately or save them in XP Performance Advisor to view them later. If you choose to schedule the export activity, the.csv files are created as per the schedule and appropriate records are stored in XP Performance Advisor. You can view the reports when required. In addition, you can also view performance values of LDEVs that belong to a Journal pool and also utilization values for Ext-LUNs, and RAID groups. All the.csv files are stored in the following location on the management station, \hpss\pa\tomcat\webapps\pa\reports. You can perform the following tasks under the Export DB tab that appears when you click Database Manager in the left pane. Export DKC, LDEVs, ports, CLPRs performance values into.csv files under the Export DB/Schedule Export DB tab. You can generate or save the.csv files when required, or schedule the export activities on a periodic basis. View the.csv files by selecting the corresponding records in the Exported DB Files section, under the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB Files tab. Delete the records for the.csv files or the schedules in the Scheduled Export DB tasks section under the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB Files tab. The Export Database report functionality provided through the XP Performance Advisor GUI is same as that available from the CLUI. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating Export DB CSV files on page 154 Viewing Export DB CSV files on page 158 Creating Export DB CSV files IMPORTANT: If you have logged in with user privileges, you cannot schedule the export DB activity Only a single.csv file is created for XP arrays of type XP1024/ is the supported version for XP arrays that belong to type XP12000, XP10000, XP20000, XP24000, or SVN, or if you want to view the Ext-Lun information , , and are the supported versions for XP arrays that belong to type XP1024/ or are the versions to be selected to view the response time values in the.csv file To export performance values related to DKC, LDEVs, ports, and CLPRs on a need basis, or schedule the export activity periodically: 154 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

155 1. Click Database Manager in the left pane. The Database Manager screen appears. 2. Click Export DB. By default, the Export DB/Schedule Export DB tab is enabled. 3. Based on whether you want to export the performance values on a need basis or schedule the export activity, select One Time or Periodic respectively. If you have selected the Collection Period as One Time, go to step 4 to configure additional settings for exporting the performance values. If you have selected the Collection Period as Recurring, the following schedule options are enabled for your selection: Collection Schedule: displays Daily, Weekly, and Monthly. Collection Schedule Weekly Monthly Description By default, Weekly is selected as the collection schedule. The corresponding Day of the Week list displays the week days. If you want to configure a weekly schedule: Select the week day when you want the schedule to be executed. Select the time (hour : mins) when you want the schedule to be executed, from the Start Time lists. Specify the number of times the schedule should repeat, in the No. of Occurrences box. Clicking the Monthly collection schedule displays the Monthly Schedule. The following options are provided in a monthly schedule: Based on Date, where you select a particular date in a month. The Date of the Month list is enabled when you select Based on Date, for you to choose the date. Based on Day, where you select a particular day in a week. The Day of the Week and Week of the Month lists are enabled when you select Based on Day. Choose a day and the corresponding week in a month for executing the schedule. If you want to configure a monthly schedule: Select the date of the month when you want the schedule to be executed. OR Choose the day and the corresponding week when you want the schedule to be executed. Select the time (hour : mins) when you want the schedule to be executed, from the Start Time lists. Specify the number of times the schedule should repeat, in the No. of Occurrences box. Daily Clicking the Daily collection schedule displays the start time. If you want to configure a daily schedule: Select the time (hour : mins) when you want the schedule to be executed, from the Start Time lists. Specify the number of times the schedule should repeat, in the No. of Occurrences box. 4. Provide a name in the File Name box. The name should not be less than 2 characters or exceed 80 characters in length. XP Performance Advisor appends the name that you provide to the file names for all the.csv files. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 155

156 5. From the Array list, select the XP array for which you want to generate or schedule the Export DB report. 6. Select the check box for Human Readable Format (you can view the data for the LDEV in the cu:ldev format). 7. Select the check box for Version Number Select Version Number to enable the corresponding list. The list displays the following supported versions based on the XP array type that you select: Select the check box for Response Time to view the following read-write response time for all the LDEVs. It is enabled only when the Version check box is selected. Read for ldev read response time Write for ldev write response time All for ldev read and write response time 9. Select the check box for the RAID Group Utilization to view the RAID Group utilization. This option can be used only when the Response Time check box is selected. To view the RAID group utilization, select the version as or Select the check box for Display LDEV's of the Journal to view all the LDEVs that belong to a journal. This command retrieves the data collected for the duration, 6 p.m., 1st June 2007 and 10 a.m., 2nd June 2007, and places the data in a text file named test_jnl.xls. The data collected is about the LDEVs that belong to all the journals in the selected XP array. The.xls file is an addition to the four files that are already displayed. 156 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

157 11. Select the Start Time and End Time for the duration that you want to view the performance values. NOTE: The above step is applicable only if you are saving the.csv file. If you have scheduled the export activity, you can only select the start time for the schedule. 12. Retain the destination address displayed in the box, or specific an address, where you want to receive the notification. NOTE: By default, the notifications are sent to the recipient addresses that you have already specified on the Settings screen. The default recipient address is For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page After you select or provide the above mentioned options, click Save. XP Performance Advisor does the following: 1. Creates four.csv files and also displays the corresponding records in the Exported DB Files section, under the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB Files tab. If you have additionally chosen to view the RAID groups utilization values or performance values of LDEVs in a Journal pool, the appropriate.csv files are created and records displayed for the same in the Exported DB Files section. For more information, see Viewing Export DB CSV files on page Displays the status of the export activity on the Event Log screen. If the export activity is successful, the following message is displayed: Data exported successfully into XX_<filename>.csv, where XX refers to the resource for which the export is initiated, like DKC, LDEV, port, CLPR. If the export activity fails, the following message with severity set as User Action is displayed: Data cannot be exported into XX_<filename>.csv, where XX refers to the resource for which the export is initiated, like DKC, LDEV, port, CLPR. One of the reasons for an export activity to fail can be attributed to performance data not being available for the specified duration. Separate notification stating the failure is not sent to the recipients. If you have scheduled the export activity, in addition to the above, it also sends an notification to the intended recipients after the.csv files are created. However, they are not provided as attachments with the notifications, due to their large file size. Instead, every notification provides links that the recipients can click to view the respective.csv files. Click Reset anytime before saving the Export DB report to clear the current selection and restore the default settings. Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing Export DB CSV files on page 158 Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Manually purging the data on page 152 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 157

158 Purging older data on page 152 Automatically purging data on page 153 Archiving data on page 160 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 Migrating data to another management station on page 166 Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260 Importing data to MS Excel To import the data into Excel: 1. Open the export DB file in MS Excel from the location where it is saved (\hpss\pa\tomcat\ webapps\pa\reports). This launches the Text Import Wizard. 2. In Step 1 of 3 of the Text Import Wizard, select the Delimited option (default selection). 3. Enter 1 in Start import at row, and select Windows (ANSI) in File origin list. 4. Click the Next button. 5. In Step 2 of 3 of the Text Import Wizard, select Comma, and clear any other delimiters if they are selected. Leave all other fields as the defaults, and click Next. 6. In Step 3 of 3 of the Text Import Wizard, note the highlighted column in the Data preview panel. You must highlight all the columns in the spreadsheet. To do so, press Shift while navigating to the last column using the scroll bar, and then click the last column. All columns must be highlighted. 7. Click Text in the Column data format panel, and then click Finish. The spreadsheet is populated with the XP Performance Advisor data. 8. Select the corner cell between cells A and 1. This highlights the entire spreadsheet. Go to Format on the menu bar, select Column, and then select AutoFit Selection. This sizes all the columns to fit the text. The MS Excel performance data sheet is now complete. Viewing Export DB CSV files For every export activity that is scheduled or saved, XP Performance Advisor does the following: Creates four.csv files and also displays the following four records in the Exported DB Files section, under the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB Files tab. The file name that you provided while configuring the export activity is appended to the file names of the following.csv files: ldev_exportdb_array_serial_number_export_file_name> dkc_exportdb_array_serial_number_export_file_name> port_exportdb_array_serial_number_export_file_name> clpr_exportdb_array_serial_number_export_file_name> The records for the Export DB report that you generate are displayed in the Exported DB Files section under the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB Files tab. The records for the Export DB schedules that you create are displayed in the Scheduled Export DB tasks section under the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB Files tab. 158 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

159 In addition, if you have chosen to view the RAID groups utilization values or performance values of LDEVs in a Journal pool, the following.csv files are displayed in the Exported DB Files section. rgutil_exportdb_array_serial_number_export_file_name> jnl_exportdb_array_serial_number_export_file_name> For a scheduled export activity, the corresponding schedule details are displayed in the Scheduled Export DB tasks section, under the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB Files tab. IMPORTANT: The name of the user who created the report is displayed under User Name. If you logged into XP Performance Advisor as an Administrator and created the Export DB report, the user name is displayed as Administrator for the above mentioned Export DB records. The.csv records for which an asterisk (*) is displayed before the User Name indicates that they are generated through a schedule. Following is the naming convention for the.csv that have an associated schedule: <Array Serial Number>_<Report Type>_<Schedule- Type>_<Date>_<Time>_Timezone.csv The time when the report was created is displayed under Generation Time. To view.csv files in the Exported DB Files section: 1. Click Database Manager in the left pane. The Database Manager screen appears. 2. Click Export DB. 3. On the screen that appears, click the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB files tab. 4. Select the check box for a.csv file in the Exported DB Files section and click View. The data in the.csv file is displayed in a new IE browser window. You can save a copy of the report by clicking File > Save or File > Save As on the browser menu. Related Topics See the following related topics: Creating Export DB CSV files on page 154 Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Manually purging the data on page 152 Purging older data on page 152 Automatically purging data on page 153 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 159

160 Archiving data on page 160 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 Migrating data to another management station on page 166 Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260 Deleting Export DB reports and schedules IMPORTANT: You can delete a schedule record in the Scheduled Export DB tasks section, only if you have logged into XP Performance Advisor as an Administrator or a user with administrative privileges. To delete an Export DB report or the corresponding schedule: 1. Click Export DB. 2. On the screen that appears, click the View Exported/Scheduled Exported DB files tab 3. To delete the Export DB report.csv files, select the check box for the corresponding records in the Exported DB Files section and click Delete. To delete the Export DB report schedules, select the check box for the corresponding schedules in the Scheduled Exported DB tasks section and click Delete. Archiving data You can archive performance data for an XP array from the XP Performance Advisor database, for a specified duration of your choice. The performance data is exported as.dmp files that are saved in the dpdump folder at the following location on the management station: <HPSS_HOME>\padb\ admin\padb\dpdump\. Archiving procedure also defragments the allocated database space, so that the free space is released back to the database. CAUTION: Do not modify the names of the.dmp files created during the export activity. XP Performance Advisor uses these file names as reference to identify the data that needs to be imported. Data archival should not be initiated when data purge is in progress. When auto purge is in progress, you can see the following message displayed in the DB Configuration section under the DB Configuration/Purge tab: Given current data storage rates, the estimate is less than X hours, auto purging may have already begun. The following message is also displayed on the Event Log screen: Purge or migration is in progress, please retry after some time. 160 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

161 IMPORTANT: After the data is archived, it is permanently deleted from the XP Performance Advisor database and the free disk space is released back to the database. If you want to use the archived data for an XP array, you should import the corresponding.dmp files. Also, you should perform a fresh configuration data collection for that XP array on the management station, where you have performed the import operation. If you want to take a backup of the XP Performance Advisor database before archiving it, use the Backup utility. For more information, see Migrating data to another management station on page 166. You can import the archived data onto the same management station or another management station. However, ensure that the XP Performance Advisor versions on the target management station matches the version on the source management stations, from where data was exported. For more information on importing data, see Importing data on page 163. If you retain the current date and time for archiving data, and the last collection date and time is before the current date and time, XP Performance Advisor considers the last collection date and time for archiving data. If :00:00 is the current date and time, and :00:00 is the last collection time stamp, XP Performance Advisor considers :00:00 for archiving data. To archive data for an XP array: 1. Click Database Manager in the left pane. 2. On the Database Manager screen, click the Archive Export/Archive Import tab. 3. In the Archive Export section, select the XP array serial number from the Array list. The Last Collection Cycle displays the date and time when the performance data was last collected for the selected XP array. 4. In the Archive up to section, select the date using the calendar and time from the Hour : Minute : Seconds lists. If you do not specify a date and time, the current management station date and time is considered for archiving data. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 161

162 5. Click Export. XP Performance Advisor archives data for the specified duration. As part of the archival process, XP Performance Advisor does the following: a. Displays an informational message that the export for the selected array is successfully initiated and starts exporting the data. b. Logs two records under Export data for the date and time when the archival is complete. c. Creates two.dmp files and displays their names under File Name. The file names are unique (see the following) and have the XP array serial number in their file names for easy identification: The first file contains performance data for the port and DKC. Following is the file naming convention for the.dmp file: <XParray_serial_number>_<archival_start_date>_<archival_start_time>_<Start_collection_interval_timestamp>_<End_collection_interval_timestamp>.DMP. For example, XP10055_12OCT2008_ _ _ DMP The second file contains the performance data for the RAID groups. Following is the file naming convention for the.dmp file: <PAarray_serial_number>_<archival_start_date>_<archival_start_time>_<Start_collection_interval_timestamp>_<End_collection_interval_timestamp>.DMP. For example, PA10055_12OCT2008_ _ _ DMP Once the archival is completed, this file is simultaneously displayed in the Archive Import section under the Archive Export/Archive Import tab. You must select this file if you want to import the performance data (port, DKC, RAID groups) for the XP array. For more information, see Importing data on page 163. TIP: You can also copy the.dmp files from the dpdump folder to a CD/DVD and free up the space occupied by the.dmp files on the management station. Related Topics See the following related topics: Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Manually purging the data on page 152 Purging older data on page 152 Automatically purging data on page 153 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Importing data on page 163 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 Migrating data to another management station on page Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

163 Importing data You can import the archived data to another management station or back to the same management station from where the data was initially exported. CAUTION: The import operation fails if there is not enough free space in the database to accommodate the imported data. To start an import operation, XP Performance Advisor requires that there be sufficient space in the database, at least matching the size of the exported data. You must either archive or purge some of the existing data before you begin the import operation. If you are importing data when auto purge is in progress, the data import activity still continues. However, if the imported data happens to be among the oldest data that XP Performance Advisor has selected for purging, the data being imported is also purged automatically. Hence, it is highly recommended that there be enough disk space available on that management station, where the data import activity is initiated. Do not move the.dmp files from <HPSS_HOME>\padb\admin\PADB\dpdump\ or copy the.dmp files to any other location, because XP Performance Advisor accesses these files only from <HPSS_HOME>\padb\admin\PADB\dpdump\ on your management station. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 163

164 IMPORTANT: Following are a few important notes: After importing performance data for an XP array, ensure that you perform a fresh configuration data collection for that XP array on the target management station. This is because, the archival process only exports the performance data for an XP array and not its configuration data. For example, if you import performance data for an XP array that is not currently known to XP Performance Advisor on the target management station, you cannot view its performance data until a configuration collection is performed for that XP array. Also, if data is imported for XP10000, XP12000, XP20000, or XP24000 disk array model into XP Performance Advisor v4.6, HP recommends that you use the Outband mode to collect the configuration data. This is because, the internal raw disk capacity of the XP Disk Array received through the Outband mode is accurate (same as shown by RWC) when compared to the value received through the Inband mode. So, if the SVP on the XP Disk Array is accessible, Outband must be the preferred mode of configuration data collection. It ensures that XP Performance Advisor collects the correct internal raw disk capacity from your XP Disk Array. The internal raw disk capacity for your XP Disk Array is displayed under Array Capacity (TB) on the License screen. If you initiate data import onto a target management station for overlapping date range and data already exists in the management station's database, you are prompted to either archive or purge the existing data and initiate the import process again. Consider the following example: Performance data is archived twice for an XP array. The first set of performance data is archived for the date range, :10: TO :10: The second set of performance data archived for the date range, :10: TO :10: Then, the first set of data is imported to a target management station. When you try to import the second set of data to the same target management station, XP Performance Advisor prompts you to either archive or purge the existing data, and then import the second set of data again. This is because, the performance data already exists in the XP Performance Advisor database for the date range, :10: TO :10: So, you should first archive or purge the existing performance data for the date range, :10: TO :10:00.109, and then import the second set of performance data again. Importing archived data to the same management station To import the archived data to the same management station: 1. Click Database Manager in the left pane. 2. On the Database Manager screen, click the Archive Export/Archive Import tab. 164 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

165 3. Based on the XP array for which you want to import its performance data, select the relevant file of the following type from the list displayed in the Archive Import section: <PAarray_serial_number>_<archival_start_date>_<archival_start_time>_ <Start_collection_interval_timestamp>_<End_collection_interval_timestamp>.DMP For example, PA10055_12OCT2008_ _ _ DMP NOTE: <HPSS_HOME> translates to %PADB_HOME% in this context of importing data. 4. Click Import. XP Performance Advisor does the following: a. Displays an informational message that the import for the selected XP array is successfully initiated. b. Imports performance data from the.dmp files of the following types: <XParray_serial_number>_<archival_start_date>_<archival_start_time>_<Start_collection_interval_timestamp>_<End_collection_interval_timestamp>.DMP <PAarray_serial_number>_<archival_start_date>_<archival_start_time>_<Start_collection_interval_timestamp>_<End_collection_interval_timestamp>.DMP c. Logs two records under Import data for the date and time when the import is complete. d. Displays the names of the two.dmp files that are imported, under File Name. 5. Perform a fresh configuration data collection for the XP array on the management station, where you have imported the performance data. For more information on performing configuration data collection, see Configuration data on page 42. Importing archived data to another management station To import the archived data to another management station: 1. Copy both the.dmp files for an XP array from the source management station to the following location on the target management station: <HPSS_HOME>\padb\admin\PADB\dpdump\ 2. Follow steps 1 5 provided for importing data to the same management station. For more information, see Importing archived data to the same management station on page 164. The above mentioned procedure is also applicable, if you are accessing the target management station over the web, (http(s)://[server name].[domain name]/pa). Related Topics HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 165

166 See the following related topics: Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Manually purging the data on page 152 Purging older data on page 152 Automatically purging data on page 153 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Archiving data on page 160 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 Migrating data to another management station on page 166 Deleting logs for archival and import activities IMPORTANT: These records are logged under Export Data and Import Data respectively, and are not displayed on the Event Log screen. To delete the records logged as part of the export and import activities: 1. Click Database Manager in the left pane. 2. On the Database Manager screen, click the Archive Export/Archive Import tab. 3. Based on whether you want to delete the archival logs or the import logs, navigate to the Archive Data section or the Archive Import section. 4. Select the export or import logs that you want to delete. 5. Click Delete. Migrating data to another management station If you are moving data from an existing management station to a new management station, use the Backup utility to migrate XP Performance Advisor settings and preferences. You can use this tool to preserve your data and configuration preferences by saving the existing settings and then restoring them on the new management station. You can migrate or backup the XP Performance Advisor database based on the following options: IMPORTANT: To use the Backup utility, ensure that the same version of XP Performance Advisor is installed on both the source and target management stations. 166 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

167 XP Disk Array Time Select this option to migrate the configuration and performance data that belongs to an XP Disk Array. Provide the 5 digit serial number of the XP Disk Array in the adjacent box. The data available for the specified XP Disk Array is backed up into the following.dmp files: PA<XP_Disk_Array>_Exp.dmp XPSLPerf_data1.dmp up to XPSLPerf_data7.dmp Where, <XP_Disk_Array> refers to the XP array for which the data is exported. Select this option to migrate the configuration and performance data from the XP Performance Advisor database for a duration that you want. Enter the duration (format DD-MM-YYYY, hh:mm:ss) in the Start Date and End Date boxes. The data available for all the XP disk arrays during the specified duration is backed up into the following.dmp files: PA<XP_Disk_Array>_Exp.dmp XPSLPerf_data1.dmp up to XPSLPerf_data4.dmp All Select this option to migrate the configuration and performance data from the XP Performance Advisor database into the following.dmp files: PA<XP_Disk_Array>_Exp.dmp XPSLPerf_data.dmp Space requirements Before taking a backup of the database, make a note of the Current Database Size under the DB Configuration/Purge tab. While restoring the database, ensure that the total available space on the disk where the database is already installed is more than the backed up database. If the database is installed on C:\HPSS\ padb, the total available free disk space on C: should be greater than the size of the database that be restored. Before restoring the database, increase the Configured Maximum Database Size of the target database by a value equal to the sum of the current target database size + size of the database that is to be restored. If the current database size is 5GB and the size of the database to be restored is GB, change the Configured Maximum Database Size under the DB Configuration/Purge tab to a size greater than 5 GB GB, which is GB. So, increase the database size to 18 GB. This is to avoid the automatic purging of data from the target management station database. For more information on auto purge, see Automatically purging data on page 153. Migrating data using the Backup utility IMPORTANT: You need not stop the XP Performance Advisor and Oracle database services while taking backup or while restoring data on a management station. Data backup cannot be initiated for a single day. To migrate data using the Backup utility: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 167

168 1. Click Start > Programs > HP StorageWorks > Backup Utility. The Backup Utility window appears displaying the following options: DKC Time All 2. Based on your requirement, select one of the following options: DKC: Provide the 5 digit serial number of the XP Disk Array, for which you want to take a data backup Time: Provide the duration for which you want to take data backup in the DD-MM-YYYY format. All: Clicking this option will initiate a backup of the complete XP Performance Advisor database 3. Click Backup. The Backup option is enabled only when you select one of the above mentioned backup options. The Open File dialog box is displayed. 4. Choose a location, such as a network drive or shared file system to save the backed up data (.dmp files). A confirmation dialog box is displayed. 5. Click Open. 6. Click Yes to proceed. The Backup status window is displayed. Also, the details of the data being backed up is displayed in the command prompt window. To restore backed up data using the Backup utility: 1. Click Start > Programs > HP StorageWorks > Backup Utility. The Backup Utility window is displayed. 2. Based on the kind of backup done, select the appropriate backup option from the list displayed: DKC Time All IMPORTANT: You must select the same backup option that you had previously selected for taking backups. For example, if you have backed up data for a specific DKC number, you must select DKC from the list of backup options while restoring the data. Selecting a different option, like Time or All results in an error and data restore will not proceed. 3. Click Restore. The Open File dialog box is displayed. 4. Navigate to the folder where the.dmp files are located and click Open. A confirmation dialog box appears. 5. Click Yes to proceed. The Restore Progress status window is displayed. Also, the details of the data being restored is displayed in the command prompt window. 168 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

169 NOTE: Even after the data is restored completely, there are a few Oracle related messages that are shown in the restore log files. Ignore those messages. Backing up and restoring of data cannot happen simultaneously. So, click Reset after a backup or restore operation to disable their options, and settings on the Backup Utility window. Saving or restoring data from the Windows command line To save or restore your data from the Windows command line: To save your files, enter: %HPSS_HOME%\bin\backuputility -backup target-path Where, target-path is the location, such as a network drive or shared file system, where you want to save the backup files. You can also backup data for a particular XP Disk Array DKC number or duration. Following are the commands: %HPSS_HOME%\bin\backuputility -backup target-path dkc <DKC_Serial_Number> %HPSS_HOME%\bin\backuputility -backup target-path time <Start date and time> <End date and time> The format for the start and end date, and time is as follows: DD-MM-YYYY, hh:mm:ss NOTE: If you have saved the XP Performance Advisor database on a different location during installation, navigate to that location. To restore your files, enter: %HPSS_HOME%\bin\backuputility -restore target-path Where, target-path is the cation where you want to restore the files. You can also restore data for a particular XP Disk Array DKC number or duration. Following are the commands: %HPSS_HOME%\bin\backuputility -restore target-path dkc <DKC_Serial_Number> %HPSS_HOME%\bin\backuputility -restore target-path time <Start date and time> <End date and time> The format for the start and end date, and time is as follows: DD-MM-YYYY, hh:mm:ss Related Topics See the following related topics: Automatically increasing the database size (AutoGrow) on page 149 Manually increasing the database size on page 150 Manually purging the data on page 152 Purging older data on page 152 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 169

170 Automatically purging data on page 153 Creating and viewing Export DB CSV files on page 154 Archiving data on page 160 Deleting logs for archival and import activities on page 166 Migrating data to another management station on page 166 Determining disk space requirements Use the following formula to determine the disk space requirements for XP Performance Advisor on a day basis. The factors that influence the output are the number of arrays, LDEVs, ports, DKC resources, performance data collection, and collection frequency: Free_Space (MB/day for one array) = [(SECONDS_PER_DAY / Ldev_Collection_frequency) * LDEVs * Ldev_Space ] + [(SECONDS_PER_DAY / Port_Collection_ frequency) * PORTs * Port_Space] + [(SECONDS_PER_DAY/ Dkc_Collection_ frequency) * Dkc_Space] where: Free_Space (MB/day) = Total free disk space (in MB) required for a day LDEVs = Total number of LDEVs of an array (includes journal volumes, pool volumes, external volumes, and so on) PORTs = Total number of PORTs for an array Ldev_Collection_frequency = Collection frequency for LDEVs (in seconds) Port_Collection_frequency = Collection frequency for ports (in seconds) Dkc_Collection_ frequency = Collection frequency for dkc (in seconds) Ldev_Space ( per Ldev) = MB Port_Space (per port) = MB Dkc_Space (per collection) = MB SECONDS_PER_DAY = The consolidated free space that is available for XP Performance Advisor is the total sum of the free space available on all the XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor. 170 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

171 Example 1. Determining the disk space requirements for XP Performance Advisor Consider that XP arrays and are monitored by the XP Performance Advisor management station XP array details: LDEVs = 1703 PORTs = 96 Dkc_Collection_frequency = 300 seconds (5 * 60) Ldev_Collection_frequency = 600 seconds (10 * 60) Port_Collection_frequency = 600 seconds (10 * 60) Free_Space on array = [(86400/600) *1703 * ] + [(86400/ 600) * 96 * ] + [(86400/300) * ] = = MB XP array details: LDEVs = 2554 PORTs = 32 Dkc_Collection_ frequency = 300 seconds (5 * 60) Ldev_Collection_ frequency = 900 seconds (15 * 60) Port_Collection_ frequency = 600 seconds (10 * 60) Free_Space on array = [(86400/900) *2554 * ] + [(86400/ 600 ) * 32 * ]+[(86400/300) * ] = = MB Consolidated free space that is available for XP Performance Advisor (MB/day) = MB (50.19 MB MB) HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 171

172 172 Managing the XP Performance Advisor database

173 10 Viewing XP arrays resources Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 173 Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Volume Information on page 184 Advisory on CLPR utilization on page 179 Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization on page 180 Viewing ACP utilization on page 181 Utilization Summary on page busiest LDEVs/Ports on page busiest LDEVs/RAID groups on page 186 RAID Group summary on page 188 Port summary on page 190 Viewing LDEV data on page 192 XP Performance Advisor provides overall performance and utilization summary for an XP array and includes the following: Configuration and resource distribution data for an XP array. Performance summary data for an XP array, includes average performance data of Frontend, Backend, CHIP port, Cache and CLPR, and ACP pairs. Utilization summary data for an XP array, includes total utilization data of Cache, BUS, ACP, and CHP. In addition, you can also view specific details for the following: LDEVs performance data and their association with resources, like RAID groups, ACP pairs. You can also view this data for LDEVs that belong to a custom group. Individual CHIP details, where the performance data of the MPs and ports associated with individual CHIPs are displayed. Individual ACP pair details, where the performance data of the MPs and RAID groups associated with individual ACPs are displayed. Summary of RAID groups and ports for an XP array. The above mentioned data is displayed for an XP array on the Array View screen (see the following image). HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 173

174 . Figure 12 Array View screen for XP arrays To view the above mentioned data: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. 2. Click the + sign for Arrays. The list expands to display all the XP arrays that are monitored by XP Performance Advisor. Custom groups (if created) also appear. 3. Select the XP array for which you want to view the performance and utilization summary details. You can also select LDEVs grouped under individual custom groups to view their performance data. The Array View screen appears displaying data specific to the selected XP array. Performance summary is displayed under the Performance View tab (enabled by default). Configuration summary and volume distribution is displayed under the Summary View tab. Utilization summary of Cache, Bus, CHIP, and ACP are displayed under the Utilization Summary tab. Click the + sign for an XP array in the Resource selection tree under Arrays to view the following: CHIP: Provides the data on overall performance of individual installed CHIPs. ACP: Provides the data on overall performance of individual installed ACP pairs. LDEV: Provides the performance data on all the LDEVs in the selected XP array. You can also view the other resources like RAID groups and ports associated with these LDEVs. The list for LDEV comprises all the CUs that are created in the XP array. FrontendIO: Provides the list of busiest frontend LDEVs and the ports associated with these LDEVs. BackendIO: Provides the list of busiest backend LDEVs and the ports associated with these LDEVs. RG Summary: Provides a summary view of the RAID groups configured in the selected XP array. Port Summary: Provides a summary view of the ports configured for the selected XP array. 174 Viewing XP arrays resources

175 1 Resource selection tree. IMPORTANT: The ACP and CHIPs are available in the Resource selection tree only after the configuration collection is complete. When you select the ACP or CHIP under Array View in the left pane, only those ACPs and CHIPs that are installed are displayed in the respective lists. You can also view a graphical representation of the performance data for the above mentioned resources. By default, the performance data collected for the last 1 hour is displayed in the Chart Work Area. For more information on using chart options, see Plotting charts on page 213. Tasks you can perform on the Array View screen Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Volume Information on page 184 Advisory on CLPR utilization on page 179 Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization on page 180 Viewing ACP utilization on page 181 Utilization Summary on page busiest LDEVs/Ports on page busiest LDEVs/RAID groups on page 186 RAID Group summary on page 188 Port summary on page 190 Viewing LDEV data on page 192 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 175

176 Viewing performance summary The performance summary for an XP array appears under the Performance View tab. The data displayed is from the last collection and comprises of the following(see Figure 12 on page 174): Screen elements General group box Frontend Total Avg group box Description DKC Time: Displays the timestamp of when the latest performance data collection complete for DKC. Raid Group Time: Displays the timestamp of when the latest performance data collection completes for RAID groups. Port Time: Displays the timestamp of when the latest performance data collection completes for ports. Click the General link to view the Utilization Summary on page 185 report for the selected XP array. For more information, see Utilization Summary on page 184. Displays all port activity that takes place on the frontend. The array frontend is the sum of all CHIP port activities. Click the Frontend Total Avg group box to view the details of the 10 busiest LDEVs/Ports on page 185. Backend Total Avg group box Measures the backend transfers. The array backend is the sum of all ACP pair activities. Click the Array Backend Total group box to view the details of the 10 busiest LDEVs/RAID groups on page 186. Cache [Total - ### MB] group box Displays the cache usage writes pending, and sidefile usage data for the selected XP array. Click the Cache group box or the cache usage writes pending, and sidefile usage blocks to view the respective usage graphs in the Chart Work Area. For more information, see Cache usage chart on page 178. Bus/Path Util % group box Displays the utilization percentage of the CHIP and ACP pair for the Cache Memory Bus and Shared Memory Bus. CHIP Port Activity Ave group box Displays the IO/s, MB/s, and associated port numbers for only those CHIPs that are active for the selected XP array. Click CHIP for an XP array to view the multiprocessor (MP) utilization and port activity of all the installed CHIPs. Clicking an individual CHIP displays its summary, MP utilization, port activity, port IO/s and MB/s details. For more information, see Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization on page 180. CLPR Details group box Displays the CLPR utilization percentage. Also, provides an advisory based on the CLPR utilization for the past one week. For more information, see Advisory on CLPR utilization on page Viewing XP arrays resources

177 Screen elements ACP Pair Backend group box Description Displays the ACP Pair status for the selected XP array. Click ACP for an XP array to view the MP utilization and backend transfers for all the installed ACP pairs. Clicking an individual ACP pair displays its MP utilization and backend transfers, and the RAID group information for the ACP pair. If RAID groups belonging to the same ACP pair are distributed across two performance data collection schedules for an XP array, only the latest RAID group performance data collected by either of the schedules is displayed. For more information, see Viewing ACP utilization on page 181. In a ThP environment, the ACP Pair Backend group box displays values based on the following: If a ThP pool is associated with one DKA, the backend transfers on the ThP pool are reported as served by that DKA. In the following conditions, the backend transfers on a ThP pool are not included in the backend transfers shown for the associated DKAs. In such cases, a * is displayed beside the DKA: If a ThP pool is associated with more than one DKA, the following message is displayed in the ACP Pair Backend group box: THP Backend load may be spread across multiple DKA's. If the ThP pool LDEVs belong to concatenated RAID groups spread across multiple DKAs, the following message is also displayed in the ACP Pair Backend group box: There are one or more concatenated RAID groups. Each resource displays the current value either in IO/s or MB/s, and displays a bar that represents the maximum possible value, and is measured in MB used over the amount of cache installed. The maximum cache memory is 256 GB for the XP24000 and XP12000, 128 GB for the XP20000, 32 GB for the XP128 and XP10000, and 64 GB for the XP1024 type arrays. An XP10000 type array and an SVS200 appliance have a mix PCB configuration. The two configurations, MIX-A and MIX-F, have four CHIP MPs and four ACP MPs on the same processor board. There can be two mix PCB configurations for the array. The mix PCB shows four MPs in the CHIP section that serve as CHIPs and four MPs in the ACP section, which serve the ACP functionality. It can also have two additional optional CHIPs, B and E. These optional CHIPs can have only CHIP MPs. SVS200 is external storage and does not have any internal disks. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 177

178 IMPORTANT: The mix CHIP shows only eight ports and four MPs though there are eight MPs on that board. The remaining four behave as ACP MPs. V-VOL the virtual volumes of type snapshot or THP that might not be associated with any pool at a given point in time. When configuration data is collected through the Inband mode on any XP array configured with snapshot volumes associated with snapshot pools (other than the XP24000 and XP20000), all the snapshot volumes and pools are collectively displayed as Snap-Grp. Performance data is collected for all these volumes. For the VVols associated with a Snapshot pool or THP pool, the RAID group column display the associated pool-id. If performance data is collected separately for DKC and ports, and RAID groups, through two different schedules, all the metrics display the latest data as received by the management station, from either of the schedules. To know more about schedules, see Data Collection Configuration on page 37. Viewing cache utilization The Cache [Total - ### MB] group box under the Performance View tab displays the total cache utilization (Cache in MB [Total <value>]), and includes the following: Usage: The total cache utilized for the frontend and backend transactions. Writes Pending: The data buffered in the cache that is pending to be written into the backend RAID groups and LDEVs. Sidefile information: The total cache used to store the data sequence number, record location, record length, and queued control information for a remote data replication. Click the Usage, Writes Pending, or Sidefile block to view a graphical representation of the Cache performance. For more information on using chart options, see Plotting charts on page 213. Related Topics See the following related topics: Advisory on CLPR utilization on page 179 Cache usage chart on page 178 Viewing CLPR utilization The CLPR Details group box under the Performance View tab displays the following details for each of the cache partitions (CLPRs) that belong to the Cache: Displays the CLPR number followed by the CLPR size in MB (CLPR # [Size - ### MB]). Usage: The CLPR cache utilized for the frontend and backend transactions. Writes Pending: The data buffered in the CLPR cache that is pending to be written into the backend RAID groups and LDEVs. Sidefile information: The CLPR cache used to store the data sequence number, record location, record length, and queued control information for a remote data replication. You can also view an advisory on the usage of an individual CLPR. For more information, see Advisory on CLPR utilization on page Viewing XP arrays resources

179 Click the Usage, Writes pending, or Sidefile block to view a graphical representation of the Cache performance for that particular CLPR. For more information on charts and using chart options, see Plotting charts on page 213. Advisory on CLPR utilization XP Performance Advisor provides an advisory on the usage of individual CLPRs in an XP array. The advisory is based on the data collected for the past one week. Following are the scenarios for which an advisory is created: If cache for a CLPR is less utilized, the advisory suggests that you consider re-allocating portion of the cache memory to other CLPRs. This is in case the cache memory is not required for the current CLPR. If write pending data is more than the random read cache hits, the random read or write response time may be high due to the writes pending with cache. The advisory suggests that you consider increasing the cache size for the current CLPR or reassign some of the RAID groups associated with the current CLPR. If write pending data is more than the sequential read cache hits, the sequential pre-fetching of data may not work. The advisory suggests that you consider increasing the cache size for the current CLPR. To view advisory for an individual CLPR: 1. Click the + sign for an XP array under Arrays in the left pane. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 179

180 2. Under the Performance View tab, click the icon in the CLPR Details window. This icon is displayed when any of the above mentioned conditions are met. The CLPR advisory appears with a brief analysis of the CLPR utilization and suggestion on optimizing CLPR usage is also provided. Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization Click CHIP in the Resource selection tree for an XP array to view the overall utilization of all the installed CHIPs. It includes the utilization of the associated MPs and ports. You can also click a CHA in the corresponding CHIP Port Activity Ave block under the Performance View tab. Each CHIP block displays the following: CHIP name. Associated micro processors and their utilization. The associated port names are also displayed in the respective utilization blocks for each MP (see the following image). Average port activity (average IO/s and MB/s) of individual ports in the Port Activity Avg block. NOTE: CHA is displayed instead of CHIP if the selected array is an XP24000 or XP20000 type array. The average port utilization for a CHIP is also displayed under the Performance View tab. In the following figure, CHIP IE is the CHIP name, CHPXX-IE represents the corresponding MP's name, and CHPXX-IE utilization % refers to the MP's percentage of utilization. For example, CHP01 IE utilization % refers to the percentage of utilization of the MP, CHP01 IE that belongs to CHIP-1E. The Port Activity Avg block displays the average port activity of all the associated ports. Click an individual CHIP from the list of installed CHIPs in the Resource selection tree to view the following: 180 Viewing XP arrays resources

181 CHIP Summary: Number of associated ports Protocol used Utilization summary of each MP Average port activity of all the associated ports Port Details: Individual MP names Associated port names Rate of utilization of each port In the following figure: Summary and port details displayed are for the CHIP EU. CHP00 1EU, CHP01 1EU, CHP02 1EU, and CHP03 1EU are the associated MPs. CL1A and CL5A are the ports associated with CHP00 1EU. You can also see similar port associations for other MPs. Click the individual metric blocks for a CHIP and port to view the related performance and usage graphs in the Chart Work Area. For more information on charts and using chart options, see Plotting charts on page 213. Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Viewing ACP utilization on page 181 Utilization Summary on page busiest LDEVs/Ports on page busiest LDEVs/RAID groups on page 186 Port summary on page 190 Viewing LDEV data on page 192 Viewing ACP utilization Click ACP in the Resource selection tree or the ACP Pair Backend block under the Performance View tab to view the following for an XP array: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 181

182 Summary of utilization of all the installed ACP pairs, includes the utilization summary of individual ACPs in an ACP pair Backend transfer in terms of tracks for the sequential, and non-sequential reads, and writes In addition, click an individual ACP pair under ACP in the Resource selection tree to view summary of utilization of individual MPs in an ACP, and also the associated RAID group information. Click the individual MP block for an ACP to view the related usage graphs in the Chart Work Area. For more information on charts and using chart options, see Plotting charts on page 213. Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization on page 180 Viewing ACP utilization on page 181 Utilization Summary on page busiest LDEVs/Ports on page busiest LDEVs/RAID groups on page 186 RAID Group summary on page Viewing XP arrays resources

183 Viewing LDEV data on page 192 Viewing XP array summary The summary data for the selected XP array is displayed under the Summary View tab. Initially, before you begin configuration collection, only the information related to the XP volumes presented to the host be displayed on the Array View screen. However, when the configuration and performance data are collected for an XP array, the relevant information is displayed under the Summary View and the performance summary under the Performance View tabs, as shown in the following image: The XP array summary under the Summary View tab include the following: Screen elements General Information Volume Distribution Description Model: The model number of the XP array. Micro Code: The array firmware version of the XP array. RMLIB: The version installed on the host machine. A graphical representation of the distribution of resources that are configured in the selected XP array. Appropriate legends are displayed at the bottom of the XP Volume distribution Pie chart. Initially, the Volume Distribution is not shown, as the configuration collection has not yet been initiated. Volume Information The Volume Information displays the summary of all the resources for the selected array. A list of resources and their numbers are displayed. Initially, N/A is displayed beside each resource as the configuration collection has not yet been initiated. For more information on configuration summary, see Volume Information on page 184. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 183

184 IMPORTANT: The RmLib Version displays zero if configuration data is collected through the OutBand mode. Volume Information The following table provides a summary of all the resources for the selected XP array: Physical LDEVs Ports LUNs LUSE RAID Groups External VOLs Continuous Access JNLs THP VVOLs SnapShot VVOLs Raw Capacity The total number of LDEVs created from RAID groups. The total number of Ports available from the installed CHAs. The number of LDEVs that have one or more associated paths (host connectivity). This is an aggregate of the following Physical LDEVs with paths + Virtual volumes with Paths + Total number of LDEVs in LUSE that has an associated path. The total number of LDEVs configured in an LUSE. Total number of Raid groups defined on the XP array. The total number of external volumes associated with an XP array. The total number of physical LDEVs configured in the XP Continuous Access Journal pools. The total number of THP virtual volumes defined on an XP array. The total number of distinct Snapshot VVols that are associated with one or more host port(s). The total installed capacity of an XP array, does not refer to the usable capacity. For each RAID group, the raw capacity is calculated as follows: (number of disks belonging to a particular RAID type * size of the disks). Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Advisory on CLPR utilization on page 179 Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization on page 180 Viewing ACP utilization on page 181 Utilization Summary on page busiest LDEVs/Ports on page busiest LDEVs/RAID groups on page 186 RAID Group summary on page 188 Port summary on page 190 Viewing LDEV data on page 192 Viewing utilization summary The utilization summary is displayed for the selected XP array when you click the Utilization Summary tab. 184 Viewing XP arrays resources

185 . Figure 13 Utilization Summary Use the utilization summary to view a snapshot of XP array activity for cache usage, bus utilization, ACP processor utilization, and CHIP processor utilization that includes Micro Processor (MP) to port mapping information. The utilization summary view also lists the XP array's serial number, model, firmware version, and the date and time when occurred. Click the blue text to view the related utilization graph in the Chart Work Area. For more information on charts and using chart options, see Plotting charts on page 213. Viewing 10 busiest LDEVs and Ports To view the 10 busiest LDEVs or ports associated with an XP array's frontend activities, click FrontEndIO in the Resource selection tree for the XP array. The top 10 busiest LDEVs are displayed under the LDEV tab and the top 10 busiest ports are displayed under the Ports tab. This data is also displayed when you click the Frontend Total Avg group box under the Performance View tab. If the number of busiest LDEVs or ports are less than ten or if their utilization is zero, only the busiest resources are displayed. The 10 busiest LDEVs selected is based on the IO/s and 10 busiest ports selected is based on the average IO/s. The LDEV response time metrics, MAX READ RESP and MAX WRITE RESP (msec) are measured as the maximum response time over the last 30 secondss of the collection interval. For example, if your collection interval for RAID group is set to 5 minutes, the MAX value is calculated over the last 30 seconds of the 5 minute collection interval. The AVG READ RESP and AVG WRITE RESP (msec) are measured as the average response time calculated over the entire collection period. For example, if RAID group collection interval is set to 5 minutes, the Average Response Time is calculated over the entire 5 minutes collection period. Click an LDEV ID or port name to view the performance graphs for all the associated metrics in a chart window. To know more about charts, see Plotting charts on page 213. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 185

186 .. IMPORTANT: The response time is calculated from the time the IO/s are received by the CHA port till the time they are dispatched from the CHA port. If the LDEV is a LUSE Master, the details of individual LDEVs are considered for the busiest resources and not the sum of all the individual LDEVs. The Maximum Port IO is the maximum of the last collection interval. For example, if port I/O collection interval is set to two minutes, the Maximum Port I/O will be calculated as the maximum value over the two minute collection period. Figure busiest front end LDEVs Figure busiest front end Ports Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization on page 180 Viewing ACP utilization on page 181 Utilization Summary on page busiest LDEVs/RAID groups on page 186 RAID Group summary on page 188 Port summary on page 190 Viewing LDEV data on page 192 Viewing 10 busiest LDEVs and RAID groups To view the 10 busiest LDEVs and RAID groups associated with an XP array's backend activities, click BackEndIO in the Resource selection tree for the XP array. The top 10 busiest LDEVs are displayed under the LDEV tab and the top 10 busiest RAID groups are displayed under the RAID GROUP tab. 186 Viewing XP arrays resources

187 . This data is also displayed when you click the Backend Total Avg group box under the Performance View tab. If the number of busiest LDEVs or RAID groups are less than ten or if their utilization is zero, only the busiest resources are displayed. The 10 busiest LDEVs selected is based on the backend transfer rate and the 10 busiest RAID groups selected is based on the Overall % RAID Group Utilization. IMPORTANT: Under the LDEV tab, you can also view the associated RAID Group for an LDEV. This data helps determine if more than one LDEV is contributing to a RAID Group activity. If the LDEV is a LUSE Master, the details of individual LDEVs are considered for the busiest resources and not the sum of all the individual LDEVs. The LDEV response time resources, AVERAGE READ RESPONSE, MAXIMUM READ RESPONSE, AVERAGE WRITE RESPONSE, and MAXIMUM WRITE RESPONSE, are measured in milliseconds. Click an LDEV ID or RAID group name to view the performance graphs for all the associated metrics in a chart window. To know more about charts, see Plotting charts on page 213. Figure busiest backend LDEVs HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 187

188 . Figure busiest backend RAID groups Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization on page 180 Viewing ACP utilization on page 181 Utilization Summary on page busiest LDEVs/Ports on page 185 RAID Group summary on page 188 Port summary on page 190 Viewing LDEV data on page 192 Viewing RAID group summary To view the summary of overall utilization of RAID groups for an XP array, click RG Summary in the Resource selection tree for the XP array. This feature totals the LDEV IO/s, LDEV MB/s, cache fast write, disk fast write, cache bypass, and backend transfer values for all the LDEVs on a given RAID group. In addition, it also displays the percentage of the RAID Group utilization random read, random write, random write parity, sequential read, sequential write, sequential write parity, and the overall RAID group percentage utilization (sum of the above percentages) on a given RAID group or port. IMPORTANT: RAID group utilization percentage is not displayed for external storage volumes. Auto LUN XP should be installed and monitoring enabled on XP1024/XP128 arrays for the RAID Group Utilization metric to be available on these arrays. Click a RAID group ID to view the associated performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. For more information, see Plotting charts on page 213. Click Refresh when you want to view the updated RAID group summary. 188 Viewing XP arrays resources

189 . Figure 18 RAID Group summary Screen elements RAID Group SLPR SLPR Name CLPR CLPR Name LDEV IO/s LDEV M/Bs Backend Transfer % RGUtil Rand Read % RGUtil Rand Write % RGUtil Random Write Parity Description The RAID group to which the LDEV belongs. The SLPR with which the RAID group is associated. The SLPR group ID. The CLPR with which the RAID group is associated. The Cache logical partitions (CLPR) group ID. The total frontend IO/s for all random reads, random writes, sequential reads, and sequential writes during the reporting period. The total frontend throughput in MB/s for the LDEV. The total number of backend tracks transferred to or from the XP array backend. The random read utilization percentage for a RAID group. The random write utilization percentage for a RAID group. % RGUtil Random Write Parity The random write parity utilization percentage for a RAID group. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 189

190 . Screen elements % RGUtil Seq Read % RGUtil SeqWrite % RGUtil Seq Write Parity Description The sequential read utilization percentage for a RAID group. The sequential write utilization percentage for a RAID group. The sequential write parity utilization percentage for a RAID group. Viewing port summary To view the summary of overall utilization of ports for an XP array, click Port Summary in the Resource selection tree for the XP array. This feature totals the LDEV IO/s, LDEV MB/s, cache fast write, disk fast write, cache bypass, backend transfer values, for all of the LDEVs on a given RAID group or port, When you request a port summary report, the total IO/s displayed may not be equal to the sum of IO/s across each of the ports. This can occur if multiple paths to an LDEV exist. The port IO summary indicates the IO ceiling values across the ports. It does not indicate the absolute or accurate IO/s rate across the ports. Click a CHP Port ID to view the associated performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. For more information, see Plotting charts on page 213. Click Refresh when you want to view the updated port summary. Figure 19 Port summary Screen elements CHP Port ID SLPR Description Displays the port name for the Client Host Interface Processor (CHP) port. Provides the option to view information associated with a particular port or with all ports. Displays the SLPR with which the RAID group is associated. 190 Viewing XP arrays resources

191 Screen elements SLPR Name Port Status E-seq(s) Max IO/s Ave IO/s Min IO/s Max MB/s Min MB/s Ave MB/s Description Displays the SLPR group ID. Displays the current status of the port (Fibre (Target), Fibre (XP Continuous Access Initiator)). Displays the Ext-Lun provider s serial number for the array. Displays the maximum frontend IO/s happening on the port. Displays the average of the total frontend IO/s. Displays the minimum frontend IO/s happening on the port. Displays the maximum frontend throughput in MB/s. Displays the minimum frontend throughput in MB/s. Displays the average frontend throughput in MB/s. Viewing 90th and 95th percentile values for Continuous Access ports Write data throughputs frequently display transient peaks beyond the average performance. Sizing to these peaks can lead to enormous bandwidth provisioning and cost. Percentiles are an effective way to exclude the impact of these transient spikes in the calculation of the bandwidth requirements. In XP Performance Advisor, you can view the percentile values for the average MB/s on Continuous Access ports and further estimate the required bandwidth for the Continuous Access link. If you have identified a port as a CA Initiator and CA Target port, in addition to providing data pertaining to the average MB/s through that port, XP Performance Advisor also reports the 90th and 95th percentile values for average MB/s based on the CA initiator and CA Target ports performance data over a given duration. The corresponding values are displayed in the performance graphs plotted for the average write MB/s of CA Initiator or CA Target ports. This helps you access the Continuous Access link bandwidth and the read, and write bandwidth of the Continuous Access journal volumes. NOTE: There is no distinction between the read and write values plotted in the performance graphs. The graphs show the performance data for the last one hour. If there is no performance data for the Continuous Access port in the last one hour or the average read, and write values are zero, the 90th and 95th percentile values are not displayed. To view the 90th and 95th percentile values for Continuous Access ports: 1. Click Port Summary in the Resource selection tree for an XP array. 2. On the Port Summary screen, navigate to the port whose Port Type is CA Initiator or CA Target. 3. Click the link for the value displayed under Avg MB/s. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 191

192 The corresponding performance graph is displayed, where the 90th and 95th percentile values are plotted in addition to the average MB/s values. Viewing LDEV data XP Performance Advisor provides end to end data related to all LDEVs that are configured for an XP array, the data includes the following: Performance data of all LDEVs in the XP arrays (can be part of individual XP arrays or custom group). Data on associated resources, like RAID groups, host groups, ACP pairs, and CHIP ports. The data includes the following: Summary for individual RAID groups that includes the following: RAID level The associated ACP pair Disk mech details Associated drive type and RPM rate IOPS and MBPS data for individual CHIP ports Total utilization of individual ACP pairs For more information on viewing data for LDEVs belonging to a custom group, see Viewing LDEV data in custom groups on page 207. To view the data on LDEVs belonging to an XP array, select LDEV in the Resource selection tree for that XP array. By default, the LDEV data displayed belongs to the last data collection cycle, and is sorted based on the average read response time of individual LDEVs. If you want XP Performance Advisor to provide data on LDEVs for a different time stamp, select the time from the hour : minutes : seconds lists. 192 Viewing XP arrays resources

193 Initially, the Total IOs, Total MBs, Total Tracks, and No of Records values are displayed for an XP array, which is the sum of all the LDEVs data. After you query the existing data, these values are updated accordingly: Total IOs: Displays the total frontend IO/s handled by the selected XP array Total MBs: Displays the total frontend throughput in MB/s managed by the selected XP array Total Tracks: Displays the total tracks on the selected XP array No of Records: Displays the total number of LDEV records from the last collection cycle IMPORTANT: If the Total I/O, Total MB/s, and Total Track fields show 0 value, it means that the external RAID group, RAID group, XP Thin Provisioning and Snapshot pool resources are split between two performance data schedules. About 150 records are displayed per page in the LDEV table. To view LDEV records on other pages, click the corresponding page links. You can also click the prev, next, or last links to navigate to the respective pages. Querying and sorting data You can query data based on the last collection date and time that you select. When you query for data, by default, it is executed based on the last data received from the selected XP array. Further, the data is automatically sorted based on the average read response and displayed in a descending order in the LDEV table. You can also sort the LDEV records based on one of the following: Screen elements Avg Read Resp (msec) Description This is the default selection, where the average read response time of all the LDEVs is displayed in the LDEV table. The LDEVs with the highest response time are displayed first. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 193

194 Screen elements ACPs Pair ID Backend Transfer CHIP Port ID Cont. Access Emulation Ext-LUN Host Group Jnl Group LDEV MB/s LDEV IO/s Description Select ACP Pair ID to query and view data for the ACP pairs. Select Backend Transfer to query and view the number of tracks transferred on the backend. Select CHIP Port ID to query and view data for the ports connected to the selected XP array. Select Cont. Access to query and view the Continuous Access volumes data. Select Emulation to query data and view the emulation data for all the LDEVs. An array group is divided into open volumes of equal size. These volumes are referred to as emulation types. If XP Performance Advisor cannot determine the emulation type, appears. This does not affect performance data collection. NOTE: The emulation type is displayed as "Not Known" for emulations that start with "OPEN-XP". Select Ext-LUN to query and view data for the external arrays exposed through a particular LUN on your XP array. Select Host Group to query and view data for the host groups (does not apply to XP48 or XP512 arrays). Select Jnl Group to query and view the Journal volume pool IDs. Select LDEV MB/s to query and view the frontend throughput in MB/s for the LDEVs. Select LDEV IO/s to query and view the frontend IO/s data for all the LDEVs. Displays the total IO/s for all random reads, random writes, sequential reads, and sequential writes during the reporting period. LUSE LDEV ID RAID Groups Select LUSE to query data and view the LUSE information, which indicates if an LDEV is also an LUSE (LUN Size Expansion (Luse).E = Master C = Component). Select LDEV ID to view the data for the LDEVs. Select RAID Groups to query and view data for the RAID groups. To query and sort data: 1. Select the Last Collection date and time. 194 Viewing XP arrays resources

195 2. Click Query. If you do not select a last collection date and time, the current last collection date and time is considered for querying the data. XP Performance Advisor verifies the performance data available for the selected XP array, retrieves data for the latest time stamp (from the last collection date and time you specified), and displays on the LDEV table. IMPORTANT: For an XP24000 type array, the performance data can be collected on LDEVs (64K binary (65,536)). For XP arrays with external LDEVs, is displayed in the ACP PAIR list, in the LDEV table. This is because the external LDEVs do not have any valid ACP pair associated with them. Hence, all the external LDEVs for an array are grouped under. The XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, XP10000, and SVS200 type arrays support external LDEVs. The data is displayed in either black or blue text. Black text indicates that no additional information is available for that field. Blue text indicates hyper links that you can click to view the respective resource information in a separate browser window. Most of the hyper links display performance graphs of resources for the associated metrics in the Chart Work Area; all other hot links display information in different formats. IMPORTANT: For the XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, XP10000, and SVS200 type arrays, doubleclick an SLPR or CLPR value to view the details for that SLPR or CLPR. For more information, see SLPR detail view on page 205 and CLPR detail view on page 206. For Snapshot and THP pools, the SLPR and CLPR details are displayed only for the associated LDEVs in the LDEV table. The SLPR and CLPR details are not displayed for the LDEVs that form the Snapshot and THP pools. A THP or Snapshot pool should have at least one VVOL assigned to it for the THP or Snapshot pool to be displayed in the LDEV table. 3. Sort the data displayed by selecting one of the above mentioned from the Sort by list. You can also select the sort by category before querying the data, so that the data collected is automatically sorted based on the selected category and displayed in the LDEV table. The sorting is done on all the LDEV records that are displayed in the LDEV table, and is not limited to a per page basis. Configuring column settings You can view data for various resource types in the LDEV table. By default, XP Performance Advisor displays data for only the following resources: LDEV ID: The identification number for the LDEV RAID Group: The RAID group to which the LDEV belongs ACP Pair ID: The card letters for the Array Control Processor pair CHIP Port ID: The port name for the Client Host Interface Processor (CHP) port Host Group: The host group to which the host belongs For the above mentioned, the performance values of LDEVs for the following metrics are also displayed: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 195

196 LDEV IO/s: LDEV IO/s The total frontend IO/s for all random reads, random writes, sequential reads, and sequential writes during the reporting period LDEV MB/s: The total frontend throughput in MB/s for the LDEV Average Read Response (msec): The average response of LDEVs for the reads Average Write Response (msec): The average response of LDEVs for the writes To configure the column settings: 1. Click the Column Settings check box. The LDEV Column Settings list appears. 2. Select the check box for the resource that should be monitored and the corresponding data displayed under the respective column in the LDEV table. Click the Select All check box if you want to choose all the resources and add them as columns of information to the LDEV table. 3. Click Update Columns for the new columns to be added to the LDEV table. Clear the Column Settings check box to close the LDEV Column Settings list. IMPORTANT: If an XP1024 or XP128 array has more than 256 LUNs on a port, XP Performance Advisor may not report the additional LUNs. Resources in LDEV Column Settings list The following table lists the resources available for selection in the LDEV Column Settings list: Table 3 Resources in LDEV Column Settings list Screen elements ACP Pair ID ACP Pair Util Avg Read Resp (msec) Avg Write Resp (msec) Backend Transfer BC Vol 0 BC Vol 1 BC Vol 2 Description The card letters for the Array Control Processor pair. The percentage of the ACP pair processors usage, during the reporting period. The average read response time, in millisecond, for the LDEV. The average write response time, in millisecond, for the LDEV. The total number of tracks transferred on the backend. The Business Copy Volume 0 mode. The Business Copy Volume 1 mode. The Business Copy Volume 2 mode. 196 Viewing XP arrays resources

197 Screen elements Bypass Count Cache Size (GB) CFW Reads CFW Read Cache Hits CFW Writes CFW Write Cache Hits CFW Count CHP Port ID CHP Util CLPR Cont. Access Device File Description Count in Bypass Cache Mode. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). The total cache size in gigabytes. Cache Fast Write Reads. These counts are relevant to mainframe volumes. This field is zero if the emulation type starts with OPEN. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). Cache Fast Write Read Cache Hits. These counts are relevant to mainframe volumes. This field is zero if the emulation type starts with OPEN. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). Cache Fast Write Writes. These counts are relevant to mainframe volumes. This field is zero if the emulation type starts with OPEN. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). Cache Fast Write Cache Hits. These counts are relevant to mainframe volumes. This field is zero if the emulation type starts with OPEN. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). Cache Fast Write count. These counts relevant to mainframe volumes. This field is zero when the emulation type starts with OPEN. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). The port name for the Client Host Interface Processor (CHP) port. Provides the option to view information associated with a particular port or with all ports. The percentage that the CHP processors were used during the reporting period. The Cache logical partitions (CLPR) group ID. XP Continuous Access Mode. The name of the device file. NOTE: If an array is connected to a host agent that is running on HP-UX 11i v3 operating system, the DSF (device special file) is displayed in a new format. A legacy DSF is displayed in parenthesis next to the new format. DFW Normal Count Disk Fast Write Normal Count. These are counts relevant to mainframe volumes. This field is zero when the emulation type starts with OPEN. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 197

198 Screen elements DFW Sequential Count Backend Transfer Sequential Reads Backend Transfer Non-Sequential Reads Backend Transfer Writes DFW Count Jnl Group Emulation E-LDEV Ext-Lun E-Port(s) E-Seq Host ID (Host identifier) Host Group LDEV ID IO Size Description The number of sequential reads transferred to the backend on the LDEV. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). The backend transfer sequential reads for the LDEV. The backend transfer non-sequential reads for the LDEV. The backend transfer writes for the LDEV. Disk Fast Write count. Counts that are relevant only to mainframe volumes. These fields are zeros when the emulation type starts with OPEN. (It is shown only if Main Frame volumes are available for the selected XP array). XP Continuous Access Journal Volume pool IDs. An array group is divided into open volumes of equal size. These volumes are referred to as emulation types. If XP Performance Advisor cannot determine the emulation type, an error appears. The error does not affect performance data collection. NOTE: The emulation type is displayed as "Not Known" for emulations that start with "OPEN-XP". The external LUN LDEV ID on the external array. Indicates that the LDEV is an Ext-Lun. The following options are available:- (hyphen) = Normal LUN E = Ext-Lun P = Ext-Lun provider (this LDEV is used as an Ext-Lun for another array) A list of Ext-Lun initiator ports (ports used to connect to an external array). The Ext-Lun provider's serial number for the array. The name of the host machine. XP Performance Advisor discovers LDEV-to-CHIP port connectivity. Unknown is displayed if the host name is unknown. This automatic CHIP-LDEV mapping works only for open volumes. When using mainframe LDEVs, use the userhostcfg CLUI to add mainframe hosts. The port host group. This resource is available only on the XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, XP10000, and XP1024/XP128 type arrays. The identification number for the LDEV. Displays the average IO size in KBs for the selected LDEV. The average IO size value is derived by dividing the average MB/s with the number of IO/s (avg MB/ s / No. of IO/s). 198 Viewing XP arrays resources

199 Screen elements LDEV IO/s LDEV MB/s Load Inhibit Count Luse Luse Status Luse Master LUN (Logical Unit Number) ID Max Read Resp (msec)-valid for last 30 secs Max Write Resp (msec)-valid for last 30 secs RAID Group Random MB Reads Frontend Random MB Writes Frontend Random Reads Frontend Random Read Cache Hits Frontend Random Write Cache Hits Frontend Random Writes Frontend Sequential Read Cache Hits Frontend Sequential Reads Frontend Sequential Writes Frontend Description The total frontend IO/s for all random reads, random writes, sequential reads, and sequential writes during the reporting period. The total frontend throughput in MB/s for the LDEV. Count in Cache Load Inhibit Mode. Indicates that the LDEV is a LUN Size Expansion (Luse).E = Master C = Component Logical Unit Size Expansion. The LDEV number of the LUSE, when applicable. blank = The LDEV is not a Luse resource M = Master for the Luse group C = Contributor to the Luse group The Luse master LDEV also lists an entry for the contributor. If you are filtering by Host, you cannot see the contributors, because they are not mapped externally. If you show Requested Hosts connected to the array, you can see the contributors in addition to the Luse master. Logical Unit Size Expansion. The LDEV ID of the Luse master when the LDEV is a resource. If the LDEV is not a Luse resource, this field is blank. The identification number of the LUN. The maximum read response time, in millisecond, for the LDEV. The maximum write response time, in millisecond, for the particular LDEV. The RAID group to which the LDEV belongs. The random frontend reads throughput in MB/s for the LDEV. The random frontend writes throughput in MB/s for the LDEV. The random frontend IO/s reads. The random frontend IO/s read cache hit values. The random frontend IO/s write cache hit values. The random frontend IO/s read write values. The sequential frontend IO/s read cache hit values. The sequential frontend IO/s read values. The sequential frontend IO/s write values. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 199

200 Screen elements Sequential MB Reads Frontend Sequential MB Writes Frontend Sequential Write Cache Hits Frontend SS ID SLPR Target LUN Vol. Group Description The sequential frontend reads throughput in MB/s for the LDEV. The sequential frontend writes throughput in MB/s for the LDEV. The sequential frontend write cache hit values in per second. The identification number of the subsystem. The SLPR group ID. The LUN associated with the given LDEV. The volume group identification name if the device is associated with a volume group. XP Performance Advisor reports volume groups from LVM (an HP brand) and VXVM (a Veritas brand). NOTE: The E-LDEV, Ext-LUN, E-Port(s), E-Seq, Jnl Group, and Vol. Group are available for selection only if they are configured in the selected XP array. Viewing comparison charts for LDEVs You can compare an LDEV's performance for the following metrics: Random read hits vs. Random read miss Random read vs. Random write Sequential read hits vs. Sequential read miss Read hits vs. Read miss Read vs. Write Sequential Read vs. Sequential Write Random vs. Sequential To do the comparison: 1. Click an LDEV ID in the LDEV table. The LDEV Profile dialog appears and displays the Chart Profile list. 2. Select the above combination from the Chart Profile list and click OK. The comparison chart is displayed in the Chart Work Area. Viewing replication data for LDEVs XP Performance Advisor provides details on whether a particular LDEV is configured as one of the following for BC or CA: PVOL (primary volume) SVOL (secondary volume) 200 Viewing XP arrays resources

201 It also provides the current replication pair status between the PVOLs and SVOLs. IMPORTANT: If the state for an LDEV shows up as SMPL (Simplex), it means that the LDEV is neither configured as a PVOL or SVOL. The replication pair status is displayed only when you do a fresh configuration collection for an XP array. However, if the configuration data collection is scheduled, the replication pair status is automatically updated to show the current status. To view the replication volumes and the status of the replication: 1. Click the Column Settings check box. 2. To view the Cont. Access volumes, select the Cont. Access check box in the LDEV Column Settings list. To view the BC volumes, select the check box for the BC Vol 0, BC Vol1, or BC Vol2, or you can select all the three volumes in the LDEV Column Settings list. 3. Click Update Columns for the new columns to be added to the LDEV table. Clear the Column Settings check box to close the LDEV Column Settings list. 4. In the LDEV table, click a Cont. Access or BC volume to view the associated PVol or SVol, and their current replication pair status. Following are the different replication pair statuses: Replication pair statuses SMPLex COPY PAIRED Pair Suspend Pair Suspend Error Reverse Copy Pair SideFile 30% over Description Volume is not configured for replication activity. Volume is in the Copy mode, where data from the P-Vol is being copied to the S-Vol. Volumes are configured for replication activity. The replication pair volumes are suspended mode. The replication pair volumes are suspended, as an error is noticed with the pair. The replication is in a reverse copy mode, from S-Vol to P-Vol. The Cont. Access asynchronous side file usage is over 30%. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 201

202 Filtering LDEV records Records in the LDEV table can be filtered in the following ways: Filter records based on user specified criteria Filter records based on existing selection Filter records for values greater or lesser than the specified value Filter records based on user specified criteria This type of filter is applicable when you can enter the filter criteria. It is used when you want to view data for specific LDEV IDs. If the data for the specified LDEV IDs are not available in the current list of records, they are collected from the XP array and displayed in the LDEV table. Following is an example on filtering records in the LDEV ID list: 1. Click the LDEV ID list. 2. In the LDEV ID filter that appears, provide the LDEV ID. You can also enter multiple LDEV IDs in the following format: CU:LDEV1,CU:LDEV2,CU:LDEV3 3. Click OK. The data in the LDEV table is filtered to display only the records for the specified LDEV IDs. Filter records based on existing selection This type of filter is applicable when you can select the filter criteria. The data in the LDEV table is filtered based on your selection and displayed. Following is an example on filtering records in the RAID Group list: 1. Click the RAID Group list. 2. In the RAID Group filter that appears, select the check box for the RAID groups to view their respective data. 3. Click OK. The data in the LDEV table is filtered to display the data only for the selected RAID groups. Filter records for values greater or lesser than the specified value 202 Viewing XP arrays resources

203 This type of filter is applicable when you want to view performance values of LDEVs that belong to a specified criteria. You can filter performance values for LDEVs based on the following: Greater than the specified value Lesser than the specified value Greater than or equal to the specified value Lesser than or equal to the specified value Following is an example on filtering records in the LDEV IO/s list: 1. Click the LDEV IO list. 2. Select one of the following based on your requirement and provide the value in the adjacent text box: < (greater than) > (less than) <= (greater than or equal to) >= (less than or equal to) 3. Click OK. The data in the LDEV table is filtered based on the filter criteria and values matching the specified criteria are displayed. Exporting LDEV data You can export LDEV data to an Excel spreadsheet for the date and time range that you specify. The data for all the LDEVs that were monitored by XP Performance Advisor during the specified start and end date, and time are exported to a spreadsheet in a CSV format. To export LDEV data: 1. Select the date range from the Start Date and End Date calendars. 2. Select the time range from the respective hour : minutes : seconds lists. 3. Click Export to Excel. The status on the data transfer is displayed for your reference. After the LDEV data is exported, the.csv file is placed in the following location on your management station: Local_drive:\HPSS\Tomcat\Webapps\pa\export. All the.csv files are available in this specified location (local drive on the management station refers to the C drive, where Windows operating system is installed, and the HPSS folder is also available on the C drive). A separate.csv file is created for every export operation. The existing.csv file is not replaced by the new file. The file format is as follows: LDEV_<Array>_Timestamp. (Timestamp refers to the date and time when the export operation is initiated). HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 203

204 Viewing RAID group information Click a RAIDGroup item in the LDEV table to view the RAID Group details and disk mechs details. The Disk Mech displays the 2-way and 4-way parity group concatenation. The 2-way parity group concatenation can be configured as either 2D+2D or 7D+1P. The 4-way parity group concatenation is configured as 7D+1P. The system supports RMLIB version and later. If there is an LDEV that is associated with two RAID groups, data about both groups are displayed. If LDEVs are associated with multiple RAID groups (such as in 4D+4D configurations where the LDEV is mirrored on two different RAID groups), these multiple RAID groups are treated as separate sets of items. For example, if you have an LDEV with RAID group , you must select in the drop-down menu. An LDEV mapped to is treated separately from a RAID group mapped only to 1-1 or only to 1-2. You can also view detailed information for a RAID group, like the data transfer and backend transfer information, average and maximum read response, average and maximum write response for each LDEV. Click the corresponding RAID Group ID in the CLPR window. The line above the RAID group table indicates the hierarchical information of the selected RAID group. For more information on view CLPR information, see CLPR detail view on page 206. Viewing THP Pool Occupancy information The XP Thin Provisioning (THP) volumes that belong to a THP Pool are displayed as THP-PID(<poolid>), and Snapshot volumes that belong to a Snapshot pool are represented as Snap-PID(<pool id>), under RAIDGroup in the LDEV table. Click a THP-PID(<poolid>) to view the THP pool occupancy information, which includes the mapping between the pool volumes (real LDEVs) and the V-VOLs. Screen elements THP Pool ID THP Pool Status POOL Threshold 1 Description ID of the pool (pool number) Status of the THP Pool 0: Undefined/Creating/Deleting Specified pool does not exist completely. 1: Normal 2: Pool capacity beyond threshold 3: Pool capacity reached 100% of the pool 4: Failure, cannot show further information for the pool A user configurable pool threshold (varying between 5% - 95% in increments of 5%). The default value is 70%. This is the high water mark for the pool. 204 Viewing XP arrays resources

205 Screen elements POOL Threshold 2 THP Pool capacity THP Pool unused capacity VVOL ID VVOL Threshold (%) VVOL Capacity (MB) REAL LDEV RAID Groups ACP Pair Description Threshold level indicating the WARNING level for the pool. This value is always 80% and cannot be changed. Total capacity of all THP volumes in the pool. Available capacity for the THP pool. CU:LDEV identifier for the virtual volume (V-VOL). Threshold set for the V-VOL in THP pool. Capacity of the virtual volume (in MB). Physical LDEV that is part of the pool. RAID Group of the Real LDEV. ACP pair managing the Real LDEV. Viewing port information Click a CHP Port ID value in the LDEV table to view the Port Information window. Click the IO/s Charts or MB/s Charts to view the respective charts. The LDEV table does not display hyper links in the ACP Pair ID and ACP Pair Util fields for RAID groups spanning across multiple ACP pairs. Hence, no chart for the same can be created. An XP24000 type array has 32 CHIPs, 8 ACP pairs, and 4 MPs per port, an XP20000 type array has 8 CHIPs, 4 ACPs and 4 MPs per port. If configuration data is collected through the Inband mode for array configured with external storage volumes, the RAID group information of the external storage volume is displayed as Ext-RdGp. All volumes of the external array group is considered as a single non-existing (virtual) group, is termed as the External RAID Group and is denoted by Ext-RdGp. Performance data is collected for all the volumes. All virtual volumes that are not associated with any pool, do not have RAID group information, and of unknown type, are considered as a single non-existing (virtual) volume group. This single non-existing (virtual) volume group is denoted as VVol-Grp in the RAID Grp column in the LDEV table and Performance data is collected for all these volumes. Viewing SLPR information Click a SLPR value in the LDEV table to view the detail view for that SLPR in a separate browser window. In the SLPR window, the line above the table indicates the hierarchical information of the selected SLPR. The SLPR view includes two tabs, the CLPR tab and the Ports tab. The CLPR tab displays the following details for each CLPR belonging to the selected SLPR: Cache size write pending data Sidefile usage data Read hits data HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 205

206 Click a CLPR to view the associated details. For more information, see CLPR detail view on page 206. The Ports tab displays the following details for each port associated with the selected SLPR: Maximum IO/s Average IO/s Minimum IO/s Maximum MB/s NOTE: By default, the value displayed is 0 for arrays that do not support SLPR or CLPR. Viewing CLPR information Click a CLPR value in the LDEV table to view the detail view for that CLPR in a separate browser window. In the CLPR window, the line above the table indicates the hierarchical information for the selected CLPR. The CLPR details include the following: Cache size Write pending data Sidefile usage data Read hits summary data Additionally, click a RAID GROUP value to view the following details displayed for the associated RAID group: LDEV IO/s LDEV MB/s Backend transfer data Overall RAID group utilization percentage Click a column heading to order the table by that column. XP Continuous Access Journal Group detail view Click a Journal group volume ID under Jrnl Grp in the LDEV table to view the Journal Group Detail View screen. A list of LDEVs configured in the Journal volume displays; a maximum of 16 LDEVs display. JID: Journal Group ID MUN: Mirror Unit Number like in BC C TID: Consistency Group ID Status: Journal group status Usage: % full of the journal group Qmarker: Current data address being transferred Qcnt: Pending writes If there are no associated Journal groups configured, is displayed under Jrnl Grp. 206 Viewing XP arrays resources

207 Viewing LDEV data in custom groups To view the data on LDEVs belonging to a custom group: 1. Click Array View in the left pane. 2. Click the + sign for Arrays. The list expands to display all the XP arrays that are monitored by XP Performance Advisor. Custom groups (if created) also appear. For more information, see Creating custom groups on page Click the + sign for the Custom Group, and further select an individual custom group from the list. 4. Select LDEVs belonging to the custom group to view their performance data. The data for the LDEVs is displayed in the LDEV table. For more information on using the LDEV filters and adding or removing columns, see Viewing LDEV data on page 192. You can also click the Array ID in the LDEV table to view the utilization summary of the XP array to which the LDEV belongs. For more information, see Utilization Summary on page 184. IMPORTANT: If the number of LDEVs in a custom group is more than 150, the LDEVs are further categorized under the respective XP arrays. You should click the + sign for an XP array to further view the list of associated LDEVs. Related Topics See the following related topics: Viewing performance summary for the XP array on page 176 Advisory on CLPR utilization on page 179 Viewing CHIP/CHA utilization on page 180 Viewing ACP utilization on page 181 Utilization Summary on page busiest LDEVs/Ports on page busiest LDEVs/RAID groups on page 186 RAID Group summary on page 188 Port summary on page 190 Viewing LDEV data on page 192 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 207

208 208 Viewing XP arrays resources

209 11 Using charts Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 209 Plotting charts on page 213 You can plot performance graphs to view historical data of resources belonging to the same array or different arrays. Graphical representation of resources performance is especially useful when you want to compare similar resources of different arrays, to determine their performance and observe trends. You can select plot performance graphs of resources for different metrics belonging to the following metric categories: Frontend IO Metrics Frontend MB Metrics Utilization Metrics Backend Metrics Response Time Metrics The metrics that you choose are resource driven, where specific set of metrics are displayed for the selected resources. Related resources are categorized in such a way that they are available for selection under a common category. For example, all the DKA pairs and their MPs, RAID groups and associated physical LDEVs and pool LDEVs (LDEVs assigned for a ThP pool) are grouped under the Back-end category. You can also analyze the performance of a resource by viewing its data points collected at different collection rates in the same chart. You can compare the resources across XP arrays based on and within the following metric categories. (Ensure that you select every element that you want to appear in your chart, because the system charts only those elements that are specified): NOTE: Firmware version later than Snapshot PIDs are available for XP12000 and XP10000 type arrays. Charts screen The Charts screen appears when you click Charts in the left pane. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 209

210 . Figure 20 Charts screen Charts controls Title pane for the chart window Chart window (blue border indicates that the chart window is selected or active) Choose Metrics box from where you select metrics for resources Resource selection tree for Charts Zoom preview panel IMPORTANT: Configuration data collection on XP arrays should be complete for the Resource selection tree to appear under Charts in the left pane. In the Chart Work Area, you can use any combination of XP arrays, metrics, and resources, provided the resources that you select do not exceed 512 in number. By default, the performance graphs in the Chart Work Area are plotted only for the last 1 hour of the management station's time. The Charts screen layout is divided into the following sections: 210 Using charts

211 Sections Resource selection tree Choose Metrics box Description The Resource selection tree displays the following main nodes: XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor. When you click an XP array, the respective resources are displayed under the following main categories: Front-end Cache Back-end ThP Pool Snapshot Pool Replication Volumes LUSE Host Groups Ext-RAID Groups Drive Types Custom groups The custom groups that you have created appear. When you click a custom group, all the LDEVs belonging to the custom group are displayed for your selection. For more information on creating custom groups, see Creating custom groups on page 84. Click the + sign for any of the above mentioned categories to view the associated resource types and resources. The resource types can further expand to display the corresponding individual resources. For example, when you click the + sign for Front-end, it expands to display the CHA resource type that provides the list of individual CHAs (resources) on the selected XP array. For more information on selecting resources from XP arrays or custom groups, see Selecting resources and metrics on page 217. Displays metrics for the following metric categories: Frontend IO Metrics Frontend MB Metrics Utilization Metrics Backend Metrics Response Time Metrics Select the resources from the Resource selection tree and metrics from the Choose Metrics box to view their performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. For more information, see Choosing metrics on page 220. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 211

212 Sections Chart Work Area Individual chart windows Description The Chart Work Area consists of the following: Individual chart windows that display performance graphs of resources for selected metrics. Chart controls that you can use to perform various tasks on individual chart windows. Zoom preview panel, where you can preview performance of resources for a specified duration. For more information, see Viewing charts on page 242. By default, each chart window is identified by the metric category for which performance metrics of resources are plotted. Chart Work Area comprises of five chart windows, each representing a specific metric category. The performance metrics of resources for the same metric category are plotted in a single chart window, and for different metric categories, the performance metrics of resources are plotted in separate chart windows. In addition, the following are also displayed in each chart window: Total number of resources for which performance graphs are plotted. Legends check box that you can select or clear based on whether you want the legends list to appear in the particular chart window. This action overrides the Show Legends check box selection. Individual legends that you can click to show or hide the corresponding performance graphs in the chart window. You can also maximize, minimize, or close the chart windows. For more information, see Viewing charts on page Using charts

213 Sections Chart controls Zoom in and zoom out on data points Description The Chart controls section displays common controls or buttons used to perform specific tasks on charts, like the following: Add a new chart window. Save charts as favorites and load favorite charts. Save charts as PDF files. Print charts. Update charts with latest data points. Select all the chart windows in the Chart Work Area. Remove charts from the Chart Work Area. View performance graphs of resources for a duration of your choice. Forecast DKA, MP, Cache write pending, RAID group, and ThP pool utilization. View the last 10 performance data points for resources. View graphs plotted using different chart styles. View or hide legends, zoom preview panel, and data points. For more information, see Using chart controls on page 244. You can zoom in on performance data points for a specified duration. You can use the Zoom preview panel that provides a preview to the performance data displayed in the selected chart window. You can also zoom in on data points directly in a chart window. For more information, see Previewing charts on page 254 and Zooming in on data points across performance graphs on page 255. Tasks you can perform on the Charts screen Plotting charts on page 213 Viewing charts on page 242 Using chart controls on page 244 Zooming in on charts on page 254 Plotting charts Prerequisite Ensure that the following prerequisites are met before you navigate to the Charts screen: Performance data collection are complete, so that the data on associated resources is displayed under the various categories for individual XP arrays. Custom groups are created, so that they appear for selection under Custom Groups in the Resource selection tree. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 213

214 IMPORTANT: Resources are available for selection only if they are configured on an XP array. If you split Journal LDEVs, External RAID Group, RAID Group, XP Thin Provisioning pool, and Snapshot into two schedules, and in Charts, you select Overall LDEVs, the combined data points from both the schedules are plotted on the chart. In addition, repeated timestamps are displayed if the collection frequency for both the schedules is the same. As a result, incorrect values are plotted on the graph. You can select resources that belong to the same or different XP arrays, or custom groups. While selecting the resources, press the Shift key for sequential selection, or the Ctrl key for random selection of multiple resources. Accordingly, related metrics common across the selected resources are displayed for your selection in the Choose Metrics box, for which you can plot performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. You can also search for physical LDEVs in an XP array. For more information, see Searching for resources on page 241. The following steps outline the procedure for plotting a chart. Appropriate links are provided at the end of every step that direct you to additional information related to that task: 1. Click Charts in the left pane. The Charts screen appears. By default, the Resource selection tree displays the following main nodes: Individual XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor, identified by their DKC or model numbers. If user-friendly names are provided for the XP arrays, they appear in brackets beside the DKC numbers. Custom Groups, lists the individual custom groups that you created. For more information on custom groups, see Creating custom groups on page 84. For more information on Charts screen layout, see Charts screen on page Using charts

215 2. Based on your requirement, you can select the resources from an XP array or LDEVs from a custom group. You can also search for a particular physical LDEV in the Resource selection tree for an XP array, if you are aware of the LDEV name. For more information, see Searching for resources on page 241: Click the + sign for an XP array and select the resources for which you want to view the performance graphs from the expanded list. The following figure shows the hierarchy for resource selection. For more information on selecting resources, see Selecting resources and metrics on page Node Main category Resource type Resource Click the + sign for the Custom Groups and select an individual custom group from the expanded list, followed by the associated LDEVs for which you want to view the performance graphs. The XP array DKC numbers to which the LDEVs belong are also displayed in brackets beside the LDEV IDs. Accordingly, the related metrics appear in the Choose Metrics box for the selected resources. The metrics are filtered and displayed for the resources chosen in the Resource selection tree. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 215

216 3. Select related metrics from the Choose Metrics box. For more information, see Choosing metrics on page 220. By default, the Choose Metrics box displays a set of default metrics for the selected resources. If you have selected a combination of resources from different resource types, only the metrics related to the selected resources are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. In the following figure, the metrics displayed are related to the selected CHA and DKA resources. A performance graph for the selected resource and metric is automatically displayed for the selection in the Chart Work Area. If you want to view performance graphs of resources for other metrics not listed in the Choose Metrics box, you can also click more... to select the additional metrics. The metrics are grouped under different metric categories. Select a metric of your choice and click Done. The metric is added to the Choose Metrics box. In addition, the performance graph of the resource for the selected metric is automatically plotted in the Chart Work Area. If the selected metric belongs to the same metric category, the performance graph is plotted in the same chart window. If the selected metric belongs to the same metric category for which you already have selected a default metric and plotted a performance graph, the new graph is also plotted in the same chart window. If the selected metric belongs to a different metric category, the new graph appears in a new chart window. 216 Using charts

217 4. After the performance graphs are displayed, you can use the Chart controls to perform the intended tasks that include previewing the performance graphs for a duration that you select, or zoom in on data points in the chart window, and also rearranging charts in the Chart Work Area. For more information, see Using chart controls on page 244. Related Topics See the following related topics: Selecting resources and metrics on page 217 Viewing charts on page 242 Using chart controls on page 244 Selecting resources and metrics The Resource selection tree provides a hierarchal representation of resources under the following main nodes: XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor. Click the + sign for an individual XP array node to view the corresponding main categories in the Resource selection tree (see the following table). If the XP array supports a particular resource type and it is not configured on the XP array, the main category is displayed in the Resource selection tree for that XP array. However, the associated metrics are not displayed for selection, the Choose Metrics box is disabled. Custom Groups, that displays the individual custom groups. Click an individual custom group to view all the associated LDEVs grouped under the LDEV resource type. For more information on creating custom groups, see Creating custom groups on page 84. For more information on selecting custom groups, see Custom groups navigation path on page 239. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 217

218 XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor Each XP array can be identified by its DKC or model number. If user-friendly name is provided for the XP array, it appears in brackets beside the DKC number. The resources in an XP array are logically grouped under the following main categories: XP array main categories Resource selection tree Front-end Cache Back-end ThP Pool Snapshot Pool Replication Volumes LUSE Description Comprises of frontend resources, like CHAs and the associated MPs and ports. For more information, see Front-end navigation path on page 221. Comprises of individual CLPRs. For more information, see Cache navigation path on page 223. Comprises of backend resources, like DKA pairs and their MPs, and RAID groups. RAID groups further comprises of the associated physical LDEVs and pool LDEVs (LDEVs assigned to a ThP or Snapshot pool). For more information, see Back-end navigation path on page 224. Comprises of individual ThP pool IDs, and the associated RAID groups and VVols. The RAID groups further display the list of associated physical LDEVs. The ThP pools are displayed only for XP If the selected XP array is not of type XP24000, the ThP Pool is not displayed for that XP array. For more information, see ThP Pool navigation path on page 227. Comprises of individual Snapshot pool IDs, and the associated RAID groups and VVols (P Vols and S Vols). The RAID groups further display the list of associated physical LDEVs. The Snapshot pools are displayed for XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, XP10000, and SVS200 array types. If the selected XP array does not belong to one of the above mentioned array types, the Snapshot Pool is not displayed for that XP array. For more information, see Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229. Comprises of volumes that are used in Business Copy or Continuous Access transactions. The Business Copy volumes comprises of individual physical LDEVs, and the Continuous Access volumes comprises of Journal pool IDs that have LDEVs configured to be part of the Journal pools. Continuous Access volumes can be configured on XP24000, XP12000, XP10000, SVS200, XP20000, and SVS400 type arrays. For more information, see Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231. Comprises of individual LUSE masters that have set of associated components (LDEVs). For more information, see LUSE navigation path on page Using charts

219 XP array main categories Resource selection tree Host Groups Description Comprises of individual host groups that display the associated ports. Each port further displays the associated LDEVs. For more information, see Host Groups navigation path on page 234. Ext-RAID Groups Comprises of external RAID groups that are managed by your XP array. For more information, see Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236. Drive Types Comprises of individual drive types that are available on the selected XP Disk Array, and the RAID groups for each of the drive types. The RAID groups further display the list of associated physical LDEVs. For more information, see Drive types navigation path on page 237. The above categorization helps you view the overall performance of an XP array through various channels of selection. For example, if your application response time is high, following is one of the ways to identify the issue in the XP array that is processing your application requests: 1. For all the CHA boards, plot the MP utilization and identify the MP with high utilization. 2. For that particular MP, plot the performance graphs of ports (Front-end > CHA > MP > Port) to identify the port that is doing maximum IO/s. 3. For that port, identify the associated host (Host Groups > Host > Ports). 4. For that host, plot performance graphs of all the LDEVs and identify the LDEV that is contributing to the observed high response time. Click the + sign for a main category to navigate through the associated resources and view their performance graphs for selected metrics. Resources of the same type are grouped together and each such resource further expands to a subset of resources depending on its level of hierarchy in the Resource selection tree. For example, the hierarchy of resource selection for an XP array under Front-end is as follows: Front-end > CHAs > MPs > Ports. Front-end is the main category that displays the set of CHAs grouped under the resource type, CHA. Each CHA displays only the set of MPs on that CHA under the resource type, MP. Each MP further displays only the set of associated ports under the resource type, Ports. This logical grouping of resources enables easy navigation through different levels of resource types to select and view performance graphs of specific resources. For example, ports are categorized under MPs, so that you can easily identify a port that belongs to a particular MP. If you notice that the utilization of a particular MP on an XP array is high, you can easily drill down to the associated ports to view their performance metrics for the duration when the MP utilization was found high. Based on your requirement, you can select resources belonging to different resource types under different categories for multiple XP arrays, and view their performance graphs for related metrics in the Chart Work Area. Custom Groups Custom Groups displays the individual custom groups you created. These custom groups have group of LDEVs that you want to monitor frequently. Click an individual custom group under Custom Groups HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 219

220 to view the LDEV main category under which all the associated LDEVs are displayed. For more information on creating custom groups, see Creating custom groups on page 84. Based on your requirement, you can select resources belonging to different custom groups and XP arrays. Accordingly, related metrics are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select a metric and view the performance graphs of resources in the Chart Work Area. Choosing metrics When you choose an XP array, individual resources, or resource types in the Resource selection tree, a default set of related metrics are displayed for selection in the Choose Metrics box. The set of metrics displayed vary based on what you choose in the Resource selection tree. These metrics can belong to different metric categories and only those metrics applicable to the selected set of resources are displayed. Related metrics are displayed in the Choose Metrics box, if you select a homogeneous set of resources, where the selected resources belong to the same resource type within or across XP arrays. Related metrics can belong to different metric categories. For example, only LDEV related metrics are displayed in the Choose Metrics box, if you choose Physical LDEVs under Back-end > RAID Groups. Common set of metrics are displayed in the Choose Metrics box, if you select a heterogeneous set of resources, where the selected resources belong to different resource types within or across XP arrays. If the selected resources do not have common metrics, only the metrics for the latest selected resource are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. For example, if you select CLPR0 and RAID group 1 1, only metrics related to the selected RAID group 1 1 are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. The following figure shows the default set of metrics that are displayed based on the resource selection: The first image shows the metrics displayed when you select the XP array, The second image shows the metrics displayed when you select the resource type, CHA (4) The third image shows the metrics displayed when you select the resource, CL1A 220 Using charts

221 IMPORTANT: For a resource type, metrics are displayed for selection only if the corresponding resources are configured in the XP array. For example, if configuration collection is not yet performed for an XP array, CLPR partition data is not available. Hence, clicking Cache in the Resource selection tree does not result in any metrics, the Choose Metrics box is disabled. For virtual volumes like ThP, snapshot pools, the respective resource type is displayed only if the selected XP array supports that resource configuration. If the selected metrics belong to the same metric category, the performance graphs of resources are plotted in the same chart window. For example, if you have selected port, CL1E and LDEV, 0:06 and the metrics chosen are Avg Port IOPS, and Total LDEV IO Frontend, the respective performance graphs are plotted in the same chart window, as both the selected metrics belong to the Frontend IO Metrics category. If the metrics belong to different metric categories, the performance graphs are automatically plotted in different chart windows. For example, if you have selected port, CL1E and the metrics chosen are Avg Port IOPS, and Avg CHA MP Util (%). the respective performance graphs are plotted in two separate chart windows, as the metrics selected belong to different metric categories. The Avg Port IOPS belongs to the Frontend IO Metrics category and the Avg CHA MP Util (%) belongs to the Utilization Metrics category. If you select a metric for a resource type, the performance graphs are displayed for all the associated resources in the same chart window. For example, if you select the Overall RAID Group Utilization metric for the Back-end > RAID Groups resource type, the performance graphs of all the associated RAID groups are displayed in a single chart window. You can add performance graphs of resources for similar metrics to the same chart window only if the chart selection is retained in the Chart Work Area. If the existing chart window is not active, a new chart window is added to the Chart Work Area even though there is already a matching chart window. For example, the performance graph of port, CL1E is already plotted for the metric, Avg Port IOPS and you choose to plot performance graph of another port, CL1F for the same metric, Avg Port IOPS, the performance graph of CL1F is automatically added to the existing chart window that already has performance graph plotted for CL1E. If the existing chart window is not active, the performance graph for CL1F is plotted in a new chart window. If you want to view additional metrics for the resources, click more... in the Choose Metrics box. The metrics displayed are categorized based on the metric category to which they belong. You can select a metric and click Done to view the corresponding performance graph in the Chart Work Area. You can also click Select All, if you want to view performance graphs for all the metrics listed. Click Hide to close the additional Choose Metrics dialog box. Front-end navigation path The Front-end main category comprises of the CHAs that further displays the associated MPs and ports. The Front-end category includes the following resource selection path: Front-end > CHA (resource type) > Individual CHAs > MP (resource type) > Individual MPs > Port (resource type) > Individual ports. The number of resources associated with a resource type is displayed beside it. For example: CHA (8) HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 221

222 MP (4) Port (1) In the above figure, under Front-end for XP array (XPArray_1): 1. CHA is the resource type. The number (8) indicates the number of CHAs available on the selected XP array. 2. P is an individual CHA. 3. MP is the resource type. The number (4) indicates the number of MPs available on the selected CHA. 4. CHP00 1P is an individual MP. 5. Port is the resource type. The number (1) indicates the number of ports connected to the selected MP. 6. CL1A is the port associated with the selected MP, CHP00 1P and CHA P. Related metrics associated with the resource types and individual resources in the Front-end category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or individual resource levels, or both, to view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table lists the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: Front-end resource types or resources CHA MP Port Default set of metrics CHIP Util Total Utilization Maximum Port IO/s Frontend Maximum Port MB/s Frontend Related Topics See the following related topics: Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page 224 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 Replication Volumes navigation path on page Using charts

223 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 Cache navigation path The Cache main category comprises of individual CLPR partitions. Following is the navigation path to view the resources under Cache: Cache > Individual CLPRs. In the above figure, under Cache for XP array 10055: Cache is the main category. The number (6) indicates the number of CLPRs partitions configured on the selected XP array. CLPR0 and CLPR1 are individual CLPRs. Related metrics associated with the Cache and CLPRs are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or individual resource levels, or both, to view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: Cache category or resources Cache, CLPRs Default set of metrics Cache Usage MB Cache Usage Util CLPR Read Hits Chart screen selections for the XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, and XP10000 type arrays The Charts screen supports charts for the XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, and XP10000 cache partitions. For XP1024/128 type arrays, the Resource list box displays All for viewing cache partition charts. The following table lists the Chart screen selections for viewing the XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, and XP10000 cache partition charts. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 223

224 Array Metric Category Metric Resource List Title Resource List Contents Any disk array model or serial number Frontend MB Metrics or Utilization Metrics Cache Usage Cache Partition All An XP24000, XP20000, XP12000, or XP10000 serial number Frontend MB Metrics or Utilization Metrics Cache Write Pending or Cache Sidefile Usage Cache Partition All, 0, 1, 2, 3,... A non-xp24000, XP20000, or XP12000 serial number Frontend MB Metrics or Utilization Metrics Cache Write Pending or Cache Sidefile Usage Cache Partition All NOTE: For an XP10000 type array, the MIX boards do not have MP4, 5, and 6 defined. So, when these metrics are chosen, the utilization is shown as zero. The Utilization metric is available for the DKAs that are associated with the concatenated RAID groups. All the associated DKA pairs are displayed individually in the Resource list box on the Charts screen. TIP: For CHIPs that are not installed, the MP Utilization show zero. Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Back-end navigation path on page 224 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 Back-end navigation path The Back-end main category comprises of the DKA pairs, MPs for a DKA pair, RAID Groups, and LDEVs, where DKA and RAID Groups are the main resource types that further expand to display associated resources. The Back-end category includes the following resource selection path: Back-end > DKA (resource type) > Individual DKA pairs > MP (resource type) > Individual MPs. 224 Using charts

225 Back-end > RAID Groups resource type) > Individual RAID Groups. Individual RAID Groups > Physical LDEVs (resource type) > Individual physical LDEVs Individual RAID Groups > Pool LDEVs (resource type) > Individual LDEVs assigned to a pool The pool to which the LDEV belongs is also displayed besides the LDEV ID in brackets (for example, E:31 [Pool ID:4]). IMPORTANT: When you plot the performance data points for a RAID group, the associated drive type is also displayed in the legend for the selected RAID group (Drive Type:<drive type value>. For example: Drive Type: DKR2E-J146FC). The number of resources associated with a resource type is displayed beside it. For example: DKA (2) RAID Groups (6) In the above figure, under Back-end for XP array 10090: DKA is a resource type. The number (2) indicates the number of DKA pairs available on the selected XP array. AUMU is an individual DKA pair BUNU is an individual DKA pair RAID Groups is a resource type. The number (6) indicates the number of RAID Groups configured on the selected XP array. 1 1 upto 1 6 are individual RAID groups. The list under 1 1 displays the following resource types: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 225

226 Physical LDEVs. The number (543) indicates the number of LDEVs associated with the selected RAID Group, 1 1. Click Physical LDEVs to see the list of physical LDEVs that belong to the selected RAID group. Pool LDEVs. The number (25) indicates the number of physical LDEVs from RAID Group, 1 1 assigned to a pool. Click Pool LDEVs to see the list of physical LDEVs assigned to a pool. The pool to which the phyiscal LDEV belongs is also displayed besides the LDEV ID. The ThP or Snapshot pool to which the physical LDEVs are assigned can also be traced under the ThP Pool main category or the Snapshot Pool main category respectively, where the corresponding ThP or Snapshot pool IDs are displayed and list the of LDEVs assigned to these pools. For more information, see ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 and Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229. Related metrics associated with the resource types and individual resources in the Back-end category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: Back-end category DKA RAID Groups Physical LDEVs Pool LDEVs Default set of metrics ACP Total IO/s Frontend ACP Total MB/s Frontend ACP Pair Sequential Read Tracks Backend ACP Pair Utilization RAID Group Total IO/s Frontend RAID Group Total MB/s Frontend Overall RAID Group Utilization RAID Group Sequential Read Tracks Backend LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page Using charts

227 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 ThP Pool navigation path The ThP Pool main category comprises of the ThP pools that contain the associated DKAs, RAID Groups and their physical LDEVs, and host groups and their virtual volumes (VVols). The ThP Pool category includes the following resource selection path, depending on the selected XP array: ThP Pool > Individual ThP pool IDs. Individual ThP Pool IDs > DKA (resource type) > Individual DKA associated with the selected ThP pool Individual ThP Pool IDs > RAID Groups (resource type) > Individual RAID Groups > LDEVs (resource type) > Individual LDEVs assigned to the selected ThP pool Individual ThP Pool IDs > VVols (resource type) > Individual host group > Volumes (resource type) > Individual LDEVs associated with a host group The number of resources associated with a resource type is displayed beside it. For example: ThP Pool (4) DKA (2) RAID Groups (45) LDEVs (10) VVols (42) Volumes (2) In the above figure, under ThP Pool for XP array 10055: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 227

228 ThP Pool is the main category. The number (4) indicates the total number of ThP pools configured on the selected XP array. Pool ID:1 is one of the individual ThP pools. DKA is a resource type. The number (2) indicates the total number of DKA pairs associated with the selected ThP Pool ID:1. RAID Groups is a resource type. The number (45) indicates the total number of RAID Groups that form the four ThP pools under ThP Pool ID:1. RAID Groups further expands to display the individual RAID groups and their physical LDEVs. For example: 1 4 is one of the individual RAID groups. LDEVs is a resource type. The number (10) indicates the total number of physical LDEVs from the specified RAID group that are associated with the selected ThP Pool ID:1. Click LDEVs to view the list of LDEVs. VVols is a resource type. The volumes listed under VVols are grouped based on host groups. The number (42) besides VVols indicates the total number of virtual volumes from the specified host group within the specified pool, ThP Pool ID:0. Click VVols to view the list of associated host groups. AXPBCKP is one of the individual host group. Volumes is a resource type. The number (2) indicates the number of physical LDEVs assigned as VVols and associated with the selected host group, AXPBCKP. Click Volumes to view the list of physical LDEVs. These LDEVs and VVols can also be traced under the Back-end category. For more information, see Back-end navigation path on page 224. Related metrics associated with the resources types and resources in the ThP Pool category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: ThP Pool category or resources ThP Pool DKA RAID Groups LDEVs Volumes Default set of metrics Frontend Vs. Backend Hit Ratio THP Pool Total MB/s ACP Utilization RG Utilization LDEV RG Utilization LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page Using charts

229 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 Snapshot Pool navigation path The Snapshot Pool main category comprises of the Snapshot pools that contain the associated RAID Groups, LDEVs, and associated host group's virtual volumes. The Snapshot Pool category includes the following resource selection path, depending on the selected XP array: Snapshot Pool > Individual Snapshot pool IDs. Individual Snapshot Pool IDs > RAID Groups (resource type) > Individual RAID Groups > LDEVs (resource type) > Individual LDEVs assigned to the selected Snapshot pool Individual Snapshot Pool IDs > VVols (resource type) > Individual host group > S-Vol (resource type) > Individual LDEV assigned as S-Vols > P-Vol (resource type) > Individual LDEV assigned as P-Vols The number of resources associated with a resource type is displayed beside it. For example: Snapshot Pool (2) RAID Groups (2) LDEV (2) VVols (1) S-Vol (1) P-Vol (1) HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 229

230 In the above figure, under Snapshot Pool for XP array 10038: Snapshot Pool is the main category. The number (2) indicates the number of Snapshot pools configured on the selected XP array. Pool ID:7 is one of the individual Snapshot pools. RAID Groups is a resource type. The number (2) indicates the number of RAID Groups associated with the selected Snapshot Pool ID: is one of the individual RAID groups. LDEVs is a resource type. The number (2) indicates the number of LDEVs associated with the selected Snapshot Pool ID:7. Click LDEVs to view the list of LDEVs. VVols is a resource type. The volumes listed under VVols are grouped based on host groups. The number (1) besides VVols indicates the total number of host groups using that particular Snapshot Pool ID:7. Click VVols to view the list of associated host groups. PA Linux is one of the individual host group. S-Vol is the resource type. The number (1) indicates the number of LDEVs configured as S-Vols, and associated with the selected host group, PA Linux. P-Vol is the resource type. The number (1) indicates the number of LDEVs configured as P-Vols, and associated with the selected S-Vol, 11:41. These LDEVs and VVols can also be traced under the Back-end category. For more information, see Back-end navigation path on page Using charts

231 Related metrics associated with the resources types and resources in the Snapshot Pool category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: Snapshot Pool category or resources RAID Groups LDEVs P Vol S Vol Default set of metrics RAID Group Total IO/s Frontend RAID Group Total MB/s Frontend Overall RAID Group Utilization RAID Group Sequential Read Tracks Backend LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page 224 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 Replication Volumes navigation path The Replication Volumes main category comprises of the Business Copy and Continuous Access volumes. They are the main resource types that further expand to display associated resources. The Replication Volumes category includes the following resource selection path: Replication Volumes > Business Copy Volumes (resource type) > Individual LDEVs used as Business Copy (BC) volumes Replication Volumes > Continuous Access Volumes (resource type) > Individual Journal Pool IDs > LDEVs > Individual LDEVs assigned to a Journal pool The number of resources associated with a resource type is displayed beside it. For example: Business Copy Volumes (104) Continuous Access Volumes (4) LDEVs (1) HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 231

232 In the above figure, under Replication Volumes for XP array 10055: Business Copy Volumes is a resource type. The number (104) indicates the number of LDEVs that are assigned as BC volumes. Click Business Copy Volumes to view the list of LDEVs. Continuous Access Volumes is a resource type. The number (4) indicates the number of Journal pool IDs created. JID-5:0 is a Journal pool, under which LDEVs is a resource type. The number (1) indicates the number of LDEVs assigned to the Journal pool, JID-5:0. 5.D8 is an LDEV assigned to the Journal pool, JID-5:0. For the LDEVs that are configured as BC and Cont. Access volumes, the associated RAID groups can also be traced under the Back-end category. For more information, see Back-end navigation path on page 224. Related metrics associated with the resources types and resources in the Replication Volumes category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: Replication Volumes subcategory or resources Business Copy Volumes Continuous Access Volumes LDEVs Default set of metrics LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend Journal Pool Usage Util LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend Related Topics See the following related topics: 232 Using charts

233 Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page 224 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 LUSE navigation path The LUSE main category comprises of individual LUSE masters that further expand to display the list of associated LUSE components. The LUSE category includes the following resource selection path: LUSE > Individual LUSE masters > Components (resource type) > Individual LDEVs that belong to the selected LUSE master. The LUSE masters and their LDEVs have the associated RAID groups given in brackets beside the LDEV IDs (example, 1:44 (1 1)). The number of resources associated with a resource type is displayed beside it. For example: LUSE (21) Components (2) In the above figure, under LUSE for XP array 10099: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 233

234 LUSE is a main category. The number (21) indicates the number of LUSE masters available in the LUSE category. 0:7B (1 1) is an LUSE master. 1 1 besides 0:7B indicates the RAID group to which the LUSE master belongs. Components is a resource type. The number (2) indicates the number of LDEVs that belong to the selected LUSE master, 0:7B (1 1). 0:7B (1 1) and 0:7C (1 1) are the corresponding LDEVs. Related metrics associated with the resources types and resources in the LUSE category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: LUSE subcategory or resources LUSE Default set of metrics LUSE Total IO/s LUSE Total MB/s Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page 224 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 Host Groups navigation path The Host Groups category comprises of the ports and LDEVs configured to communicate with individual host groups. Ports is a main resource type that further expands to display the individual ports and associated LDEVs. The Host Groups category includes the following resource selection path: Host Groups > Individual host groups > Ports (resource type) > Individual Ports > LDEVs (resource type) > Individual LDEVs. NOTE: The ports and LDEVs in this category can be associated with multiple hosts in a host group. The number of resources associated with a resource type is displayed beside it. For example: Host Groups (205) Ports (1) LDEVs (2) 234 Using charts

235 In the above figure, under Host Groups for XP array 10090: Host Groups is the main category. The number (205) indicates the number of host groups available in that category. 1A-G00 is one of the individual host groups. Ports is a resource type. The number (1) indicates the number of ports assigned to communicate with the selected host group, 1A-G00. CL1A is one of the individual ports. LDEVs is a resource type. The number (2) indicates the number of LDEVs assigned to communicate with the selected port and host group. 8:02 and 8:03 are the LDEVs associated with the selected port and host group, CL1A and 1A- G00. For the ports that are configured to communicate with the selected host groups, the associated MP and CHA can also be traced under the Front-end category. For the LDEVs that are associated with the selected host groups, their RAID groups can also be traced under the Back-end category. For more information, see Front-end navigation path on page 221 and Back-end navigation path on page 224. Related metrics associated with the resources types and resources in the Host Groups category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: Host Group subcategory or resources Ports Default set of metrics Maximum Port IO/s Frontend Maximum Port MB/s Frontend HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 235

236 Host Group subcategory or resources LDEVs Default set of metrics LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page 224 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path The Ext-RAID Groups category provides consolidated data on all the external volumes connected to your XP array. The Ext-RAID Group category includes the following resource selection path: Ext-RAID Groups > Ext-RdGp Metrics associated with the resources types and resources in the Ext-RAID Group category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: 236 Using charts

237 Ext-RAID Groups category or resources Ext-RAID Group Default set of metrics Ext-RAID Group Total IO/s Ext-RAID Group Total MB/s Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page 224 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 Drive types navigation path The Drive Types main category comprises the individual drive types that are available on the selected XP Disk Array. Each drive type in the resource selection tree expands to display the list of associated RAID groups, which in turn display the list of physical LDEVs. The Drive Types category includes the following resource selection path: Drive Types > Individual drive types > RAID Groups (resource type) > Individual RAID groups > Physical LDEVs (resource type) > Individual physical LDEVs. IMPORTANT: When you plot the performance data points for a RAID group, the associated drive type is also displayed in the legend for the selected RAID group (Drive Type:<drive type value>, example: Drive Type: DKR2E-J146FC). The number of resources associated with a resource type is displayed beside it. For example: Drive Types (1) RAID Groups (6) Physical LDEVs (884) HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 237

238 In the above figure, under Drive Types for XP array 10090: DKR2F-K146FC is an individual drive type on XP Disk Array RAID Groups is a resource type. The number (6) indicates the number of RAID groups available on the selected drive type, DKR2F-K146FC. 1 4 is an individual RAID group. Physical LDEVs is a resource type under the RAID group, 1 4. The number (884) indicates the number of LDEVs associated with the selected RAID group, 1 4. Click Physical LDEVs to see the list of physical LDEVs that belong to the selected RAID group. The RAID groups and the LDEVs that are associated with the selected drive type are also displayed under the Back-end category. For more information, see Back-end navigation path on page 224. Related metrics associated with the resource types and individual resources in the Drive Types category are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: Back-end category RAID Groups Default set of metrics RAID Group Total IO/s Frontend RAID Group Total MB/s Frontend Overall RAID Group Utilization RAID Group Sequential Read Tracks Backend 238 Using charts

239 Back-end category Physical LDEVs Default set of metrics LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend NOTE: There are other metrics to choose for both RAID groups and physical LDEVs in the following metric categories available: Frontend IO metrics, Frontend MB metrics, Backend metrics, Utilization metrics, and Response Time metrics. Click more... in the Choose Metrics box. The metrics displayed are categorized based on the metric category to which they belong. Select a metric and click Done to view the corresponding performance graph in the Chart Work Area. Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page 224 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page 236 Custom groups navigation path on page 239 Custom groups navigation path The Custom Groups node comprises of individual custom groups that display the associated LDEVs. The Custom Groups category includes the following resource selection path: Custom Groups > Individual custom group > LDEVs (resource type) > Individual LDEVs The serial numbers of the XP arrays to which the LDEVs belong are also mentioned in brackets beside the LDEV IDs. Multiple LDEVs from different XP arrays can be grouped as a custom group. For more information on creating custom groups, see Creating custom groups on page 84. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 239

240 In the above figure, CG_1_CG is one of the custom groups that is selected. The number (5) besides the LDEVs resource type indicates the total number of LDEVs grouped under CG_1_CG. The LDEVs, 1:7A, 1:7C, and 1:7B display and the LDEV 9:67 displays beside their LDEV IDs. It implies that these LDEVs are grouped from XP arrays, or under CG_1_CG. Metrics associated with the resources types and resources for the selected custom group are displayed in the Choose Metrics box. Select metrics at the resource type or resource levels, or both and view the related performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. The following table provides the default set of metrics that are displayed in the Choose Metrics box: Custom Groups category or resources LDEVs Default set of metrics LDEV Total IO/s Frontend LDEV Total MB/s Frontend Average Read Response LDEV Sequential Read Tracks Backend Related Topics See the following related topics: Front-end navigation path on page 221 Cache navigation path on page 223 Back-end navigation path on page 224 ThP Pool navigation path on page 227 Snapshot Pool navigation path on page 229 LUSE navigation path on page 233 Replication Volumes navigation path on page 231 Host Groups navigation path on page 234 Ext-RAID Groups navigation path on page Using charts

241 Drive types navigation path on page 237 Searching for resources You can search for a particular physical LDEV in the Resource selection tree under Charts, if you are aware of the CU:LDEV name. The search automatically expands the RAID Group list, to which the physical LDEV belongs; the LDEV resource is also highlighted for your reference. For example, if you want to plot a chart for a particular physical LDEV that belongs to list of LDEVs spread across RAID groups, it is difficult to navigate through the RAID Group lists and search for that particular LDEV (especially if there are large number of LDEV records). In such cases, you can provide the CU:LDEV name and directly view the RAID Group to which the physical LDEV belongs. To search for a physical LDEV record: IMPORTANT: The search results are specific to an XP array. You cannot search for physical LDEVs that are spread across multiple XP arrays. Search cannot be used to find physical LDEVs that belong to a custom group. Search cannot be used to find LDEVs that are configured as VVols, or those belonging to LUSE, ThP, Snapshot, BC, Cont. Access, and Ext RAID Groups. Search does not support multiple entries. You can search for only one physical LDEV resource. To search for a physical LDEV record: 1. Select the XP array for which you want to search the corresponding LDEV. 2. In the Physical LDEV text box, enter the name of the LDEV that you want to search in the CU:LDEV format and click the Search icon. The Resource selection tree for the XP array that has the matching LDEV resource automatically expands to display the LDEV highlighted for your reference. (If the resource list for the selected XP array is huge, you may have to use the scroll bar to navigate through the list of resources to view the matching resource). In the above figure, the search for physical LDEV 1:00 shows that it belongs to the Physical LDEVs associated with RAID Group 1 2. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 241

242 Viewing charts The Chart Work Area displays performance graphs of resources in individual chart windows. By default, each chart window represents one of the five metric categories that XP Performance Advisor supports. The Chart Work Area consists of the following: Individual chart windows that display performance graphs of resources for selected metrics. The Chart Work Area can accommodate four chart windows in a row. New chart windows are added to the next row, in which case, the scroll bar is automatically enabled and takes you to the row where the new chart window appears. Chart controls that you can use to perform various tasks on individual chart windows. For more information, refer to the tasks list provided at the end of this topic. Zoom preview panel, where you can preview performance of resources for a specified duration. You can also directly zoom in across set of data points in a chart window. The Chart Work Area displays the following default selections applicable across the chart windows until you modify the default settings: Time Line in the Chart Style list. This implies that the data points for the different resources are plotted as a line graph and breaks in the performance graphs can be observed, if there are missing performance data collection. Duration as 1 hour. By default, only the data points that are plotted for the last one hour of the management station's time are displayed. Forecast shows None, implies that there is no forecast on ThP utilization. The Show Legends, Zoom, and Data points check boxes are selected. The corresponding Legends list and the Zoom preview panel are displayed in all the chart windows. The data points are also displayed in the performance graphs. If you want to see only a line graph, clear the selection for the Show Data points check box. If you do not want to view the Zoom preview panel and the Legends list, clear the respective Show Legends and Zoom check box selections. However, if the Legends check box is selected in the individual chart window, it overrides the Show Legends selection. 242 Using charts

243 NOTE: These selections work on only active chart windows. Place the pointing device on a particular data point to view the following details: XP array to which the selected resource belongs Selected resource name Selected metric name Selected duration Current performance value Drive type information if the resource is a RAID group or LDEV Individual Chart windows When you select resources and associated metrics in the Resource selection tree under Charts, the corresponding performance graphs are automatically plotted in the Chart Work Area. The chart window that displays the performance graphs appears selected (active chart window). By default, every chart window in the Chart Work Area appears selected. The title of the chart window indicates the metric category for which the performance graphs are plotted. The number besides the metric category in the title indicates the sequence in which the chart windows appear. You can also rearrange and resize individual chart windows in the Chart Work Area. An individual chart window can accommodate performance graphs of up to 250 resources. The 250 resources that you select can belong to multiple resource types and for different metrics that should belong to the same metric category. Performance Advisor plots the performance graphs incrementally and continues till the performance graphs for all the 250 resources are plotted in the chart window. If you select more than 250 resources, the performance graphs for the remaining set of resources (beyond 250) are plotted in the subsequent chart window that automatically appears in the Chart Work Area. During the process of plotting performance graphs, the Loading charts...please wait message is displayed on the bottom right corner of the Chart Work Area. You can click Stop during the process to discontinue the plotting of performance graphs. Performance Advisor completes the current request and then stops the plotting operation. In addition, the following are also displayed in each chart window: Total number of resources for which performance graphs are plotted Individual legends in the Legends list. Each resource is given a unique color coding in the Legends list that you can map to the corresponding data points plotted in the chart window. Click a legend associated with a resource to hide or view its corresponding performance graph in the chart window. Legends check box that you can select based on whether you want the legends list to appear in the particular chart window. This action overrides the Show Legends check box selection in the Chart Work Area. NOTE: Though the Legends check box is selected, the Legends list is displayed for only 30 resources. If the display of legends cannot be accommodated in the given chart window dimension, a vertical scroll bar appears for the Legends list. Following are important notes on chart windows: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 243

244 Separate chart windows appear if the metrics selected belong to different metric categories. Single chart window appears if the metrics selected belong to the same metric category. If chart window for the selected metric category already exists, the performance graphs for the selected resources are automatically added to that chart window in the Chart Work Area. However, you can also view performance graphs of resources for related metrics in different chart windows. It is useful if you want to compare performance of resources belonging to the same resource type and metric category, by plotting their graphs in different chart windows. To plot different chart windows, do either of the following: Manually clear the active chart window selection by clicking in the title pane of the chart window. Add a new chart window. For more information, see Adding new chart windows on page 244. In both the above mentioned cases, the new chart window takes precedence and becomes the active chart window. Though the metrics selected for the next set of resources belongs to the same metric category, the related performance graphs are automatically plotted in the new chart window. If the existing chart window is not selected and you want to use the same chart window to add the performance graph of a new resource for a related metric, do the following: 1. Click in the title pane of the existing chart window. 2. Choose the resources from the Resource selection tree and the related metrics from the Choose Metrics box. If a chart window does not exist for the selected metric category in the Chart Work Area, a new chart window is automatically added. For more information on the tasks that you can perform in the Chart Work Area, see Using chart controls on page 244. Using chart controls After a performance graph is plotted in the Chart Work Area, you can perform specific tasks on those graphs using the controls provided in the top and bottom pane of the Chart Work Area. Adding new chart windows on page 244 Saving charts as PDF files on page 245 Saving favorite charts on page 245 Loading favorite charts on page 247 Forecasting utilization on page 250 Using date and time filters on page 251 Chart Styles on page 252 Printing charts on page 250 Previewing charts on page 254 Zooming in on data points across performance graphs on page 255 Rearranging or moving chart windows on page 256 Removing chart windows on page 256 Adding new chart windows By default, performance graphs of resources for metrics that belong to the same metric category are plotted in the same chart window. To view performance graphs of resources in separate chart windows: 244 Using charts

245 1. Clear the selection (blue border) around the existing chart window by clicking the title bar of the active chart window. The blue border around the chart window should look disabled. 2. Click Add New to add a new chart window. The new chart window is automatically selected (blue border appears around the active chart window). The performance data points of resources that you select in the Resource selection tree for metrics belonging to the same metric category are added to the new chart window till you clear the selection. Saving charts as PDF files You can save charts in the Chart Work Area by clicking Save as PDF, where individual chart windows having the charts are saved as separate PDF files. By default, all the chart windows in the Chart Work Area are selected. Hence, XP Performance Advisor saves all the charts displayed in the Chart Work Area. However, if the charts that you want to save belong to chart windows that are not selected: 1. Click the title bars of those chart windows to select (blue border should appear around the chart window). 2. Click Save Chart as PDF. If you do not want to save charts displayed in a particular chart window, accordingly click the title bar of the respective chart window to disable the selection (the blue border around the chart window should look disabled). Following is the file naming convention given to the PDF documents,<charttitle>_timestamp.pdf, where <ChartTitle> refers to the metric category title given for the chart window and Timestamp refers to the time when the save operation was triggered (example, Frontend_IO_Metric_ pdf). Depending on the number of chart windows selected in the Chart Work Area, the save operation opens the equivalent number of new browser windows. You are prompted to open or save the PDF, or cancel the save operation. Saving favorite charts You can save the combination of resources and metrics for which you want to frequently view charts, as favorite charts. Whenever you want to view the performance graphs for the same set of resources and metrics, you can load the corresponding favorite chart. Hence, you need not select the same combination of resources and metrics again to plot their performance metrics. Favorite charts provide a template framework, where you can continuously append new resources and metrics to the existing list. These resources can belong to multiple XP arrays. By default, a favorite chart when selected displays the performance data points of resources for the current Chart Work Area duration. If you want to view performance data points for a longer duration, use Date/Time Filter, where you can select date and time range from the calendar. For more information on specifying duration of time, see Using date and time filters on page 251. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 245

246 IMPORTANT: Using the favorite chart, you can only save the resources and metrics combination. The performance metrics of resources cannot be saved. Each favorite chart can accommodate resources and metrics that belong to the same metric category. Resources and metrics that belong to a different metric category are automatically considered as a separate favorite chart request. To save a chart as a favorite chart: 1. In the Chart Work Area, select the chart windows that have performance graphs plotted for a combination of resources and metrics, which you want to save as favorite charts. 2. Click Save Fav Chart(s). The Save Chart(s) dialog box appears. By default, the metric category titles of the respective chart windows are displayed as the favorite chart names. 3. Click Save to save the selected charts as favorite charts. You can provide a name for the favorite chart by clicking in the respective text box and entering the name. If you do not provide a name, by default, the metric category title of the chart window is considered as the favorite chart name. Following are few points that you should note while specifying a favorite chart name: The name should have only alphanumeric characters. The name should also begin with an alphanumeric character, which means the first character in the name cannot be a special character. The name provided should be at least two characters in length. The maximum number of characters being 50 characters. Only the special character, underscore (_) is allowed in the name. Click Close if you do not want to save the selected chart. If you try to save new set of resources and metrics (belonging to the same metric category) with an existing favorite chart name, the new set is automatically appended to the existing set in that favorite chart. You can also save the new set of resources and metrics as a separate favorite chart. NOTE: You can also generate or schedule a report for your favorite chart. For more information, see Creating reports for favorite charts on page Using charts

247 Loading favorite charts A favorite chart when selected displays the performance data points of resources for the current duration that is active in the Chart Work Area. You can also view the performance of the selected resources for a duration of your choice by selecting the date and time using the Date/Time Filter. The favorite chart re-renders itself to provide the performance graphs of resources for the selected duration. However, every time you view a favorite chart, the previous set of data points are not retained and displayed along with the current set of data points. For example, if 6 hours is selected as the current duration in the Date/Time Filter for the Chart Work Area, the favorite chart that you select displays the performance data points collected over the last 6 hours only. The chart does not display the set of data points previous to the 6 hours duration. If you do not specify a time range, the data points for the last 1 hour of the management station are displayed in the chart window. To view favorite charts: 1. Click Load Fav Chart(s). A pop up dialog appears displaying the favorites charts that you can view. 2. Select a favorite chart from the list and click View Chart. The favorite chart appears in the Chart Work Area and is selected by default. You can add resources for metrics belonging to the same metric category to this favorite chart and save it with the same name, or provide a different name. If you provide the existing favorite chart name, the new set of metrics and resources are appended to the list in the existing favorite chart. If you add resources and metrics for a different metric category, the performance graph of the resources are automatically added in a new chart window and you should save it as a separate favorite chart. If a chart window already exists for the metric category, for which you load a favorite chart, the performance metrics for resources in the favorite chart is automatically appended to the existing chart window. For example, if a chart window exists for Utilization metrics in the Chart Work Area and you load a favorite chart for the same metric category, the performance metrics of resources are automatically appended to the existing Utilization Metrics chart window. If required, you can again save the updated favorite chart. Deleting favorite charts To delete a favorite chart: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 247

248 1. Click Load Fav Chart(s). A dialog box that lists the favorite charts appears. 2. Select a favorite chart from the list and click Delete. The favorite chart is removed from the list. To refresh the list, click Refresh. To close the dialog box, click Close. Creating reports for favorite charts In addition to viewing your favorite charts, you can also generate or schedule reports for your favorite charts. The reports contain the performance graphs for the combination of resources and metrics saved in your favorite charts. You can also select the duration for which you want to view the performance graphs of the resources. Generating reports for favorite charts NOTE: To create a report, it is mandatory that you provide the report name, array model, and report type. The Report Name, Customer Name, Consultant Name, and Array Location are pre-populated in the respective fields if you have already configured them as common settings on the Settings screen. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. If you do not want these default descriptions, you can modify the respective fields. However, the changes are applicable only for the current report that you generate, save, or schedule. To generate a report for a favorite chart: 1. Click Reports in the left pane. The Create/Schedule Reports tab is enabled by default. 248 Using charts

249 2. Select or enter the following details: Name of the report in the Report Name box. The name should not be less than 2 characters or exceed 80 characters in length. Name of the customer or company in the Customer Name box. Name of the consultant in the Consultant box. Location for the array in the Array Location box. The format in which you want to view the report, from the File Type list. The following are the supported file formats: HTML, PDF, and RTF. The HTML format is the default file type for any report that you generate, and is always provided in a compressed file (.zip) format as an attachment. However, if you select a PDF or RTF file type, you can choose to receive a normal report file or a compressed file as the attachment. If you have saved the report in XP Performance Advisor or scheduled the report generation, the corresponding record for the report is also displayed on the View Created/Scheduled Reports screen. You can further select the report that you want to view. By default, the SMTP_Rpt_Compress is set to TRUE in the serverparameters.properties file. Any PDF or DOC file type that you generate for a report is attached as a compressed file in the notification sent by XP Performance Advisor. To receive a normal (uncompressed) report as an attachment, set the SMTP_Rpt_Compress to FALSE in the serverparameters.properties file. Then, restart the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat service on your management station. Any PDF or DOC file type that you generate for a report is provided as a normal file attachment in the notification sent by XP Performance Advisor. 3. Select Favorite Chart(s). 4. Select the favorite chart from the Favorite Chart(s) list. All the favorite charts that you created on the Charts screen are available in this list. 5. Select the Collection Period as One Time. 6. Select the Start Time and End Time for the report. 7. Click Save. XP Performance Advisor saves the report in its database and also displays a record for the report in the Reports section, under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. By default, the new record is displayed at the end of the list. The following details along with those you provided while creating a report are displayed for the report record in the Reports section: User Name: Name of the user who created the report. For example, the user name shows Administrator against the report that you created, if you logged into XP Performance Advisor as an Administrator. Generation Time: The time when the report is created. Scheduling reports for favorite charts To schedule a report for a favorite chart: 1. Follow steps 1 to 4 specified in Generating reports for favorite charts on page Follow the steps mentioned in Scheduling reports on page 264. The report is generated and can be identified by the report name. The title of the report shows the name of the favorite chart for which you created the report. The report displays the performance data points of the resources for metrics available in the favorite chart, and for the selected duration. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 249

250 Printing charts In the Chart Work Area, click Print to print the charts that belong to the selected chart windows. By default, all the chart windows in the Chart Work Area are selected. They are printed as separate pages and the local system printer configuration settings are considered while printing the charts. However, if the charts that you want to print belong to chart windows that are not selected: 1. Click the title bars of those chart windows to select them (blue border should appear around the chart window). 2. Click Print. If you do not want to print a particular chart window, click the title bar of that chart window (the blue border around the chart window should look disabled). NOTE: Only maximized chart windows that are selected can be printed. Forecasting utilization You can forecast the utilization of the following resources in Charts: MP Util (%) Write Pending (%) DKA Util (%) RG Util (%) ThP Util (%) The forecasting can be for a day, week, month, six months, or year based on the current data points. For example, if you have data points for RAID group collected over two days and you want to forecast its utilization for the next one week, XP Performance Advisor forecasts the utilization rate based on the two days data. The forecasted utilization of a DKA, MP, RAID group, or write pending for Cache is measured against the default threshold values or the values that you set on the Threshold Settings screen. For more information, see Setting performance threshold limits on page Using charts

251 In the preceding utilization forecast graph, the threshold value is displayed as a blue reference line and the forecast is shown as a green line. IMPORTANT: The forecasting feature is available only for DKA, MP, RAID group, Cache, and ThP pool. However, the utilization forecast is measured against the set threshold only for DKA, MP, RAID group, and Cache. To forecast utilization for a week, HP recommends that there be a minimum of 250 data points or the performance data has been collected for two or more days. To forecast a ThP pool's utilization, XP Performance Advisor considers the ThP pool's existing rate of utilization. Then, it extends the respective ThP pool's performance graph to project the corresponding utilization for the next day, week, month, six months, or year, based the duration that you select. For more information on forecasting for THP pools, see Forecasting THP's performance on page 371. To forecast utilization for any of the above-mentioned resources, select the resource and its corresponding metric, and select the duration from the Forecast list in the Chart Work Area. You can forecast the utilization for only one resource at a time. Using date and time filters Following are the date and time filters that you can use on charts: Start Updating: Click Start Updating for XP Performance Advisor to update the selected chart window with the newest data points that gets added to the database after the specified end time. XP Performance Advisor regularly checks the database for new data that gets added after the specified end time, and if new data is found, the newest data points are added to the right side of the graphs in the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 251

252 chart window. It is in addition to the data points that are already plotted for the specified date and time range. All the other data points are shifted one column to the left of the graphs. When you click Start Updating, the chart re-renders itself to show the new values that are collected from the host agent. The Start Time shows the time when the automatic update started, and the End Time displays Continuous Update, which means that XP Performance Advisor continuously updates the chart with the newest data points till the time you click Stop Updating. Then, XP Performance Advisor stops the automatic re-rendering of the chart. The End Time displays the time till when the chart was last updated. By default, the performance graph is updated with new data points every five minutes. Date/Time Filters: Duration shows the following date filters: 1 hour 6 hours 12 hours 1 day 1 week...: Click to select the duration (start and end date) from the calendar. The duration is for when you want to view the performance data of the selected resources. By default, the data points collected in the last one hour of the management station's time are displayed, if you do not specify a particular duration. Last 10 Collections: Click Last 10 Collections to view only the last 10 data points plotted in the graph. Using chart Styles Following are the different chart styles that you can use on the performance graphs in the Chart Work Area: Time Line Moving Average Line Plus Moving Average Time Line No Breaks Time Line Chart Style Time Line chart style (default) enables you to view the plotting of data points for a fixed time interval. In addition, when data points for multiple metrics are plotted with different collection frequencies, their relationships with the time intervals are displayed correctly. Only data points that are collected during the specified interval are retrieved from the database and plotted on the graph. Data points are not plotted for intervals of time where data collection has failed. Hence, there can be discontinuity in the graph plotted. In the sense, the graph for that particular duration displays a blank graph area, indicating a failure in data collection. The data points are plotted again once data collection resumes. Moving Average Chart Style The Moving Average chart style enables you to view the average performance of the selected resources for a specified time interval. The current average (Moving Average) value is calculated by taking the average of the previous data points. You can specify the number of data points for which the average needs to be calculated, using the Point Factor list. The minimum that you can select from the Point Factor list are 2 points and the maximum are 24 points. 252 Using charts

253 IMPORTANT: HP recommends that you select minimum Point Factors for accuracy and better view of the graph that is plotted. Moving Average is calculated as the average of the initial set of data points. Hence, the graph is not displayed for the initial set of data points. The Point Factor that you select determines the number of data points that are considered to calculate the Moving Average value. Chart displays a break in collection whenever there is a difference in frequency between the current collection interval and the previous collection interval. For example, you might have set the current collection interval at five minutes and the previous collection interval at three minutes, resulting in a change in collection frequency. Thus, the graph displays a break in the plotting of data points, implies a change in frequency between the previous and the current collection. The Moving Average values are calculated and plotted only for those data points that are collected by the data collection process. If the data collection fails, the Moving Average values are not calculated and plotted on the graph. However, if the collection had not failed, a line displays connecting the last data point that was plotted before the failure and the first data point that is plotted after the data collection resumed. As a result, you can view a complete graph for the average performance of the selected array resources irrespective of whether the data collection is active or discontinued. The legend names for the Moving Average graphs are appended with -MA. Line Plus Moving Average Chart Style The Line Plus Moving Average chart style enables you to view the actual performance and the average performance of the selected resources for a specified time interval. Both the Time Line and the Moving Average chart styles are applied on the performance graphs for the selected resources. Separate Legend items at the right hand corner of the chart window enable you to differentiate a Time Line graph from a Moving Average graph. If this chart style is selected along with appropriate point factor, the data points and the average values are plotted simultaneously when the data collection is in progress. If the data collection fails for a particular duration, two straight lines are displayed for that duration, indicating a failure in data collection. The straight line for Time Line connects the last data point that was plotted before the failure and the first data point that is plotted after the data collection resumed. The straight line for Moving Average connects the last Moving Average value that was plotted before the failure, and the first Moving Average value that is plotted after the data collection resumed. This provides you an approximate idea of the actual and average performance trend if the collection had not failed. Once the data collection resumes, the data points and the average values are again plotted simultaneously for the selected resources. Time Line No Breaks Chart Style The Time Line No Breaks chart style enables you to view the actual performance of the selected resources irrespective of whether the data collection is active or discontinued. Using this style, you can view a complete graph that includes the data points plotted when the data collection is active, and the performance trend of the selected resources when the data collection is discontinued. From the Time Line No Breaks graph, you can visualize the pattern in which the data points be plotted irrespective of whether the data collection is active or discontinued. The data points are plotted simultaneously when the data collection is in progress. If the data collection fails for a particular duration, a straight line is displayed for that duration, indicating a failure in data collection. The straight line joins the last data point that is plotted before the data collection failed and the first data point that is plotted after the data collection resumed. This provides you an approximate idea of the performance of the resources if the data collection was active during the specified time interval. Once the data collection resumes, the data points are again plotted simultaneously for the selected resources. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 253

254 Zooming in on charts You can zoom in on charts in the following ways: Horizontal zoom, where you use the Zoom preview panel to zoom in on charts for a selected duration Vertical and horizontal zoom, where you zoom in on charts for a specified duration and also data points across performance graphs Previewing charts The Zoom preview panel provides a preview to the performance data displayed for a selected duration in the respective chart window. It appears if the Show Zoom check box is selected in the Chart Work Area, and occupies the lower pane of a chart window. It has sliders that you can use to filter the overall duration in the chart window and view data for a particular focused duration. You can drag the sliders on either side of the time scale to increase or decrease the duration for which you want to view the data points. The existing chart window are accordingly updated to display data points for the duration selected in the Zoom preview panel. The focused area in the Zoom preview panel is highlighted in blue. It shows the section of the chart window that you are currently viewing in the Zoom preview panel. The Zoom preview panel is always in sync with its chart window and dynamically updated whenever you change the duration in the chart window. IMPORTANT: You can preview the data in the Zoom preview panel only for the duration selected in the respective chart window. The preview is for the entire chart window and covers all the data points plotted in the chart window for the selected duration. 1 Focused area in the Zoom preview panel 254 Using charts

255 2 Sliders on the time scale in the Zoom preview panel Zooming in on data points across performance graphs In addition to zooming in on data points for a particular duration, you can also zoom in on a combination of data points in the chart window. If zoom preview is enabled, it also highlights the focused area in the chart window. To zoom in on data points in the chart window: Holding down the mouse button, drag the pointer across the data points that you want to focus on. The chart window displays the focused set of data points. The sliders on the Zoom preview panel automatically shift the focus to the selected set of data points. The focused area is highlighted in blue, in the Zoom preview panel. In the following set of images, the first image shows the data points being focused across the performance graphs. The second image shows the focused set of data points with the Zoom preview panel updated accordingly. To zoom out, click an empty area in the chart window. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 255

256 Rearranging or moving chart windows To move or rearrange chart windows in the Chart Work, click in the title bar of the chart window that you want to move and holding down the left mouse button, drag and drop that chart over an existing chart, where you want the new chart to be placed in the Chart Work Area. The existing chart window automatically shifts to accommodate the relocated chart window. Following are few use cases when you want to rearrange charts in the Chart Work Area: If you want to compare performance graphs of resources plotted for metrics belonging to different metric categories If you have performance graphs of resources for related metrics plotted in different chart windows Removing chart windows You can remove all the charts currently displayed in the Chart Work Area by clicking Remove Charts. All the active and passive chart windows are removed from the Chart Work Area. 256 Using charts

257 12 Using reports Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260 Viewing a report on page 268 Viewing a schedule on page 270 Virtualization for reports on page 269 Logging report details and exceptions on page 272 Reports provide history of performance data collected for a specified XP array, where a visual representation of the performance trend of XP array resources is shown for a duration that you specify. The performance data points are plotted for different metrics that help analyze performance of an XP array. Following are the different reports that you can view in XP Performance Advisor. These reports provide a high level view on the performance of an XP array or utilization of individual resources: Report types Array Performance ACP utilization Description The array performance report provides the array performance by measuring the total IO/s, read and write IO/s happening on the XP array. The ACP utilization report provides data on utilization of various installed ACP pairs for the duration that you specify. You can also view the ACP Utilization by Hour of the Day report that provides the utilization data for all ACP pairs averaged over a 24-hour period. Cache utilization CHIP utilization The cache utilization report provides data on the following: Utilization of cache Percentage of pending writes Read hits as a percentage of total read operations Total number of transfers per second Total number of transfers over 24-hours Cache side file utilization for XP Continuous Access Async The CHIP utilization report provides data on utilization of various installed CHIP pairs for the duration that you specify. You can also view the CHIP Utilization by Hour of the Day report that provides the utilization data for all CHIP pairs averaged over a 24-hour period. LDEV IO The LDEV IO report provides data on the busiest LDEVs and RAID groups based on frontend IO/s, and backend transfers. You can select the number of busiest LDEVs and RAID groups that you want to view in the report. The selection is in multiples of eight and ranges from for Frontend and Backend LDEVs, and 8-32 for Frontend and Backend RAID groups. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 257

258 Report types LDEV Activity Journal pool utilization ThP pool occupancy Snapshot pool occupancy Description The LDEV Activity report provides data on the average performance and utilization of LDEVs belonging to an XP array. Following are the different metrics available for the LDEV Activity report: FrontEndIO BackEnd IO MB Utilization Read Response Time Write Response Time The LDEV data corresponding to each of the above metric is provided in a separate.csv file, based on the metric that you select. For more information, see Creating an LDEV Activity report on page 267. The Journal group utilization report provides data on the utilization percentage of the eight busiest Journal groups in an XP array. The THP pool occupancy report provides data on the utilization percentage of the eight busiest THP pools. XP Performance Advisor reports only those THP volumes in an array that are assigned to a pool. The Snapshot pool occupancy report provides data on the utilization percentage of the eight busiest Snapshot pools. XP Performance Advisor reports only those Snapshot volumes in an array that are assigned to a pool and only for XP10000 and later XP array types. In addition, you can also view the All report that provides the above mentioned report types (except for the LDEV Activity report) in a single report document. Reports can be a one-time activity, where you generate and view a report or save and view a report. If you generate a report, you can only view a temporary copy of the report. You cannot retrieve the report once you close the report. For more information, see Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260. If you save a report, XP Performance Advisor retains a copy of the report in the following location: Local_drive:\HPSS\Tomcat\Webapps\PA\Reports, and provides the report whenever you want to view the report. Here, Local_drive on the management station refers to the C drive, where Windows operating system is installed, and the HPSS folder is also copied to the C drive. For more information, see Viewing a report on page 268. Reports can also be a scheduled activity, where data is collected periodically for the duration that you specify (on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis) and automatically provided in reports. For more information, see Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page Using reports

259 . IMPORTANT: Reports on the following are available only if they are configured in the selected XP array. If these resources are not configured, they are not even displayed as an option that you can select while creating a report. Hence, they are not even displayed in other related reports, like the Array Performance report. Journal pool utilization ThP pool occupancy Snapshot pool occupancy XP Performance Advisor plots the data for eight resources on a chart in the report that you execute. If there are more than eight resources to chart, XP Performance Advisor plots the data for the next set of eight resources in the subsequent chart, and so on. For example, if you want to view a report for 64 busiest LDEVs, XP Performance Advisor generates a report in which you can view eight charts, each chart accommodate eight LDEVs. Reports screen The Reports screen appears when you click Reports in the left pane and comprises of the following tabs: Figure 21 Reports screen HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 259

260 Screen elements Create/Schedule Reports tab View Created/Scheduled Reports tab Description By default, this tab is enabled when you click Reports in left pane. You can generate reports, save reports, or schedule reports under this tab. For more information, see Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260. This tab displays two sections, the Reports section and the Scheduled Reports section. The records for the reports that you schedule periodically or save in XP Performance Advisor are displayed in the Reports section. Select a record to view the associated report. The schedules that are to be executed more than once are displayed in the Scheduled Reports section. You can edit or delete a schedule. For more information, see Viewing a report on page 268 and Viewing a schedule on page 270. Tasks you can perform on the Reports screen Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260 Viewing a report on page 268 Scheduling reports on page 264 Viewing a schedule on page 270 Generating, saving, or scheduling reports You can generate a report, where you view a temporary copy of the report, or save a report, where a copy is retained in XP Performance Advisor, so you can view the report when you want. You can also schedule a report on a periodic basis, where data is automatically provided in the corresponding report for the duration that you specify. IMPORTANT: If you have logged in as an Administrator or a user with administrative privileges, you can generate or save reports, or schedule this activity periodically. If you have logged in with user privileges, you cannot schedule but only generate or save reports. You can also create or schedule reports on favorite charts. For more information, see Creating reports for favorite charts on page 248. Related Topics See the following related topics: Providing common report details on page 261 Generating or saving reports on page 263 Scheduling reports on page Using reports

261 Providing common report details NOTE: To create a report, it is mandatory that you provide the report name, array model, and report type. The Report Name, Customer Name, Consultant Name, and Array Location are pre-populated in the respective fields if you have already configured them as common settings on the Settings screen. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. These details are applicable for all the reports that you create. If you do not want these default descriptions, you can modify the respective fields. However, the changes are applicable only for the current report that you generate, save, or schedule. The following are common set of fields that you should complete for generating, saving, or scheduling a report. To provide the common report details: 1. Click Reports in the left pane. The Create/Schedule Reports tab is enabled by default. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 261

262 2. Select or enter the following details: Name of the report in the Report Name box. The name should not be less than 2 characters or exceed 80 characters in length. Name of the customer or company in the Customer Name box. Name of the consultant in the Consultant box. Location for the array in the Array Location box. The array model from the Array list. The type of report that you want on the selected XP array, from the Report Type list. Array Performance LDEV IO LDEV Activity Cache Utilization ACP Utilization CHIP Utilization Journal Pool Utilization THP Pool Occupancy Snapshot Pool Occupancy All report You can also select multiple reports and view the corresponding data in a single report document. The data for each report is arranged based on the order in which you selected them while creating or scheduling a report. Use the Shift key or Ctrl key for selecting multiple reports. Alternatively, you can also use the Up and Down arrow keys with the Shift and Ctrl keys. NOTE: To generate an Export DB report, see Creating Export DB CSV files on page 154. The format in which you want to view the report, from the File Type list. The following are the supported file formats: HTML PDF RTF CSV The HTML format is the default file type for any report that you generate, and is always provided in a compressed file (.zip) format as an attachment. You can extract the contents of the ZIP file onto your local system to view the report details. However, if you select a PDF or RTF file type, you can choose to receive a normal report file or a compressed file as the attachment. If you have saved the report in XP Performance Advisor or scheduled the report generation, the corresponding record for the report is also displayed on the View Created/Scheduled Reports screen. You can further select the report that you want to view. By default, the SMTP_Rpt_Compress is set to TRUE in the serverparameters.properties file. Any PDF or RTF file type that you generate for a report is attached as a compressed file in the notification sent by XP Performance Advisor. To receive a normal (uncompressed) report as an attachment, set the SMTP_Rpt_Compress to FALSE in the serverparameters.properties file. Then, restart the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat service on your management station. 262 Using reports

263 Any PDF or RTF file type that you generate for a report is provided as a normal file attachment in the notification sent by XP Performance Advisor. Generating or saving reports In addition to providing the common report details (see Providing common report details on page 261), enter or select the following details to generate or save a report: 1. Select One Time as the Collection Period. 2. Select the start and end date and time from the respective calendars. If you do not specify a date and time and retain the defaults (Start date as <current date> 00:00:00, and End date as <current date> 23:59:59), XP Performance Advisor generates the report for the current date starting from 00:00:00 to the time when you initiated creating the report. 3. Generate or save the report. To generate a report, click Generate. XP Performance Advisor does not save the report in its database or display records for the report in the Reports section, under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. You can only view a temporary copy of the report and cannot retrieve the report once you close it. However, you can manually save a copy of the report outside of XP Performance Advisor. If the file format is HTML, the report generated is displayed in a new IE browser window. You can save a copy of the report by clicking File > Save or File > Save As on the browser menu. If the file format is PDF or RTF, you are prompted to either open and view the report, or save the report by downloading it to your local system. Based on your requirement, click Open or Save, or click Cancel to cancel the request. Click Save. XP Performance Advisor displays the following message: Process initiated. Please check Event Log Check the Event Log for the following informational message: Report successfully saved as <report_name>. XP Performance Advisor saves the report in its database and also displays a record for the report in the Reports section, under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. By default, the new record is displayed at the end of the list. The following details along with those you provided while creating a report are displayed for the report record in the Reports section: User Name: Name of the user who created the report. For example, the user name shows Administrator against the report that you created, if you logged into XP Performance Advisor as an Administrator. Generation Time: The time when the report is created. Click Reset anytime during these selections to clear the current selections and restore the default settings. Related Topics See the following related topics: Scheduling reports on page 264 Viewing a schedule on page 270 Viewing a report on page 268 Creating reports for favorite charts on page 248 Logging report details and exceptions on page 272 HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 263

264 Scheduling reports You can schedule a report on a periodic basis. In addition to providing the report details (see Providing common report details on page 261, complete the following to schedule report: 1. Select the Collection Period as Recurring. 2. Choose the schedule and specify the duration of your choice: 1. Collection Schedule: displays Daily, Weekly, and Monthly. By default, Weekly is selected as the collection schedule. Day of the Week: Displays the list of week days. Select the week day when you want the schedule to be executed. By default, this list appears for selection, as Weekly is selected as the default collection schedule. If you select Monthly as the collection schedule, the Monthly Schedule is displayed. The following options are provided in a monthly schedule: Based on Date, where you select a particular date in a month. The Date of the Month list is enabled when you select Based on Date, for you to choose the date of your choice. Based on Day, where you select a particular day in a week. The Day of the Week and Week of the Month lists are enabled when you select Based on Day. Choose a day and the corresponding week in a month for executing the schedule. If you select Daily, provide the start and end time for the schedule. 2. Select the Start Time as the time when you want the schedule to be executed. The Start Time list displays the time in a 24 hour format. After a report is created as per the schedule, XP Performance Advisor sends a notification informing the status of the report execution to the specified address (see step 3). 3. In the No. of Occurrences box, provide the number of times the schedule should be executed. It is mandatory to provide the number of times a schedule should be repeated (no. of occurrences). For example, if you select Daily as the schedule frequency, the occurrence as 1, and start time as 9:00 a.m., it implies that the schedule is executed only once at 9:00 a.m. on that particular day. XP Performance Advisor generates a report that provides data for the past 24 hours considering that 9:00 a.m. is the start time. The Start Time and No. of Occurrences are common for the Daily, Weekly, and Monthly collection schedules. 3. In the box, provide the address of the user who has to receive a notification once the report is executed as per the schedule. The report is provided as an attachment to the notification. By default, notifications are sent to administrator@localhost, which is the common destination address for all report notifications. This address is valid till: You specify a different destination address on the Settings screen. The report notifications generated after this change are redirected to the new destination address. You specify a different destination address in the box. The new address is applicable only for the set of records that you selected in the Alarms table. You can also specify multiple destination addresses. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page Using reports

265 4. Click Save. XP Performance Advisor does the following: Saves the schedule and also displays a record for the schedule in the Scheduled Reports section, under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. The following details along with those you provided while scheduling a report are displayed for that schedule in the Scheduled Reports section: Occurrence: Displays number of times a particular schedule is repeated. The occurrence is aligned to the selected schedule frequency. In addition, this column also displays the selected schedule frequency and the start time. The format displayed is <schedule frequency> at <start time> (for example, Every Wednesday at 11:00 hrs). Schedule Time: Displays the time when you created the schedule. End Time: Displays the end date and time for the schedule. XP Performance Advisor calculates the end time based on the start time and the number of occurrences that you specify. For example, if Occurrence displays Every Wednesday at 11:00 hrs for a schedule record and End Time displays :00:00, it implies that the schedule repeats every Wednesday at 11:00 a.m. for three consecutive weeks and ends on at 11:00 hours for the last time, before it is automatically deleted. Dest: Displays the address that you provided (applicable only when you schedule a report). If the address is not provided or is invalid, you not receive any notification though the report is generated. You need to go to the following location and select the report that you want to view: <Local_drive>:\HPSS\Tomcat\Webapps\PA\Reports. All the reports are available in this location. (Local drive on the management station refers to the C drive, where Windows operating system is installed, and the HPSS folder is also copied to the C drive). As per the specified start time and schedule frequency, XP Performance Advisor creates a report and adds a record for that report in the Reports section, under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. Provides the report as a file attachment to the notification that is sent to the intended recipients. Click Reset anytime during these selections to clear the current selections and restore the default settings. Related Topics See the following related topics: Generating or saving reports on page 263 Viewing a report on page 268 Viewing a schedule on page 270 Creating reports for favorite charts on page 248 Logging report details and exceptions on page 272 Creating report for busiest LDEVs and RAID groups The LDEV IO report provides you data on the busiest LDEVs and RAID groups based on the frontend IO/s and backend transfers. You can view the report for busiest front end and back end LDEVs, and 8 32 busiest front end and back end RAID groups. (The selection is in multiples of eight). HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 265

266 IMPORTANT: If you do not select any value from the respective lists, by default, the LDEV IO report is generated for the eight busiest front end, eight back end LDEVs, eight front end, and eight back end RAID groups. Further, the report displays the graphs for only those LDEVs that have the IO/s associated and the RAID groups on which the IO/s transactions have occurred. For example, if you have created a report to view 32 busiest front end LDEVs and 16 busiest front end RAID groups, and only eight of the selected 32 front end LDEVs and four of the selected 16 RAID groups are busy. XP Performance Advisor generates the LDEV IO report wherein you can view the graphs for only the eight LDEVs and the four RAID groups on which the maximum IO/s transactions have occurred. The graphs are not shown for the remaining LDEVs or the RAID groups, as the IO/s transactions have not occurred on them. The LDEV IO report also provides a link to the additional LDEV IO mapping information. The busiest LDEVs are displayed at different ranks in a tabular format. For more information, see LDEV IO reports on page 330. To generate or schedule an LDEV IO report, follow the procedure given for creating or scheduling a report. For more information, see Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260. In addition, ensure that the following steps specific to an LDEV IO report are also complete: 1. Select LDEV IO from the Report Type list. 2. Select the LDEVs and RAID groups based on the frontend IO/s and backend transfers from the following lists: LDEVs from the FrontEnd Ldevs list LDEVs from the BackEnd Ldevs list RAID groups from the FrontEnd RAIDGroups list RAID groups from the BackEnd RAIDGroups list Creating an All report The All report consolidates data for only the following eight reports and provides a single report for the selected date and time range: Array Performance LDEV IO Cache Utilization ACP Utilization CHIP Utilization Journal Pool Utilization ThP Pool Occupancy Snapshot Pool Occupancy To generate or schedule an All report, follow the procedure given for creating or scheduling a report. For more information, see Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260. In addition, ensure that All is selected from the Report Type list. 266 Using reports

267 IMPORTANT: LDEV Activity report is not included in the All report. The Journal Pool, THP Pool, and Snapshot Pool Occupancy reports are included in the All report type only if they are configured in the selected XP array. Creating an LDEV Activity report You can view the maximum busiest and least busiest LDEVs in an XP array through the LDEV Activity report. You can view the LDEV data for one of the following metric types: FontEndIO BackEndIO MB Utilization Read Response Time Write Response Time The maximum busiest and least busiest LDEVs are collected based on the maximum and minimum threshold levels you specify, and depends on the metric type. For the metric type and duration that you specify, the average of the total performance of each LDEV is considered. Further, the average value is verified with the set threshold levels to see if that particular LDEV's performance is above or below the threshold limit. Based on their average values, the LDEVs are grouped in the top 100 busiest or the least 100 busiest LDEVs, and displayed in the CSV file. It implies that only LDEVs above the maximum and below the minimum set threshold limits are considered. The associated driver type is also displayed for each LDEV. This information helps you know if the associated drive is supporting the required LDEV performance. If not, you can move the LDEV to a different drive type. IMPORTANT: The report also provides the associated drive types for the LDEVs. To generate, save, or schedule an LDEV Activity report, follow the procedure given for creating or scheduling a report. For more information, see Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260. In addition, ensure that the following steps specific to an LDEV Activity report are also complete: 1. Select LDEV Activity from the Report Type list. 2. Select the Metric Type as: FontEndIO: Select this metric type to view a report of the most active or least active LDEVs (or both) based on the threshold specified for the total frontend IO/s. BackEndIO: Select this metric type to view a report of the most active or least active LDEVs (or both) based on the threshold specified for the total backend transfers. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 267

268 MB: Select this metric type to view a report of the most active or least active LDEVs (or both) based on the threshold specified for the total frontend throughput in MB/s. Utilization: Select this metric type to view a report of the most active or least active LDEVs (or both) based on the threshold specified for the total RAID group utilization of each LDEV. Read Response Time: Select this metric type to view a report of the most active or least active LDEVs (or both) based on the threshold specified for the read response time of each LDEV. Write Response Time: Select this metric type to view a report of the most active or least active LDEVs (or both) based on the threshold specified for the write response time of each LDEV. 3. Provide the Metric Upper Threshold and Metric Lower Threshold limits. The threshold limits that you specify are independent of each other and applicable to only the category that you select. You can set both the maximum and minimum threshold levels, or one of them based on your requirement. It is not mandatory to specify both the maximum and minimum threshold limits. When you generate, save, or schedule this report, all the LDEVs that are above the specified maximum threshold limit and below the minimum threshold limit are displayed in the report. Viewing reports IMPORTANT: Report schedules with an asterisk (*) before the User Name indicate that they are generated by a schedule. Following is the naming convention for reports that have an associated schedule: <Array Serial Number>_<Report Type>_<Schedule- Type>_<Date>_<Time>_Timezone.html/pdf/rtf If the Dest for a report record is blank, it implies one of the following: The report is not a scheduled report. The report is scheduled, but an address is not provided or is invalid. If the address is not provided or is invalid, you not receive any notification though the report is generated. You need to go to the following location and select the report that you want to view: <Local_drive>:\HPSS\Tomcat\Webapps\PA\Reports. All the reports are available in this location. (Local drive on the management station refers to the C drive, where Windows operating system is installed, and the HPSS folder is also copied to the C drive). If the XP array for which you have created a report is violating license, the following warning message is displayed at the beginning of the report: WARNING: License violation was detected for this array. This report may not capture performance data about the recent configuration changes made in the XP disk array. Please purchase the required XP Performance Advisor licenses immediately. To view a report: 1. Click Reports in the left pane. The reports that are scheduled or created and saved are displayed in the Reports section under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. 2. Select the check box for the report that you want to view. If you want to view multiple reports, select the check boxes for the corresponding report records. 268 Using reports

269 3. Click View. XP Performance Advisor displays an informational message on the number of reports that are selected and prompts you to confirm if it can proceed, and display the reports data. 4. Click OK to confirm. Click Cancel if you do not want to view the selected reports. The reports are displayed based on the selected file type. If the file format is HTML or CSV, the report is displayed in a new IE browser window. You can save a copy of the report by clicking File > Save or File > Save As on the browser menu. If the file format is PDF or RTF, you are prompted to either open and view the report, or save the report by downloading it to your local system. Based on your requirement, click Open or Save, or click Cancel to cancel the request. Related Topics See the following related topics: Generating, saving, or scheduling reports on page 260 Deleting a report on page 269 Scheduling reports on page 264 Viewing a schedule on page 270 Logging report details and exceptions on page 272 Deleting reports To delete a report: 1. Click Reports in the left pane and then the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. 2. In the Reports section, select the check box for the report record that should be deleted. 3. Click Delete. Click OK when prompted to confirm. Click Cancel to retain the records. The report copy is also deleted from the <Local_drive>:\HPSS\Tomcat\Webapps\PA\ Reports folder. Virtualization for reports XP Performance Advisor maintains a temporary buffer in a folder called the Virtualizer folder for the report data that is being generated. This is useful if the report is for viewing large number of LDEVs. In such cases, XP Performance Advisor uses certain amount of the management station's disk space to temporarily store the data till the entire report gets generated. Once the report is completely generated, delete the cached report file from the Virtualizer folder to release the disk space for other activities. When the first report is created, XP Performance Advisor creates a folder called the Virtualizer folder in the HPSS folder. If you want to change the location of the Virtualizer folder, edit the following line in the Cache path for Reports module section, which is located at the end of the ServerParameters.Properties file: # Cache path for Reports module # ReportFileVirtualizerPath=.\\Virtualizer\\ HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 269

270 IMPORTANT: Ensure that '\\' is retained when mentioning the path for the Virtualizer folder. Enabling notifications For XP Performance Advisor to dispatch report notifications to the intended recipients, you should add the IP and port addresses of the source SMTP server, and also specify the source address. For more information, see Configuring and SNMP settings on page 76. Editing report schedules The report schedules that you create appear in the Scheduled Reports section under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. IMPORTANT: The Scheduled Reports section under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab appears only if you have logged in as an Administrator or a user with administrative privileges. If the Dest for a schedule record is blank, it implies that the report is scheduled, but an address is not provided or is invalid. In such cases, you do not receive any notification though the report is generated. You need to go to the following location and select the report that you want to view: <Local_drive>:\HPSS\Tomcat\Webapps\PA\Reports. All the reports are available in this location. (Local drive on the management station refers to the C drive, where Windows operating system is installed, and the HPSS folder is also copied to the C drive). If a particular schedule is not repeatable (that is, the number of occurrences is set to 1), it is automatically deleted from the XP Performance Advisor database and also removed in the Scheduled Reports section once the report is generated. Only those schedules for which the number of occurrences is more than 1 are still displayed in the Scheduled Reports section. Schedules that have reached their end date are also deleted automatically. To edit a report schedule: 1. Click Reports in the left pane and further click the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. All the schedules for reports appear in the Scheduled Reports section. 2. In the Scheduled Reports section, select the check box for the report schedule that you want to edit. The form under Create/Schedule Reports tab appears, where the existing details of the schedule are displayed. You can edit the fields that you want. For more information, see Scheduling reports on page 264. Related Topics See the following related topics: Generating or saving reports on page 263 Viewing a report on page 268 Deleting a report on page Using reports

271 Virtualization for reports on page 269 Logging report details and exceptions on page 272 Deleting report schedules To delete a report schedule: 1. Click Reports in the left pane and then the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. 2. In the Scheduled Reports section, select the check box for the schedule record that should be deleted. 3. Click Delete. Click OK when prompted to confirm. Click Cancel to retain the records. Understanding report records This section covers a brief description of what to infer from the data displayed in the Reports section under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. In the preceding image, you can view the report, PA_ACP_Rep that is executed on :11:32 IST (Generation Time). The report provides data on ACP Utilization in XP array, for a period of 1 month ( to ). The report is provided in HTML format. The Dest column is blank for this record, which implies that a schedule is not created for this report. If you do not select the start and end time, XP Performance Advisor generates a report from , 00:00 hours to , 23:59:59 hours. Understanding report schedule records This section covers a brief description of what to infer from the data displayed in the Schedules section under the View Created/Scheduled Reports tab. Example 1: The Schedule Time for a schedule shows :39:28, which means that the schedule is created on 9th September 2008 at 17:39:28 hours. The Occurrence for this schedule shows Every Wednesday at 11:00 hrs, which means XP Performance Advisor is supposed to generate a report every Wednesday at 11:00 hours. So, the schedule is active and a report is generated only on the 10th September 2008 at 11:00 hours. The End Time for this schedule shows :00:00, which means the last report that XP Performance Advisor generates is on 24th September 2008 at 11:00 hours. This is because, while creating the schedule, the number of times it should repeat was entered as 3 in the Occurrence box. This implies that XP Performance Advisor repeat this schedule only three times before it is automatically deleted. Hence, in addition to 10th September 2008, XP Performance Advisor also execute the schedule on the 17th and 24th September Example 2: The Schedule Time for a schedule shows :43:09, which means that the schedule is created on 9th September 2008 at 17:43:09 hours. The Occurrence for this schedule shows Day 1 of every month at 9:00 hrs, which means XP Performance Advisor is supposed to generate a report on the first day of every month at 9:00 hours. Hence, the schedule is active and a report is generated only the month after September, on 1st October 2008 at 9:00 hours. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 271

272 The End Time for this schedule shows :00:00, which means the last report that XP Performance Advisor generates is on 1st November 2008 at 09:00 hours. This is because, while creating the schedule, the number of times it should repeat was entered as 2 in the Occurrence box, which implies that this schedule repeat only twice before it is automatically deleted. Hence, in addition to 1st October 2008, XP Performance Advisor also execute the schedule on 1st November Example 3: The Schedule Time for a schedule shows :15:02, which means that the schedule is created on 10th September 2008 at 00:15:02 hours. The Occurrence for this schedule shows Daily at 19:00 hrs, which means XP Performance Advisor is supposed to generate a report daily at 19:00 hours. Hence, the schedule is active and a report is generated only the day after 9th September 2008, on 10th September 2008 at 19:00 hours. The End Time for this schedule shows :00:00, which means that the last report that XP Performance Advisor generates is on 10th September 2008 at 19:00 hours. This is because, while creating the schedule, the number of times it should repeat was entered as 1 in the Occurrence box, which implies that this schedule execute only once before it is automatically deleted. Example 4: The Schedule Time for a schedule shows :35:06, which means that the schedule is created on 9th September 2008 at 19:35:06 hours. The Occurrence for this schedule shows The Second Thursday of Every Month at 00:00 hrs, which means XP Performance Advisor is supposed to generate a report on the second Thursday of every month at 00:00 hours. Hence, the schedule is active and a report is generated on 11th September 2008 at 00:00 hours. The End Time for this schedule shows :00:00, which means the last report that XP Performance Advisor generates is on 11th December 2008 at 00:00 hours. This is because, while creating the schedule, the number of times it should repeat was entered as 4 in the Occurrence box, which implies that this schedule repeat only four times before it is automatically deleted. Hence, in addition to 11th September 2008, XP Performance Advisor also executes the schedule on 9th October, 13th November, and 11th December Logging report details and exceptions When a report is generated, manually or through the schedule, report details and exceptions are logged in the pa.log and Log4J API files respectively. By default, only error conditions are logged. To set the level of tracing: 1. Stop the XP Performance Advisor service from Start > Programs > HP StorageWorks > Stop services. 2. Navigate to the location <install directory>:\hpss\pa\tomcat\webapps\pa\web-inf\ and open the Log4J.properties file using a text editor. 3. Uncomment the line log4j.rootlogger=all, DEFAULT_CONSOLE, DEFAULT_LOG, DEFAULT_SOCKET under Debug Mode by removing the # and save the changes. 4. Restart the XP Performance Advisor service from Start > Programs > HP StorageWorks > Restart services. You can access the pa.log file from the location: <install directory>:\hpss\pa\tomcat\ log\ 272 Using reports

273 13 Using Performance Estimator for XP arrays Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 273 Disk types supported for performance estimation on page 274 Understanding PET data on page 274 Estimating performance for XP24000 or XP12000 type of array on page 274 XP Performance Advisor enables you to determine the optimal performance of your XP24000 and XP12000 type arrays after configuration collection is complete for these XP arrays. It provides a framework called Performance Estimator (PET) for estimating the performance of these XP arrays. You can access PET by clicking Performance Estimator in the left pane. PET focuses on RAID groups, instead of LDEVs or LUNs. It helps you estimate the disk capacity and RAID group configuration that your XP array might require for managing a particular workload. The estimation is based on the RAID groups and predefined workloads that you can select for your XP array. Subsystem configuration parameters can be rapidly entered, and the results are accurate to within 20%. CAUTION: The numbers displayed are only an estimate. Results shown are based on readings taken in a controlled environment. HP cannot guarantee the results in your data center. IMPORTANT: PET does not support the following type of XP arrays XP1024/128, XP512/48, XP20000, XP10000, SVS200, and XP256. Supported disk types for performance estimation The following table lists the XP arrays and the disk types they support: Table 4 Disk types supported on different arrays for performance estimation Array type XP24000 XP12000 Supported disk type 15K RPM, 10k RPM HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 273

274 Supported disk sizes for performance estimation The following table lists the XP arrays and the disk size they support: Table 5 Disk types supported on different arrays for performance estimation Array type XP24000 XP12000 Supported disk size in GB 72 GB disk, 146 GB disk, 300 GB disk, 400 GB disk Understanding PET data Following is an example on estimating an XP24000 type array s performance for the following configuration: Your inputs: Disk type 15K RPM RAID type and RAID groups 144 RAID groups for RAID 1 (2D+2D) Workload 8K Random Writes Intensity 4096 threads/sec XP Performance Advisor PET estimate: 576 disks of type 146 GB (Number of Disks) are required IO/s on the disk set would be 46442/sec MB/s that the array can receive per second would be 380 MB Time taken for the array to respond (R.T (ms) for the read write requests would be 91 R.T (ms) Following is an example on estimating an XP24000 type array's raw and usable capacity: Your inputs: Disk size 146 GB RAID type and RAID groups 144 RAID groups for RAID 1 (2D+2D) XP Performance Advisor PET estimate: Raw disk capacity would be GB Disk space available for data storage (R1/R5/R6 Usable (GB)) would be GB The available disk space shown is only for R1/R5 RAID types. Total or the usable storage capacity would be GB Based on the above estimate, you can implement this configuration or modify the inputs to receive a different configuration. Estimating performance for XP24000 and XP12000 type arrays To estimate performance for an XP24000 or XP12000 type array: 1. Click Performance Estimator in the left pane. The Performance Estimator screen appears. 274 Using Performance Estimator for XP arrays

275 2. Select the array model from the Array Type list. This list displays the XP array models for only the monitored XP arrays. The PET screen corresponding to the selected XP array type (XP24000 or XP12000) appears. The Array List displays all the XP arrays that belong to the selected XP array type. By default, the PET screen displays the current configuration for the first XP24000 or XP12000 type array that appears in the Array List. IMPORTANT: For XP12000 and XP24000 type arrays, PET does not support 750 GB SATA drive types. For XP12000 and XP24000 type arrays, PET supports 72 GB, 146 GB, 300 GB, and 400 GB disks, and RAID 1 (2D + 2D) and RAID 5 (7D + 1P) configurations. 3. Continue estimating the performance for the default selected XP array, or select a different XP array from the Array List. 4. To estimate the I/Os, MB/sec, R.T. (ms), and Number of disks required: a. Select the disk type from the Disk Type list. b. Select the RAID type from the RAID Type list. c. To choose the number of RAID groups to be configured for the selected RAID type, click the triangular button on the # RGs horizontal scroll bar and holding it down, drag the button forward or backward on the horizontal scroll bar. You can configure a maximum of 288 RAID groups for RAID 1 (2D+2D) and 144 RAID groups for RAID 5 (7D+1P). Accordingly, the text box on the right side of the # RGs horizontal scroll bar displays the selected number of RAID groups. The RAID groups number increases or decreases depending on where you place the triangular button on the horizontal scroll bar. You can enter a different RAID group number, or even increment or decrement this number using the UP arrow and Down arrow buttons that appear next to the text box. d. From the Workload list, select the workload for which you want to estimate the XP array s performance. Following are the available workloads: 4k Random Reads, 4k Random Writes, 4k Random Mix (60/40 r/w) 8K Random Reads, 8K Random Writes 56k Sequential Reads, 56k Sequential Writes 64K Sequential Reads, 64K Sequential Writes 512K Sequential Reads, 512K Sequential Writes e. To choose the workload intensity level, click the triangular button on the Intensity horizontal scroll bar and holding it down, drag the button forward or backward on the horizontal scroll bar. The text box on the right side of the Intensity horizontal scroll bar displays the selected intensity level. As you move the triangular button forward or backward, the intensity level displayed in the text box also increases or decreases accordingly. You can also enter a different intensity level, or even increment or decrement this level using the UP arrow and Down arrow buttons that appear next to the text box. Intensity defines the number of parallel threads that are applied on the XP array. Higher the intensity level, faster is the rate at which the workload is executed. Thus, the intensity level is automatically load balanced across the disks. Based on the above selection, PET automatically estimates the values and displays the estimation in the following non-editable text boxes: IO/sec - Indicates the IO/s that the XP array can receive for the selected configuration. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 275

276 MB/sec - Indicates the MB/s of data that the XP array can receive per second for the selected configuration. R.T. (ms) - Indicates the time taken in milliseconds for the XP array to respond for the selected configuration. Number of disks - Indicates the total number of disks that are available per the estimate for the selected configuration. 5. To estimate the Raw Capacity, R1/R5/R6 Usable (GB), and Total Usable (GB) capacities: a. Select the disk size from the Disk Size in GB list. b. Select the RAID type from the RAID Type list. c. To choose the number of RAID groups to be configured for the selected RAID type, click the triangular button on the # RGs horizontal scroll bar and holding it down, drag the button forward or backward on the horizontal scroll bar. You can configure a maximum of 288 RAID groups for RAID 1 (2D+2D) and 144 RAID groups for RAID 5 (7D+1P). Accordingly, the text box on the right side of the # RGs horizontal scroll bar displays the selected number of RAID groups. The RAID groups number increases or decreases depending on where you place the triangular button on the horizontal scroll bar. You can enter a different RAID group number, or even increment or decrement this number using the UP arrow and Down arrow buttons that appear next to the text box. Based on the above selection, PET automatically estimates the values and displays the estimation in the following non-editable text boxes: Raw Capacity - Indicates the cumulative disk space that is available (for both data storage and parity operations) for the selected configuration. R1/R5/R6 Usable (GB) - Indicates the disk space that is available for data storage for the selected configuration. The value shown is applicable only for R1 and R5 RAID types. Total Usable (GB) - Indicates the total disk space that is available for data storage for the selected configuration. The value is same as that displayed for R1/R5 Usable (GB). IMPORTANT: The disk type and the disk size that you select are independent of each other. Each workload has a predefined maximum intensity level and depends on the disk type, RAID type, and RAID groups that you select. Read the above mentioned workloads in the following manner as explained for the 8K Random Mix (60/40) workload: 8K Random Mix (60/40): 8K IO/s comprising of 8,000 random reads and writes. Random Mix IO/s is a random (not sequential) mix of both read and write operations. (60/40) 60% of the IO/s are reads and 40% of the IO/s are writes. 276 Using Performance Estimator for XP arrays

277 14 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications Introduction This chapter discusses the following topics: Introduction on page 277 Associating applications with hosts on page 278 Viewing performance data for resources on page 284 Viewing variations in LDEVs response time on page 289 Searching for applications associated with resources on page 283 Plotting charts on page 290 Example troubleshooting scenarios on page 291 XP Performance Advisor provides a one-stop location to identify bottlenecks in the performance of applications residing on hosts that use XP arrays for storing their data. These hosts are identified using their World Wide Names (WWN). NOTE: The term Hosts here refers to systems on which an application resides. They can be hosts that are completely independent of hosts on which XP Performance Advisor is installed. An application's response to user requests is determined by the performance of all the associated LDEVs, which is attributed to the time taken by LDEVs to process requests. Higher response time from LDEVs leads to increased response time from applications to user requests. Further, an LDEV s response time is determined by the performance of the following resources associated with the LDEV: Ports (Frontend resources) CLPRs (Cache) RAID groups (Backend resources) The performance data for LDEVs, ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups is displayed on the Troubleshooting screen ( Troubleshooting screen on page 285) shows the Troubleshooting screen). It is displayed for a prominent set of metrics that XP Performance Advisor supports. In addition, you can also select additional metrics and view the performance data for these resources. Analyzing performance metrics of LDEVs and associated resources helps identify the resource that is actually leading to the application's high response time. It also enables you to take the necessary corrective action, like load balancing across resources. For example, one of the reasons for an application's high response time can be attributed to the heavy IOPS on the port that is servicing requests to multiple LDEVs, which are associated with different applications. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 277

278 IMPORTANT: An application can reside on multiple hosts that connect to XP arrays. A host can have multiple WWNs to connect to an XP array. The data displayed on the Troubleshooting screen only enables your analysis of the issue and arriving at a probable solution. This screen does not provide a resolution for the issue. Troubleshooting screen You can view the performance data of LDEVs and associated resources for an application on the Troubleshooting screen. This screen appears when you click Troubleshooting in the left pane. Troubleshooting screen on page 285 shows the Troubleshooting screen. Tasks you can perform on the Troubleshooting screen Associating applications with hosts on page 278 Removing association between application and hosts on page 282 Viewing performance data for resources on page 284 Searching for applications associated with resources on page 283 Plotting charts on page 290 Associating applications and viewing resources performance data Following are the high level steps you should perform to troubleshoot performance issues of resources associated with an application: 1. Select an XP array from the Resource selection tree under Troubleshooting in the left pane. 2. Configure the association between an application, host, and WWN. For more information, see Associating applications with hosts on page View the performance data for LDEVs, ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups associated with the application. The data can be viewed at the application, host, and WWN level. For more information, see Viewing performance data for resources on page Plot graphs to analyze the performance of individual resources associated with the application. For more information, see Plotting charts on page 290. Associating applications with hosts Prerequisites Ensure that the following prerequisites are met before associating an application with hosts: Know the application for which you want to troubleshoot the associated LDEVs performance. Know the XP array that has the LDEVs associated with your application. Know the host where your application resides. Know the WWNs for the hosts. Run the XPInfo command at the command prompt of the host where your application resides. The HBA Port WWN in the XPInfo output gives the WWN number. If your host does not have XPinfo, you can download the binary from the Support screen in XP Performance Advisor (click Support on the Dashboard screen) and install it on the host. 278 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

279 Ensure that configuration data collection is complete and performance data collection are in progress for the XP arrays. IMPORTANT: Your application can be associated with LDEVs that are made available through different hosts and WWNs. Initially, when XP Performance Advisor is first installed, the Existing list does not display any application or host entries, as the application to LDEVs association is not yet configured. There is no limit on the number of applications that you can associate with hosts and WWNs. Applications can be associated with resources belonging to only those XP arrays for which configuration data collection are done through the Inband mode. Associating applications with resources belonging to the following legacy XP arrays, XP256, XP48, and XP512 are not supported, because WWNs of the hosts connected to these XP arrays are not available. To start troubleshooting performance issues of resources associated with an application: 1. Click Troubleshooting in the left pane. The list of XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor are displayed in the Resource selection tree under Troubleshooting. 1 Resource selection tree 2. Select the XP array for which you want to associate an application. 3. Click Configure Application. The Configure Application dialog box appears. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 279

280 4. Select the Add option. 5. Select a WWN from the WWNs list. If the selected WWN is already associated with a host, the host name is automatically displayed in the Existing list under Host Name. In this case, the New list is disabled. Choose the existing host or select a different host from the Existing list. Following are examples on when you may want to associate a WWN with the same host or a different existing host: You may choose the same host with which the WWN association already exists in case you want to associate a new application with the existing host and WWN. You may choose a different host for the WWN in case you want to associate the WWN with another host, in addition to the existing host. If the selected WWN does not have a host association, the New option is automatically enabled. Provide the new host name. 6. Click New under Application and provide the application name. If you want to associate an existing application with the selected WWN and host, choose the application from the Existing list under Application Name. 280 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

281 7. Click New under Host and provide the host name. Following are the different possible combinations: Associate a new application with a new host. Associate a new application with an existing host. Associate an existing application with an existing host. To associate an existing application with a new host or existing host, click Existing under Application and select the application name from the list. There may be cases where the LDEVs associated with an application are made available through two hosts belonging to different WWNs. In such cases, you may want to associate the application with both the hosts. If you want to associate an existing host with a new or existing application, click Existing and select the host name from the list. There may be cases where the same set of LDEVs are made available through one host to two different applications. In such cases, you may want to associate the host with both the applications. Associate an existing application with a new host. 8. Click Add/Remove. You are shown an informational message that the application settings are saved. 9. Click Close to come back to the Troubleshooting screen. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 281

282 10. Click the + sign for the XP array in the Resource selection tree to view the following structure in the order mentioned: 1. Application name 2. Host name 3. WWN Related Topics See the following related topics: Removing association between application and hosts on page 282 Viewing performance data for resources on page 284 Searching for applications associated with resources on page 283 Viewing variations in LDEVs response time on page 289 Plotting charts on page 290 Removing association between application and hosts To remove association between an application and the corresponding host and WWN: 1. Click Troubleshooting in the left pane. The list of XP arrays monitored by XP Performance Advisor are displayed in the Resource selection tree under Troubleshooting. 2. Click the + sign for the XP array, for which you want to remove the association between an application and the corresponding host, and WWN. 3. Click Configure Application. The Configure Application dialog box appears. 4. Select Remove option. 5. From the Existing list under Application Name, select the application that you want to remove. 6. Click Add/Remove. You are shown an informational message that the application settings are removed. 7. Click Close to come back to the Troubleshooting screen. Related Topics 282 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

283 See the following related topics: Associating applications with hosts on page 278 Viewing performance data for resources on page 284 Searching for applications associated with resources on page 283 Plotting charts on page 290 Searching for applications associated with resources You can search for a particular application that is using a resource, if you know the resource name or ID associated with the application. IMPORTANT: The Search results are specific to an XP array. It does not support searching for resources that are spread across multiple XP arrays. You can search for only one resource at a time. To search for an application: 1. Select the XP array in the Resource selection tree. 2. Select the appropriate resource type from the Component Type list. The Search function is supported for the following component types: WWN Host Port CLPR LDEV RG 3. Specify the name of the resource in the adjacent text box and click the Search icon. The Search Results dialog box appears and displays the application, host, and WWN with which the resource is associated. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 283

284 4. Click the application, host, or WWN in the Search Results dialog box. The appropriate node is automatically highlighted in the Resource selection tree. In the above figure, the resource searched is port, CL2B. The Search Results dialog box displays the application, host, WWN that are associated with CL2B. If you click T7, the T7 node under XP array, is highlighted. In addition, the corresponding record for CL2B is highlighted in the Port table. Viewing performance data for resources You can view the performance data of LDEVs, ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups at the following levels, where data is accordingly filtered and displayed: Viewing data Application level Host level WWN level Description Displays performance data of LDEVs, ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups associated with an application are displayed. Displays performance data of LDEVs, ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups associated with an application through the specific host and its WWN are displayed. Displays performance data of LDEVs, ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups associated with an application through the specific WWN are displayed. This is valid in cases where your host uses multiple WWNs to connect to an XP array. To view the performance data of resources associated with an application: 1. Click the + sign for an XP array in the Resource selection tree under Troubleshooting. The list expands to display the configured applications. The applications displays the associated hosts and the hosts display the associated WWNs. You can also search for an application that is using resources in an XP array. For more information, see Searching for applications associated with resources on page Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

285 . 2. Based on your requirement, select an application or choose the host or WWN associated with an application: To select a host, click the + sign for an application and select the host from the list of hosts. To select a WWN, click the + sign for an application, host, and select the WWN from the list of WWNs. The Troubleshooting screen displays the associated LDEVs, ports, RAID groups (including pool ID), and CLPRs performance data in the respective tables. If you have set the duration for which XP Performance Advisor must analyze and show the variation in the average read or write response of LDEVs, the following message appears on the Troubleshooting screen: XP Performance Advisor is analyzing the Average Read/Write Response time for the LDEVs. This may take some time. Please wait... The time taken to analyze the average read and write response values for the LDEVs and display the data on the Troubleshooting screen is directly proportional to the duration that you set. For more information on setting the duration, see Setting the duration to predict the LDEV response time on page 83. If your selection is at the application level, the performance data of LDEVs and associated resources is collected from all the hosts and WWNs associated with the application, and displayed on the Troubleshooting screen. Hence, the data displayed is a superset of the data that you view at the host or WWN level. If your selection is at the host level, only the performance data available through the selected host (inclusive of all the WWN for the host) is displayed on the Troubleshooting screen. If your selection is at the WWN level, only the performance data available through the selected WWN is displayed on the Troubleshooting screen. Figure 22 Troubleshooting screen LDEV table Port table CLPR table RAID Group table Click an LDEV ID to view the associated port, CLPR, and RAID group records highlighted in the respective tables. In the above figure, for the LDEV ID, 0:59, the corresponding records highlighted are: CL1E and CL7E in the Port table CLPR 0 and CLPR 1 in the CLPR table HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 285

286 1 1 RAID group in the RAID Group table Related Topics See the following related topics: Associating applications with hosts on page 278 Removing association between application and hosts on page 282 Searching for applications associated with resources on page 283 Plotting charts on page 290 Viewing data for prominent set of metrics When you select an application, host, or WWN for an XP array, the performance data of LDEVs, ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups is displayed on the Troubleshooting screen for the following prominent set of metrics. Table 6 Prominent metrics for LDEVs Resources LDEVs Default metrics Avg Read/Write Resp Time IOPS MBPS Description Average Read and Average Write Response time. Total IO/s happening on the LDEVs. Total MB/s of data written to the LDEVs. In addition, the replication status for LDEVs is also displayed under Replication Attribute. This data helps you to know if a particular LDEV is being used as a replication volume (Cont. Access volume or Business Copy volume). For are the example replication statuses: SMPL(CA)/SMPL(BC): Indicates that the LDEV is not configured as a Cont. Access or BC volume. PVOL(CA)/SMPL(BC): Indicates that the LDEV is configured only as a PVOL for Cont. Access. Further, the performance data for ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups is also retrieved for the following prominent metrics. Table 7 Default metrics for RAID groups, ports, and CLPRs Resources RAID groups Ports Default metrics DKA Util % RG Util % IOPS MBPS MP Util % Description Total utilization of each DKA pair associated with a RAID group. Total utilization of each RAID group. Total IO/s happening through the ports. Total MB/s of data transferred through the ports. Average of individual MP utilization on each port. 286 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

287 Resources CLPRs Default metrics Write Pending % Read Hit Cache Usage Description Percentage of data pending to be written to an LDEV. Percentage of data read from an LDEV. Total Percentage of CLPR usage data. In addition, the following details are also displayed: RAID group table: DKA Pair: Displays the DKA pair associated with the particular LDEV. RG: Displays the RAID group number associated with the particular LDEV. Pool ID: Displays the ThP pool ID. In XP24000, XP20000, and SVS200 type arrays: If the RAID group is contributing to only one ThP pool, the respective ThP pool ID is displayed. If the RAID group is contributing to more than one ThP pool, the first ThP pool ID is displayed. The corresponding RAID group is marked with * to indicate that the RAID group is contributing to more than one ThP pool. If the RAID group is not contributing to any ThP pool, is displayed under Pool ID. In case of XP arrays prior to XP24000 type array, NA is displayed under Pool ID, as ThP cannot be configured in these XP arrays. Port table: Port ID: Displays the port associated with the particular LDEV. CHA MP: Displays the MP that is associated with the port. The details of the partner port that is associated with the same MP is also displayed. The partner port record appears in grey. When you plot the usage graphs for these ports (primary and partner ports), you be able to analyze if the partner port is overloading the MP that is also associated with the primary port. NOTE: The appropriate status icons (,, or ) are displayed for MP Util (%), Write Pending (%), DKA Util (%), and RG Util (%) based on the corresponding resource utilization. These status icons are derived based on the threshold values that you set on the Threshold Settings screen. For more information on the status icons, see XP array health on page 107. For more information on setting threshold values, see Setting performance threshold limits on page 102. You can also forecast the utilization of the DKA, RAID group, Cache write pending, and MP. For more information, see Forecasting utilization on page 250. Viewing data for additional metrics The additional set of metrics are listed in the Metrics list above the respective LDEV, Port, CLPR, and RAID groups tables. These are metrics for which you can view data for the same set of LDEVs, ports, CLPRs, and RAID groups that are initially displayed for the selected application, host, or WWN. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 287

288 The additional set of metrics that XP Performance Advisor supports for LDEVs are as follows: Table 8 Additional metrics for LDEVs Resources LDEVs Additional LDEV metrics Random I/O Sequential I/O Description The total random IO/s on the LDEV during the entire collection interval. The total sequential IO/s on the LDEV during the entire collection interval. Reads Sum of random reads and sequential reads on the LDEV during the entire collection interval. Writes Sum of random writes and sequential writes on the LDEV during the entire collection interval. The additional set of metrics that XP Performance Advisor supports for RAID groups, Ports, and CLPRs are as follows: Table 9 Additional metrics for RAID groups, ports, and CLPRs Resources RAID groups Additional Frontend, Cache, and Backend metrics Non Seq Reads Description The total backend tracks loaded in random mode for a specified RAID group. Ports CLPRs Seq Reads Writes Max IOPS Max MBPS Cache Size Side File Usage % The total backend tracks loaded in sequential mode for a specified RAID group. The total backend tracks destaged for a specified RAID group. The average IO/s on the port over an entire collection interval. The maximum MB/s of data that was read from or written to an LDEV through the port. Total size of the CLPR shown in MB/s. Utilization of the sidefile shown as a percentage value. To view data for the additional set of metrics: 1. Based on whether you want to view additional data in the LDEV, Port, CLPR, or RAID Group table, navigate to the corresponding Metrics list. 288 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

289 2. Select the check box for the metrics for which you want to view related resource performance data. The performance data of resources pertaining to the selected metric is displayed as a separate column in the LDEV, Port, CLPR, or RAID Group table for which the metric is chosen. In the above figure, the Seq Reads metric is selected. The performance data of resources pertaining to Seq Reads is displayed in a separate column, in the RAID Group table. Viewing variations in LDEVs response time Consider that your application has association with multiple LDEVs and is experiencing slow response time. Because some of the resources, such as RAID group and CHIP MP are shared, their utilization might not indicate an impact on the application in question. Instead, you can identify the LDEV that is experiencing variations in its response time by analyzing the LDEV's read and write response time values. Then, you can verify the utilization of associated resources, such as CHIP MP, RAID group, and DKA to take the appropriate action. XP Performance Advisor analyses the previous average read and write response values of an LDEV for the duration you specified in the User Settings screen (see Setting the duration to predict the LDEV response time on page 83). It computes a reference value based on the actual data for the specified duration and verifies whether the average read and write response values of an LDEV are beyond the reference value. If the values are high, it displays a for the corresponding LDEV in the LDEV table. On clicking the, the LDEV average read and write response time graph appears, the graph displays the variations in the average read and write response time of the selected LDEV. NOTE: The reference value used by XP Performance Advisor cannot be configured. corresponds to Avg Read/Write Response Time Variations XP Performance Advisor also displays the duration when the variations were observed. The durations and the corresponding dates when the load was high on the LDEVs are displayed in a table. If you do not want to view the table, clear the Show Peak Load check box in the Chart Work Area. You can view performance graphs related to other metrics and analyze the cause for the performance load on the LDEVs. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 289

290 The reference value used by XP Performance Advisor is displayed as a blue straight line in the LDEV average read and write response time graph. Plotting charts You can select and plot charts for resources in the LDEVs, Port, CLPR, and RAID group tables. To plot charts for the selected resources and metrics: 1. On the Troubleshooting screen, select the resources for which you want to plot charts. The resources can belong to the LDEV, Port, CLPR, and RAID Group tables. While selecting the records, press the Shift key for sequential selection of multiple resources, or the Ctrl key for random selection of multiple resources. 2. Click Plot Chart in the respective tables, where you have selected the resources. The Plot Chart is enabled only when you select a resource. The Plot Chart dialog box appears with the list of supported metrics. 290 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

291 3. Select the check box for the metric, for which you want to view the performance graph of the selected resources, and click OK. XP Performance Advisor plots appropriate performance graphs in the Chart Work Area. By default, the data points are plotted for the last 1 hour of the management station's time. For more information on using charts and chart options, see Plotting charts. NOTE: When you plot the average read or write response graph for an LDEV, XP Performance Advisor also displays a table by default that provides the duration and the corresponding date when the load was high on the LDEV. If you do not want to view the table, clear the selection for the Show Peak Load check box. Related Topics See the following related topics: Associating applications with hosts on page 278 Removing association between application and hosts on page 282 Viewing performance data for resources on page 284 Viewing variations in LDEVs response time on page 289 Searching for applications associated with resources on page 283 Example troubleshooting scenarios Following are the example use cases for understanding troubleshooting functionality: Application has 3 LDEVs from XP mapped to it through two different ports (1A and 5A). There is one CLPR (CLPR10) that hosts these LDEVs: LDEV 1: RG 1-1: RAID1 (2D+2D) LDEV 2: RG 1-2: RAID5 (3D+1D) LDEV 3: RG 2-1, 2-2: RAID5 (14D+2P) Issue 1 High utilization of CHA MP on port 5A causing response time to increase for all LDEVs associated with the application. The MP in question manages another port (7A) whose IOPS are high in number causing the MP utilization to go up. Port 7A does not have any LDEVs mapped to the host in question. Steps for troubleshooting: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 291

292 1. Launch XP Performance Advisor. 2. Navigate to the troubleshooting screen. 3. Select the XP array. 4. Select the application. 5. Identify ports associated with the LDEVs mapped to the application. In this case, this should bring up ports 1A and 5A. 6. Note the IOPS and MBPS for 1A. Plot a chart of the trend of IOPS and MBPS. 7. Identify the MP associated with port 1A and note the utilization of the MP. Plot a chart of the trend of MP utilization. 8. Note the IOPS and MBPS for 5A. Plot a chart of the trend of IOPS and MBPS. 9. Identify the MP associated with each of the ports 5A and note the utilization of the MP. Plot a chart of the trend of MP utilization. MP utilization for port 5A should show up a higher utilization value even while the port IOPS and MBPS for 5A are not relatively higher. 10. Identify the port 7A serviced by the MP. The port IOPS and/or MBPS should show up a relatively higher value. Plot a chart of the trend of IOPS and MBPS for port 7A. 11. Based on the trend of utilization for MP and IOPS/MBPS noted for port 7A, the reason for poor response time could be attributed to the overloading of the CHA MP by hosts using port 7A. 12. Generate a report of the findings above. Issue 2 RG 1-2 hosting LDEV2 is overloaded and is operating at 90% utilization. All the LDEVs carved out of RG 1-2 are heavy on IOPS leading to LDEV2 for the application having higher response time. Steps for troubleshooting: 1. Launch XP Performance Advisor. 2. Navigate to the troubleshooting screen. 3. Select the XP array. 4. Select the application. 5. Identify RGs associated with the LDEVs mapped to the application. In this case, this should bring up RGs 1-1, 1-2, 2-1 and Note the IOPS, MBPS and response time values for all the 3 LDEVs. Plot a chart of the IOPS, MBPS and response time. The response time metrics for LDEV2 should show up as being relatively higher as compared to LDEV1 and LDEV3. 7. Identify the RG associated with LDEV2. 8. Note the overall utilization of the RG 1-2 associated with LDEV2. Plot a chart of the utilization for RG 1-2, along with all the corresponding LDEV utilization. The trend of the overall RG utilization should indicate a higher value. The trend of the individual LDEV utilizations of the RG members should also indicate a higher value. 292 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

293 9. Based on the trend of the utilization values of the RG and its LDEVs, the reason for poor response time on LDEV2 could be attributed to the overloading of the RG 1-2. Also, it could be inferred that RG 1-2 is hot due to the heavy load generated by all the LDEVs. In case the LDEV loads are not balanced, the possible solution could be to relocate some of the busy LDEVs on to another RG. 10. Generate a report of the findings above. Issue 3 Incorrect cache partitioning on the XP disk array leads to large number of cache misses for read operations for the LDEVs presented to the application. This causes the response time to go up for LDEVs mapped to the application. Steps for troubleshooting: 1. Launch XP Performance Advisor. 2. Navigate to the troubleshooting screen. 3. Select the XP array. 4. Select the application. 5. Identify CLPR associated with the LDEVs mapped to the application. In this case, this should bring up CLPR Note the cache usage and read hits on the CLPR10 and plot a chart of the read hits. The trend should indicate a lower value for read hits and higher value for cache usage. 7. Note the read/write pattern for each of the LDEVs associated with the application. Plot a chart of the Read response time, Random Reads, Sequential Reads and Read cache hits. The trend should indicate a lower percentage of read hits and higher value for Read response time. 8. Based on the trend of the cache usage, cache read hits and LDEV s read hits, the reason for poor response time on all the LDEVs belonging to the application could be attributed to the incorrect size of the cache partition on CLPR10 for the nature of IO/s being generated on the LDEVs associated with the application. 9. Generate a report of the findings above. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 293

294 294 Troubleshooting issues for resources associated with applications

295 15 Launching XP Application Performance Extender from XP Performance Advisor You can launch XP Application Performance Extender from XP Performance Advisor GUI. XP Application Performance Extender is a software that enables you to monitor, analyze, and prioritize the performance of critical applications running on XP20000 or XP24000 disk arrays. XP disk array resources can be prioritized by application and time, so high-priority host traffic experiences the best performance always. XP Application Performance Extender is supported on HP-UX, Windows, and Linux hosts connected to XP disk arrays. Before launching XP Application Performance Extender from XP Performance Advisor, enter the IP address or DNS name of the management station where XP Application Performance Extender is installed, in the AppIntegrations.properties file. APP1_SERVER = <IP address> or <DNS name> of the XP Application Performance Extender management station The AppIntegrations.properties file is located in the <Installation_drive>:hpss/pa/ properties folder on the management station where XP Performance Advisor is installed. IMPORTANT: Ensure that the AppIntegrations.properties file name is not modified, as XP Performance Advisor refers to this file for the XP Application Performance Extender management station address every time it launches XP Application Performance Extender. By default, the XP Application Performance Extender tomcat service uses port 8080 for its communication with XP Performance Advisor. If you want to use a different port number, refer to the HP StorageWorks XP Application Performance Extender Software User Guide to verify whether XP Application Performance Extender supports the port number you want to use. Do not modify the default values specified for the other parameters in the AppIntegrations.properties file. To launch XP Application Performance Extender: 1. Click HP XP APEX in the left pane on the Dashboard screen. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 295

296 . 2. On the HP StorageWorks XP Application Performance Extender Software screen, click Launch HP StorageWorks XP Application Performance Extender Software. The text displayed on the HP StorageWorks XP Application Performance Extender Software screen is taken from the AppIntegrations.properties file. So, ensure that the text is not changed in the AppIntegrations.properties file. Figure 23 HP StorageWorks XP Application Performance Extender Software screen The XP Application Performance Extender home page is displayed in a separate IE browser window. IMPORTANT: Only one session of XP Application Performance Extender can be active at a time. If you close the current session of XP Application Performance Extender, wait for at least 15 seconds before you launch another session. If you are not able to launch XP Application Performance Extender from XP Performance Advisor, verify the following: If the XP Application Performance Extender management station's IP address or DNS name specified in the AppIntegrations.properties file is correct and if the management station is active. If the port number specified for XP Application Performance Extender in the AppIntegrations.properties file is supported by XP Application Performance Extender (default port number:8080). If XP Application Performance Extender cannot be launched even after you have verified the above-mentioned, contact your HP representative for support. 296 Launching XP Application Performance Extender from XP Performance Advisor

297 16 Launching XP Performance Advisor from XP Tiered Storage Manager Software Introduction The XP Tiered Storage Manager Software (TSM) is used to perform migration, where data stored on one volume is moved to another volume. TSM moves data on predefined set of volumes to another set of volumes with the same characteristics. Thus, archiving data and freeing up the current volume for use by other applications. There can be situations where data residing on volumes (LDEVs) in XP arrays is not frequently accessed. Such data can be moved to a lower performing tier. LDEVs that are experiencing high IO/s should be moved to a higher performing tier, or to a lower utilized RAID group within the same tier to balance performance. To identify the set of volumes or LDEVs for data migration, use XP Performance Advisor where you can view the usage data for LDEVs and related RAID groups in the form of charts. XP Performance Advisor displays charts for the selected LDEVs, for the specified metric category, metric, and duration. You can analyze the charts to know the LDEVs and related RAID groups that have less frequently used data. The charts displayed show the data read-write and the IO/s for the selected LDEVs and their associated RAID groups. Further, based on the data projected, you can decide on the data that needs to be migrated to lesser used volumes. Use TSM to move data from the source volumes to other target volumes that satisfy the performance (Service Level Objectives) for that data. This is especially useful in cases where the performance required for the volumes changes with the passage of time. Link and launch of XP Performance Advisor is supported by TSM from v onwards. Once launched, the charts for LDEVs are displayed in the TSM GUI for all the XP array types that XP Performance Advisor supports. For more information on TSM, see the manuals set provided for XP Tiered Storage Manager Software on the HP Manuals page. XP Performance Advisor can be launched for Migration Group volumes, Storage Tier volumes, and in the Create Migration Task operation in order to facilitate selection of source and target volumes. Viewing performance graphs for LDEVs To access XP Performance Advisor from TSM and view the charts for LDEVs belonging to a storage domain: 1. On the TSM window, expand Storage Domains to view the list of storage domains. 2. From the list, expand the storage domain for which you want to view the performance graphs of the associated LDEVs. The Migration Groups and Storage Tiers are displayed. 3. Click Migration Groups. The Migration Groups window is displayed. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 297

298 4. Click the link provided for the migration group name. All the LDEVs that belong to the selected migration group are displayed under the Volume List tab. NOTE: To view the performance graphs for all the LDEVs in a migration group, click the icon under Action in the Migration Groups table. Then, log in to XP Performance Advisor (see step 7). 5. Under the Volume List tab, select the LDEV records for which you want to view their usage and IO/s details. 6. Click Analyze Performance. The XP Performance Advisor Login page is displayed. IMPORTANT: The location of the XP Performance Advisor management station and other parameters are defined in the TSM hppa.properties file. For more information, see the HP StorageWorks XP Tiered Storage Manager Software Administrator Guide. If you have already logged into XP Performance Advisor using the specified management station address, the XP Performance Advisor Login screen is not displayed. You are directly shown the XP Performance Advisor screen, where you can select the metric and the duration to view the graphs. 298 Launching XP Performance Advisor from XP Tiered Storage Manager Software

299 7. Enter your user name, password, and click Login. The Frontend IO Metrics chart window appears in the Chart Work Area displaying the performance graphs for the selected LDEVs. You can also select additional metrics from the Choose Metrics box. For more information, see Plotting charts on page 213. NOTE: Once you login, the session is valid for the next 24 hours. In addition to the LDEVs, you can also view the performance graphs of the other associated resources, such as frontend, backend resources. For more information, see Plotting charts on page 213. You can also use the other XP Performance Advisor screens to perform tasks, such as generating reports, viewing events. For more information on the functionality and related procedures, see the individual chapters in this guide. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 299

300 300 Launching XP Performance Advisor from XP Tiered Storage Manager Software

301 17 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor Overview This document describes how to troubleshoot problems that you may encounter while using the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software. HP tools for troubleshooting and visualizing data HP provides you XPWatch and XPSketch to troubleshoot and visualize data in a graphical format. XPWatch enables you to troubleshoot XP Arrays and collect different metrics, and XPSketch enables you to visualize the metrics in a graphical format. Both XPWatch and XPSketch can be downloaded from the Support screen of XP Perf Advisor. XPWatch for troubleshooting XP Arrays XPWatch is a tool provided by HP for troubleshooting XP Arrays and collecting various performance metrics of XP Arrays. In addition to the console output, XPWatch also provides the data in a CSV format. The CSV file can be loaded in XPSketch to obtain a visual representation of the data. To download XPWatch tool and the help file: 1. On the Support screen of XP Perf Advisor, go to Tools. 2. Click the XPWatch link to download the XPWatch Zip file to a Windows or HP-UX management host, depending on the operation system installed. XPSketch for visualizing data collected using XPWatch XPSketch is a tool provided by HP to enable XP Perf Advisor users to visualize the data collected through XPWatch. XPSketch requires the.csv file (obtained from XPWatch) as the input file for displaying a graphical representation of the data. You can copy the.csv file from the management host to a XP Perf Advisor client system, and then open the.csv file in XPSketch. To download XPSketch tool and the help file: 1. On the Support screen of XP Perf Advisor, go to Tools. 2. Click XPSketch (Win 32) link to download XPSketch Zip file to a XP Perf Advisor server, your local system, or a remote system. After the download, the XPSketch tool can work independently of XP Perf Advisor. Click XPWatch and XPSketch Reference Guide link to download the documentation on XPWatch and XPSketch to a management host or your local system. XP Perf Advisor log selection tool The XP Perf Advisor log selection tool is an utility provided with XP Perf Advisor. If you encounter issues with XP Perf Advisor that might require support intervention, this utility can be used to collect data required for analysis when you reproduce the issue. The log can be generated at the following different levels: Error HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 301

302 All Debug Fatal Info Warn Off The log details can be saved (compressed zip format) and provided to the HP XP Perf Advisor Support team for further offline analysis of the issue. Once the log is provided you can choose to set the log level as 'Off'. You can access this utility by entering your server name followed by /pa, and xppalogchanger.jsp in the browser address line. http(s)://[server name]/pa/xppalogchanger.jsp. You can also access this utility over a secure connection, the url is name].[domain name]/pa/xppalogchanger.jsp. If the DNS server cannot locate the management station and open the default XP Perf Advisor applet, enter http(s)://[ip address]/pa/xppalogchanger.jsp. To generate the log, do the following: 1. Select the log level. 2. Select the required XPPA Class from the list. 3. Click Apply Changes. The data is written in to PA.log that is available at the following location: %HPPS_HOME%\pa\tomcat\logs For example, if you select Error as the log level for any XPPA class, all the error messages that are generated for that particular class are provided in the PA.log file. For offline analysis, HP recommends that you select all the XP PA classes and set the log level as 'All' to obtain complete information of all the classes and levels in the log file. You have to send all the PA*.log files for analysis to the HP XP Perf Advisor Support team in a compressed format. Alarms are not being sent by Go to the management station at: &\hpss\pa\properties and edit the serverparameters.properties file, using a text editor. Find the field named SMTP_Servers_And_Ports, and enter one or more SMTP server names. For more information, see the comments in the file. NOTE: Stop and then start the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat service. Average values are higher than maximum values If the average values for Port metrics are showing higher than the maximum values for XP and XP set of arrays, you need to upgrade the array firmware to or later. 302 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

303 Browser refresh problem If the browser does not display the table of contents in the Online Help: 1. Go to Tools > Internet Options > General Settings. 2. Under Temporary Internet files, click Settings. 3. Select Every time you start Internet Explorer. CLUI commands fail if invalid user credentials are given during CLUI installation CLUI commands fail with Invalid username/password error if invalid user name and/or password are given, or if the user name and/or password fields are left blank during CLUI installation. CLUI commands also fail giving java exception error if you insert special characters like hyphen (-), underscore (_), double quotes ( ) instead of colon (:) in between your user name and password during the installation. (The format for providing the user credentials is username:password). However, you can make the commands work by updating the property file with valid user credentials. (To know the definition of a valid user, refer to the HP StorageWorks Performance Advisor XP Software Command-line User Interface Reference Guide). To update the property file: 1. Open the Command Prompt (DOS prompt in Windows). 2. If CLUI is installed on a Windows platform, in the Command Prompt window, navigate to C:\ Program Files\Hewlett-Packard\Performance Advisor\clui directory location. If CLUI is installed on an AIX, HP-UX, Linux, or Sun Solaris platform, navigate to /opt/xppa/clui directory location. 3. If CLUI is installed on a Windows platform, in the Command Prompt window, type proputility.bat -i at the C:\Program Files\Hewlett-Packard\Performance Advisor\clui prompt and press Enter. C:\Program Files\Hewlett-Packard\Performance Advisor\clui> proputility.bat -i If CLUI is installed on an AIX, HP-UX, Linux, or Sun Solaris platform, type proputility.bat -i at the /opt/xppa/clui prompt and press Enter. /opt/xppa/clui> proputility.bat -i The following text is displayed in the same command prompt window. You are also prompted to modify the existing settings as applicable. In addition to prompting you for enabling the IPv6 and SSL settings, and modify the IP address of the management station, you are also prompted to modify the existing user name and password. This utility creates and maintains the wrapper.properties file. You may hit enter to keep the current (or default) values for each entry. Would you like to Enable IPv6? y or n. [n]: Enter the Management Station name or IP: Have you installed and configured Secure Socket Layer (SSL) on the management station's web server? Enabling SSL is optional and not required to run Performance Advisor. y or n. [n]: Enter a username and password pair <use the form user:passwd>: 4. Enter the correct user name and password, and press Enter. You are displayed an informational message that the properties file is updated. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 303

304 CLUI command gives Java error If CLUI (Command Line User Interface) commands fail with the error: "Exception in thread "main" java.lang.outofmemoryerror: Java heap space", you need to increase the Java size by adding new java options -xms & -xmx for the failed command. To increase the Java heap size for a batch file: 1. Open the batch file from: <install directory>:\program Files\Hewlett-Packard\Performance Advisor\clui\<file.bat> 2. Replace the following line: %javacmd% -Djava.cmd=%javacmd% -Dinstall.dir="%installdir%" -cp %classpath% com.hp.xpsl.clui.xppacli %COMMAND% %* with %javacmd% -Djava.cmd=%javacmd% -Dinstall.dir="%installdir%" -Xms256m -Xmx1024m -cp %classpath% com.hp.xpsl.clui.xppacli %COMMAND% %* Daylight savings time error The following message appears in the application event log: Database Warning - Primary Key Unique Constraint Violation: This may be due to a change of time on a host (i.e. daylight savings) This warning occurs when the time on the host agent has changed either because of daylight savings time or a manual change was made. The error should stop occurring as soon as the amount of time that changed, such as one hour for daylight savings time, has passed. Delays in alarm dispatch and notification generation If you detect delays in alarm dispatches and the generation of notifications, ensure that the XP Perf Advisor management station and the host are in the same time zone and have the same time settings. You must also verify that the Oracle service is running. However, if there are reports scheduled at the same time as the alarm notification, then the notification through may get delayed. This is because XP Perf Advisor uses the same mechanism to send both alarm notifications and reports to users. Entries in the event log during database size modification The alarm dispatcher failure exceptions, XML exception, document messages, and report dispatcher thread exceptions may occur and be logged in the Event log file, when the Oracle database size is being modified. These exceptions can be ignored safely. Event log not updating If events are not updated in the event log as soon as an operation is done, then check the time difference between the machine from where the XP Perf Advisor application is launched using the web browser and management station where XP Perf Advisor is installed. If there is a time difference between the management station and the machine from where the XP Perf Advisor application is launched you must include the management station time in the Event Log screen. To add the management station time: 304 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

305 1. Log into XP Perf Advisor. 2. Click Event Log in the left pane. 3. In the Start Time and End Time section, set the hour and time corresponding to that of the management station. Host does not appear To ensure that the host station appears in the host information: 1. Verify that the management station network address entered in the paxp_service.properties file is correct. 2. Verify the network configuration by pinging the host. 3. Verify the browser compatibility. 4. Verify that you have installed the correct version of the XP Perf Advisor host agent. NOTE: The XP Perf Advisor management station and host agent versions must always be same. Host Agent: Verifying that it is operational To verify that the Host agent is operational: 1. Verify that the HP Performance Advisor XP HostAgent service is running on Windows, or a host agent daemon is running on UNIX. On UNIX, enter ps -ef grep -i java and look for the /opt/xppa/jre/bin... in the process list. 2. Stop and start the host agent service on Windows or the host agent daemon on UNIX. For instructions on stopping and starting the host agent, see Host Agent File Locations and Start/Stop Commands. Windows host agent services To stop the Windows host agent service (HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent): a. Go to the Services window. b. Right-click HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent. c. Click Stop in the drop down list. To stop the Windows host agent realtime service (HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server): a. Go to the Services dialog box. b. Right-click HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server. c. Click Stop in the drop down list. To start the host agent and realtime service, repeat steps a and b mentioned for stopping the Windows host agent and realtime service, and click Start in the drop down list. UNIX host agent services To stop: The HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent service, type /opt/xppa/hostagent/sbin/ xppa stop in the command prompt window. The HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server service, type /opt/xppa/realtime/ xprealtime stop in the command prompt window. To start: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 305

306 The HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent service, type /opt/xppa/hostagent/sbin/ xppa start in the command prompt window. The HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server, type /opt/xppa/realtime/xprealtime start in the command prompt window. 3. View the version string and verify that it is the same version as appears on the GUI screen. Host does not appear in the management station If the host agent does not appear in the management station, check the following: Verify the network configuration by pinging the management station from the host agent Verify that the host agent version and the management station version are the same Verify if the host agent services are running On non Windows platforms, run the following command: ps -ef grep -i xppa Verify if the IP Address or the hostname of the management station is correct in paxp_services.properties file located at <Install_Dir>\xppa\hostagent\config for Windows and /opt/xppa/config for non Windows platforms. Host does not appear in the management station after upgrading the management station version If the host does not appear in the management station after the management station version is updated: 1. For a Linux host agent, remove the existing version of the host agent software from the Linux hosts pointing to the management station before upgrading the management station version. 2. After upgrading management station to the new version, download the host agent depots from the Support screen of XP Perf Advisor and install them on the host machines. NOTE: Check the required version of RMLIB is installed. Ensure that software versions of XP Perf Advisor management station and the host agent are the same. 3. Collect the configuration and performance data for XP arrays monitored by those hosts. Java console has exceptions The following are possible causes for exceptions in the Java console: The Tomcat engine is not running The database is empty The exceptions are from earlier problems and are no longer relevant To resolve this issue: 1. Go to Start > Settings > Control Panel > Services 2. Select HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat service. 306 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

307 3. Select the Start button if the Status field is blank. 4. Clear the Java Console and restore the current page Logging into XP Perf Advisor The following error message appears when you log into XP Perf Advisor: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat services may not be started! To resolve this issue: 1. In Internet Explorer, go to Tools > Internet Options. 2. In the Connections tab, click LAN Settings. 3. In the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings dialog box, click Advanced. 4. In the Exceptions box, type the IP address or fully qualified domain name of the management station. Login screen does not display in browser In certain environments, the XP Perf Advisor Login screen may not be displayed. This occurs when the XP Perf Advisor browser client starts, and XP Perf Advisor does not recognize that Java Plug-in 1.5 is installed. To clear the Java Plug-in cache: 1. Close all web browser application windows 2. Open the Windows Control Panel, and click Java Plug-in 3. In the Java Plug-in Control Panel dialog, click the Cache tab 4. Click Clear 5. In the Confirmation Needed - Cache dialog, click Yes 6. Close the Java Plug-in Control Panel dialog box Maintaining versions for host agent logs You can maintain a minimum of three versions of the XP Perf Advisor host agent log file (PerformanceAdvisorXP.log) for your reference in troubleshooting host agent issues. This is applicable on all the supported operating platforms for XP Perf Advisor host agents. In the paxp_services.properties file, specify the number of versions you want to maintain against the Logger.NoOfFiles field. By default, a maximum of three log files are maintained. When the log file is created, the date and time stamp of the log file gets appended to the PerformanceAdvisorXP.log file name. Following is the file naming convention: <yyyy-mm-dd_hh-mm-ss>_performanceadvisorxp.log. When the number of files and the specified size for each of the files have reached the maximum set limit, the log file with the oldest date and time stamp is deleted, and a new file with the present date and time is created. In thepaxp_services.properties file, you can also set the minimum file size by specifying the value for the Logger.LogFileSize field. By default, 100MB is the minimum file size. The file size value can either be appended by MB or GB. If you choose to see the file size in GB, the minimum file size be 1GB. If the log file size grows beyond this specified value, the data being written into the existing log file is brought to a logical conclusion and another version of the log file is automatically created. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 307

308 NOTE: The host agent service need not be restarted for any of the above-mentioned modifications made to the paxp_services.properties file. Management station is not collecting performance data 1. Verify that the host name appears under the Host Information tab (Array View > Host Information). 2. Verify that schedules are created for the performance data collection under the Performance Collection tab. Data does not appear until two data collection intervals have elapsed. Management station: Verifying that it is operational To ensure that the management station collects data: 1. Verify that the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database and HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat services are running. 2. Verify that JRE 1.6 update 18 is installed by entering java - version at the command line prompt (from the management station home directory). Network configuration To configure the network: 1. Verify that the two systems can ping each other by IP address and symbolic name 2. For each machine, verify that the machine's DNS IP address returned by nslookup matches the IP address reported by ipconfig 3. Check basic http file access. Enter ListClient.xml to see if the web browser can perform simple file access that does not use any Java code XP Perf Advisor and CLUI are not receiving performance data from the database The XP Perf Advisor GUI and CLUI do not receive data although it is reflected in the database and no errors are noted in the log files or Java Console. To resolve this problem, verify that the host system clock is set within one year of the management station clock. XP Perf Advisor GUI client and PCAnywhere When PCAnywhere is installed on a host that is used to start the XP Perf Advisor GUI client browser (either a XP Perf Advisor management station or any XP Perf Advisor GUI client host), the XP Perf Advisor GUI client browser may hang after you enter the user name and password. To avoid this problem, install DirectX 9B or later on the host where PCAnywhere is installed. 308 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

309 XP Perf Advisor shows disconnected external arrays XP Perf Advisor continues to show disconnected external devices from external volumes if the external device is disconnected abruptly (by unplugging the FC cable). To avoid the disconnected external devices from showing up, ensure that external devices are disconnected using the recommended method. In case an external storage volume is disconnected abruptly, take recovery action for the traps generated in SVP and start a fresh discovery. Performance data collection does not start To start the performance data collection in case of a problem: 1. Select the host record under the Host Information tab (Array View > Host Information). 2. Click Request Info and wait until the status is updated to show as Received. This verifies that the host and management station are communicating with each other. 3. If the host is a windows machine, check that the GUID is created properly. See the HP Storage- Works XP Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide for configuring the GUID. RAID Manager Library Problems with the RAID Manager Library can manifest itself in several ways. The most common symptoms are exceptions or error messages that indicate a shared library is not found or could not be accessed. This can happen use might be that the symbolic link from XP Perf Advisor to the RAID Manager Library has been broken, or that portions of the library have been removed. CAUTION: Making any changes to RMLIB can disrupt the operation of Continuous Access, Business Copy, or any other application that uses RMLIB. Restarting the performance data collection in case of a disk failure Performance data collection may stop on all XP arrays connected to a host, if the command device used belongs to an array group where a disk failure occurred. To start the performance data collection again: 1. From the list of host records under the Host Information tab (Array View > Host Information), select the host record on which performance data collection stopped. 2. Click Request Info and wait until the status is updated to show as Received. This verifies that the host and management station are communicating with each other. 3. Delete the existing performance data collection schedule and create a new schedule for the selected host under the Performance Collection tab (Array View > Performance Collection). For details on creating performance data collection schedules, see Creating or viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 52. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 309

310 Real-time server error: Selected component is not connected to the XP Disk Array or no activity happening on the component If the following error appears on the RealTimeChart screen - The selected component may no longer be connected to the array or does not have any activity happening currently. Please verify if the selected component is currently active. If you see that the selected component is currently active, then please try recreating the device files as the device file may not be accessible by RealTimeServer, do the following: 1. Verify if the selected component (LDEV or RAID group) is active. For example, you can verify the status of the LDEV or RAID group on the Array view LDEV screen under the LDEVIO and LDEV MB columns, where the I/Os and M/Bs happening on the selected LDEV or the LDEV associated with the selected RAID group are displayed. 2. If the selected LDEV or RAID group is active and the above error persists, recreate the device file in your host agent. Following are the steps to recreate the device file: a. Login to the host agent as root b. Recreate the SCSI device special files using the command - # /dev/makedev sg Unable to browse to the management station To identify the management station to the DNS server: 1. Add <IP Address> to the list of addresses to bypass your proxy server. NOTE: Using Internet Explorer as an example, follow this procedure to add your IP address: a. Go to Tools > Internet Options> Connections > LAN settings > Advanced b. In the Exceptions text box, place your cursor at the end of the domain list c. Enter a semicolon and your IP address, including the asterisk if you want to include everything within the last octet d. Click OK 2. Close and then re-open the web browser 3. Enter Address>/pa or Address>/pa 4. Enter administrator for the username and administrator for the password (unless you have changed it from the default) and save, if desired 5. If the browser returns with an unresolved hostname for name]/pa or name]/pa, change it to Address>/pa or Address>/pa; this takes you to the management station's default XP Perf Advisor page. Unable to connect to the real-time server on the host agent If you are not able to connect to the real-time server on a host agent, one of the following error messages are displayed: 310 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

311 Performance Advisor could not recognize the Real Time Server on the host agent <host agent name>. This could be due to the Real Time Server not running on the selected host agent or the host agent name is not found. Error occurred while connecting to Real Time Server. This could be due to the Real Time Server not running on the host agent, or the same host agent is already being used for real time collection by another instance of Performance Advisor. It may be due to the following reasons: Real-time service is not running on the selected host agent. XP Perf Advisor host agent is not responding to your requests, as the specified host name does not exist. Check if another user accessing the same management station has triggered another real-time performance data collection. If yes, then you need to connect to array using some other HA. To overcome the issue, perform the following steps: 1. Verify if the host agent name displayed in XP Perf Advisor is correct. This can be done by pinging the host agent to see if it is responding to your requests. You should enter the fully qualified domain name ([servername].[domain name]) of the host agent in the command prompt window. You can get the fully qualified domain name from the HostAgent list on the RealTimeChart screen. 2. Verify if the real-time server (HP XP Performance Advisor RealTime Server) is running on the host. Restart the service if it has stopped. Additionally, if it is a Linux or Unix host agent, check for the following entry under /etc/hosts: <Server HostName> localhost.localdomain localhost If the above mentioned entry is present, do the following to resolve the issue: a. Stop the Web NMS server. b. Remove the <Server HostName> entry from /etc/hosts. Following should be the entry: localhost.localdomain localhost c. Restart the network of the server by executing the following commands from /etc/hosts/ rc.d/init.d directory:./network stop./network start d. Start the Web NMS server and connect the client again. Unfinished configuration data collection error On a windows machine, if configuration data collection does not finish or the PerformanceAdvisorXP.log displays the following error: PerformanceAdvisor: Failed to start config data collector transfer for <Array Serial #>: com.hp.xpsl.hostagent.rmlibexception: RMLIBbased DKC configuration is empty for <Array Serial #> To resolve the issue: 1. Create a GUID for the devices. See the HP StorageWorks Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide for configuring the GUID. 2. Restart host agent services. 3. From the list of host records under the Host Information tab (Array View > Host Information), select the host record on which performance data collection stopped. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 311

312 4. Click Request Info and wait until the status is updated to show as Received. This verifies that the host and management station are communicating with each other. 5. Initiate configuration and performance data collection. For more information, see Configuration data on page 42 and Creating or viewing a performance data collection schedule on page 52. Database service initialization fails The database service initialization fails with the following error message: Database service may not be responding. Database Service initialization failed. The cause for failure could be due to one of the following: The database service might have encountered a problem during start up of the database The database service initialization fails after the operating system is restarted Solution: Check the stdout.log file located at %HPSS_HOME%/pa/tomcat/logs for the following error messages: ERROR [com.hp.xpsl.datastore.dbconnect]: Check if the Database is running. Please contact administrator or HP Support, if the exception continues. Listener refused the connection with the following error: ORA-12505, TNS: listener does not currently know of SID given in connect descriptor. The Connection descriptor used by the client was: xxxx:1521:padb. ERROR [com.hp.xpsl.datastore.dbconnect] Check if the Database is running. Please contact administrator or HP Support, if the exception continues. Listener refused the connection with the following error: ORA-12528, TNS:listener: all appropriate instances are blocking new connections. The Connection descriptor used by the client was: xxxx:1521:padb. ERROR [com.hp.xpsl.datastore.dbconnect] Check if the Database is running. Please contact administrator or HP Support, if the exception continues. ORA-01033: ORACLE initialization or shutdown in progress. NOTE: xxxx is the name of the management station on which HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software is installed. If the above error messages are present, perform one of the following actions: Manually restart the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database Listener service and HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database service. Run the LSNRCTL STOP and LSNRCTL START commands. Run theshutdown command followed by the STARTUP database command. Ensure that the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database and HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database Listener services are running: Click Start > Run and type services.msc in the command line. The services should be in the Started mode. 312 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

313 Verify the host name. Obtain the host name using the following command: nslookup <IP_address>. Example: nslookup Name: abc.ind.hp.com <hostname>: abc Right click My Computer > Properties > Computer Name. The <hostname> and the name of your system must match. Confirm the host name in the Oracle folder. 1. Go to <Installation_drive>\HPSS\padb\ora_db\NETWORK\ADMIN. 2. Verify the following file to confirm if HOST = <hostname>. listener.ora [INSTALL DIR>\HPSS\padb\ora_db\NETWORK\ADMIN\listener.ora] tnsnames.ora [INSTALL DIR>\HPSS\padb\ora_db\NETWORK\ADMIN\tnsnames.ora] If HOST = <hostname>, follow these steps to modify the host name manually: 1. Click Start > Run and type services.msc in the command line. 2. Stop the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database Listener service. 3. Change the host name. 4. Save the text file. 5. Start the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database Listener service. If the problem still persists, contact your system administrator or HP Support. Multiprocessor optimization For efficient and optimized use of the management station hardware on a multi-processor or a multi-core system, you can bind the PA Tomcat (HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat) and Oracle (HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database) services to individual processors. Therefore, leading to better response load balancing and avoiding any overheads of switching, or scheduling on multiple processors. To enable multiprocessor optimization, you must modify the property for multiprocessor optimization in the serverparameters.properties file. By default, multiprocessor optimization is not enabled or switched off for XP Perf Advisor. Multiprocessor optimizations # # The following entry enables / disables the Multiprocessor Optimizations. # Note: Valid Input = ON OFF Enable_MP_Optimizations=ON You can enable this option if you find that the XP Perf Advisor performance is slow on the management station. Dedicate a processor each for the XP Perf Advisor Tomcat (HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Tomcat) and Oracle (HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database) services. Upon restarting the management station, the XP Perf Advisor Tomcat process is considered on priority and bound to a processor followed by the Oracle process. To improve XP Perf Advisor performance on a multi-processor or a multi-core system, HP recommends enabling multiprocessor optimization as the first step. However, if you do not see any significant performance improvement even after enabling multiprocessor optimization, HP suggests you restore the default settings in the serverparameters.properties file and contact HP support. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 313

314 NOTE: If you set the Enable_MP_Optimizations=ON, manually change the affinity set from the Windows Task Manager (under Processes tab, right click a process and select Set Affinity). After restarting the management station, both the XP Perf Advisor performance Tomcat and Oracle services get executed on the processor that is selected manually. This override the property set for multiprocessor optimization in the serverparameters.properties file. When the management station is restarted again, the value is read from theserverparameters.properties file, and the services are run on different processors. Security under Settings is not displayed when localhost is used in the http address to log into XP Perf Advisor The Security link under Settings in the left pane is not displayed when you use localhost in the URL ( to access XP Perf Advisor, which is enabled for Native authentication. This is regardless of logging in as a default administrator or as a user who is granted administrator privileges. Workaround: Use the fully qualified domain name ([servername].[domain name]) or the IP address of the management station in the http URL qualified domain name>/pa or Unknown host If the name of the host cannot be resolved, you get an unknown host error. Solution: Ensure you do the following: The host is up and running The host browser side system is able to resolve the host name (ping <hostname>) If the second option fails, you must set the DNS configuration. To configure, do the following: 1. Go to Start > Control Panel > Network Connections. 2. Right click Local Area Connection, select Properties. 3. On the General tab, double-click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) properties Window is displayed. 4. Click the Advanced tab. The Advanced TCP/IP Settings window is displayed. 5. On the DNS tab, select Append DNS suffixes. 6. Add host name suffix. 7. Click OK to save the settings. XPWatch has missing ports If XP Watch has missing ports, do the following: 1. Verify if all the ports presented through SLPR0 are seen as an output of XPWatch. 314 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

315 NOTE: Not all ports are displayed when the Wagent update is performed or missed out. 2. Delete the cache files (wagent.iomap and wagent_ serialnum.xpmap). 3. Re-run XPwatch ti verify if all the ports presented through SLPR0 are present in the output. No class definition found error displayed on Array View To resolve the error: 1. Click StartAdd/Remove ProgramsXP Performance Advisor. 2. Select the Repair option. The error is rectified. Error messages Table 1 describes the Performance Advisor error messages. Table 10 Error messages Scenario Performance Advisor is unable to connect to the database. Performance Advisor is unable to retrieve the key-value pair from the properties file. Error message Check if the Database is running. Please contact administrator or HP Support if the exception continues. Courier - received a missing resource exception for <properties file name> looking for <key>. Solution Verify if the database service, HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database is currently running. If not, restart the service from the Service Control Manager. If the issue persists, contact your system administrator or HP Support. Check if the following are present: Properties file Key-value pair If the properties file and/or the key value pairs are missing, select the Repair option for XP Perf Advisor. Performance Advisor host agent has encountered an error sending information to the management station. Performance Advisor failed to send configuration information to the management station. Failed sending disk array configuration. Reason = " + e.tostring(). XpinfoCollector send failed: Server is not ready. Please make sure the PA services are running.", Logger.ERROR). Check if the XP Perf Advisor management station service is running and accessible. For more information, see Host does not appear on page 305. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 315

316 Scenario Performance Advisor is unable to connect to the database. CLUI commands fail if invalid user credentials are given during installation. Error while sending an notification for failed data collection. Unable to send notification. Unable to collect configuration data due to insufficient disk space. This error is logged when collecting configuration information through out-band collection. The disk space needed to form the objects pertaining to the configuration collection is unavailable leading to this error. Insufficient disk space on the system. This could potentially delay data collections. This error is logged when the space required to create the cache files of PA is unavailable. Error during Database purging Invoking Performance Advisor from Tiered Storage Manager fails. In Array View Ldev screen you may see a Null pointer exception when export to csv is attempted Error message Unable to connect to database. The \"-pf\" password file contents does not have a colon separating the username and password. notification error for Failed Data Collection on <server> <port_number>. could not be sent. IOException: There is not enough space on the disk. There is not enough space on the disk.data Collections may delay. Error purging data. Resource instance is either null or empty. Please provide a valid resource instance. Java Null Pointer Exception Solution Verify if the database service, HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Database is currently running. If not, restart the service from the Service Control Manager. If the issue persists, contact your system administrator or HP Support. Provide a valid file containing the user name and password. For more information see, CLUI commands fail if invalid user credentials are given during CLUI installation on page 303. Verify if the SMTP server is reachable over the network and the port number is valid. For more information see, Alarms are not being sent by on page 302. Check if the SMTP servers are configured for notification. For more information see, Alarms are not being sent by on page 302. Ensure that there is sufficient disk space. Check if the database service is running. The selected resource in TSM may not be monitored by XP Perf Advisor. Select a valid resource and then launch XP Perf Advisor. Check if performance collection was done for this array. If not, initiate performance collection and then export after a set of data is collected. 316 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

317 Scenario Internal error may occur while submitting a request on the Troubleshooting while creating or modifying an application, or trying to plot a chart Fresh installation may not have any arrays until a hostagent is configured. Unable to load the license file. Unable to use realtime collection. Realtime monitoring fails if a collection attempt is made using the same host agent. Real time monitoring fails if it is attempted on a host agent with a pending server update request. Realtime monitoring is attempted but, charts are not displayed. Error message Internal Error occurred while submitting the request. Error: No arrays are managed or connected to MS. Error occurred while uploading license key file <licensefile.dat> Error occurred while performing real time collections. If the problem continues, please contact HP Service. The selected host agent is already in use for other real time collection. Please select any other available host agent. Real Time Server Configuration data is getting updated on the selected HA. Please select any other HA. The selected component does not have any activity happening currently or is no longer present in the array. Solution Check for the following conditions: 1. Is the database service running? 2. Was the performance collection initiated? If the issue persists, contact HP Support with the XP Perf Advisor log files. There are no host agents configured. Configure one or more host agents. Check if the management station is working, or connectivity to MS is not lost. Contact HP Support. Only one instance of realtime monitoring is possible through a given host agent. Stop the existing collection and reselect the resources. When a realtime server update is requested, you cannot initiate realtime monitoring using the same host agent. Wait for the update to be completed, or select another host agent. Either the selected component is no longer present on the array or there is no IO activity on the component. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 317

318 318 Troubleshooting XP Perf Advisor

319 18 Support and other resources Contacting HP For worldwide technical support information, see the HP support website at: Before contacting HP, collect the following information: Product model names and numbers Technical support registration number (if applicable) Product serial numbers Error messages Operating system type and revision level Detailed questions Subscription service HP recommends you register your product at the Subscriber's Choice for Business website at: After registering, you receive notification of product enhancements, new driver versions, firmware updates, and other product resources. Documentation feedback HP welcomes your feedback. To make comments and suggestions about product documentation, please send a message to storagedocsfeedback@hp.com. All submissions become the property of HP. Please take 10 minutes to visit the following website and complete our online survey. This provide us with valuable information that we use to improve your experience in the future HP product documentation survey Are you the person who installs, maintains, or uses this HP storage product? If so, we would like to know more about your experience using the product documentation. If not, please pass this notice to the person who is responsible for these activities. Our goal is to provide you with documentation that makes our storage hardware and software products easy to install, operate, and maintain. Your feedback is invaluable in letting us know how we can improve your experience with HP documentation. Please take 10 minutes to visit the following website and complete our online survey. Provide us with valuable information that we use to improve your experience in the future. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 319

320 Thank you for your time and your investment in HP storage products. Related information Documents In addition to this guide, see the following documents for this product: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Installation Guide HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Best Practices Guide HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software OS Support Matrix HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Release Notes The XP Performance Advisor tools related documents are: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software CLUI Guide XPWatch and XPSketch Reference Guide XPInfo Release Notes NOTE: The content from the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Troubleshooting Guide is now available as part of the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide. The XPWatch Reference Guide and the XPSketch help have been consolidated into one document, titled the XPWatch_XPSketch Reference Guide. Websites To view these and other HP documents, see the HP website at Accessing XP Performance Advisor documentation Advisor, complete the following steps: To view the documentation for XP Performance 1. On the Support & Drivers page, select Storage > Storage Software > Storage Device Management Software > HP StorageWorks XP Device Management Software > HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software > Manuals. The HP Manuals page for XP Performance Advisor is displayed. You can also click Support on any of the XP Performance Advisor screens and download the above-mentioned documents to your system (except for the HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Best Practices Guide and HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), which are available only at the HP Manuals site). You can access the help for XP Performance Advisor by clicking the Help link within the XP Performance Advisor user interface. For additional information, see the following HP websites: Support and other resources

321 Document conventions and symbols Table 11 Document conventions Convention Blue text: Table 11 Blue, underlined text: Bold text Italic text Element Cross-reference links and addresses Website addresses Keys that are pressed Text typed into a GUI element, such as a box GUI elements that are clicked or selected, such as menu and list items, buttons, tabs, and check boxes Text emphasis Monospace text File and directory names System output Code Commands, their arguments, and argument values Monospace, italic text Code variables Command variables Monospace, bold text Emphasized monospace text WARNING! Indicates that failure to follow directions could result in bodily harm or death. CAUTION: Indicates that failure to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or data. IMPORTANT: Provides clarifying information or specific instructions. NOTE: Provides additional information. TIP: Provides helpful hints and shortcuts. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 321

322 322 Support and other resources

323 . A Appendix A Storage management logical partitions (SLPRs) A disk array can be shared with the multiple organizations and with multiple departments within an enterprise. Therefore, multiple administrators might manage a single disk array. This circumstance creates the potential for an administrator to destroy volumes of other organizations, and it can complicate and increase the difficulty of managing the disk array. Use Disk/Cache Partition to allocate all resources of one disk array (all ports and CLPRs) to virtual disk arrays called SLPRs. You can create up to 31 SLPRs in one disk array. Each virtual disk array can be accessed only by its administrator. This approach eliminates the risk of an administrator destroying volumes from other organizations and of data leaks among organizations. In a non-partitioned environment, a full array is considered one single partition SLPR0. After the disk array is partitioned, SLPR0 becomes the unpartitioned portion of the disk array. Similarly, CLPR0 contains all parity groups (PGs) and cache in the non-partitioned environment. After the disk array is partitioned, CLPR0 contains the remaining PGs and cache that are not allocated to other CLPRs. Figure 24 Example of an SLPR Example of an SLPR on page 323 shows an example of one disk array partitioned into two virtual disk arrays. Each virtual disk array is allocated to one enterprise. Enterprise A's disk array administrator can manage enterprise A's virtual disk array, but cannot manage enterprise B's disk array. Similarly, HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 323

324 . enterprise B's disk array administrator can manage enterprise B's virtual disk array, but cannot manage enterprise A's disk array. Cache logical partitions (CLPRs) When one disk array is shared with multiple hosts, and one host reads or writes a large amount of data, the host's read and write data occupies a large area in the disk array's cache memory. In this situation, the IO/s performance of other hosts decreases because the hosts must wait to write to cache memory. To prevent this situation, CLPR partitions the disk array's cache memory. Partitioned cache memories are used as virtual cache memories, and each is allocated to each host. This approach minimizes the effects of one administrator's operations on the volumes of other administrators. Figure 25 Example of a CLPR Example of a CLPR on page 324 shows how a corporation's cache memory is partitioned to three virtual cache memories. Although the Branch A host is inputting and outputting a large amount of data, the Branch B and Branch C hosts are unaffected because each branch is allocated 40 GB CLPR. 324 Appendix A

325 B Appendix B Reports XP Performance Advisor supports report generation for the following categories: Array performance reports on page 325. LDEV IO reports on page 330. Cache utilization reports on page 333. ACP utilization reports on page 337. CHIP utilization reports on page 338. XP Thin Provisioning (THP) pool occupancy on page 340. Snapshot pool occupancy on page 340. Continuous Access Journal group utilization on page 341. Creating an LDEV Activity report on page 267. Export Database report on page 343. All report on page 343. The reports can be generated in the HTML, RTF, PDF, and CSV formats. NOTE: You must install the Acrobat Reader to view reports in the PDF format. The sample reports of are given below. Array performance report The array performance report allows you to view the array performance by measuring the total IO/s, and the read/write IO/s on each XP array. There are 6 reports to measure and view array performance, Total I/O Rate, Total I/O Rate by hour of day, Total I/O Rate Detail, Read-Write Ratio, Read-Write Ratio by hour of day and Read-Write Detail. In addition, the report also provides you a brief on the observations recorded for the CHIPs, Cache, ACP, and LDEVs for the selected array. This observation is displayed as Findings at the beginning of the report. Following is a snapshot of the Findings section: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 325

326 . A sample of each reports is given below: Total I/O Rate report The Total I/O Rate report shows in a chart format, the number of total read and write IO/s operations over the entire period. Total I/O Rate on page 326 shows a sample Total I/O Rate report for XP1024. Figure 26 Total I/O Rate 326 Appendix B

327 . The total backend transfers may be compared to the total frontend IO/s and the difference is due to the effects of the array cache. The total backend transfers load is borne by the Array Groups and ACP pairs, whereas the total frontend IO load is borne by the CHIP ports. NOTE: If there are no data points available for the dates selected, a blank chart be displayed. If all the data values are zero for the dates selected, a chart with a horizontal line along X axis be displayed in the center. Total I/O Rate by hour of day report The Total I/O Rate by hour of day report shows in a chart format, the number of total read and write IO/s operations per second over the over 24-hour period. Total I/O Rate by hour of day on page 327 shows a sample Total I/O Rate by hour of day report for XP1024. Figure 27 Total I/O Rate by hour of day The total backend transfers may be compared to the total frontend IO/s and the difference is due to the effects of the array cache. The total backend IO/s load is borne by the Array Groups and ACP pairs, whereas the total frontend IO/s load is borne by the CHIP ports. NOTE: If there are no data points available for the dates selected, blank chart be displayed. If all the data values are zero for the dates selected, a chart with a horizontal line along the X axis be displayed in the center of the graph. IMPORTANT: For the Hour of the Day report, all the points collected aggregate to the start of the hour. For example, if data is collected between 1 p.m. and 2 p.m., the aggregate data is displayed at 1 p.m. instead of 2 p.m. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 327

328 . Total I/O Rate Detail report The Total I/O Rate Detail report shows in a chart format, the number of Sequential IO/s, Random IO/s, and CFW IO operations, over the entire period. Total I/O Rate Detail on page 328 shows a sample Total I/O Rate Detail report for XP1024. Figure 28 Total I/O Rate Detail The sequential frontend IO/s are when data is read from or written to consecutive addresses. The random frontend IO/s are when applications address non-consecutive blocks of data. CFWs are a special class of IO/s generated by HP's XP Continuous Access remote mirroring software. NOTE: If there are no data points available for the dates selected, blank chart be displayed. If all the data values are zero for the dates selected, a chart with a horizontal line along X axis be displayed in the center. Read/Write Ratio report The Read/Write Ratio report shows in a chart format, the ratio of read activity to write activity, over the entire period. This is for both sequential and random read/write activity. Read/Write Ratio on page 329 shows a sample Read/Write Ratio report for XP Appendix B

329 .. Figure 29 Read/Write Ratio For example, the data point of X on the graph indicates X% read activity and (100-X)% of write activity. NOTE: If there are no data points available for the dates selected, blank chart be displayed. If all the data values are zero for the dates selected, a chart with a horizontal line along X axis be displayed in the center. Read/Write Ratio by hour of day report The Read/Write Ratio by hour of day report shows in a chart format, the ratio of read activity to write activity, over a 24 hour period. This is for both sequential and random read/write activity. Read/Write Ratio by hour of day on page 329 shows a sample Read/Write Ratio by hour of day report for XP1024. Figure 30 Read/Write Ratio by hour of day HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 329

330 . NOTE: If there are no data points available for the dates selected, blank chart be displayed. If all the data values are zero for the dates selected, a chart with a horizontal line along X axis be displayed in the center. Read/Write Detail report The Read/Write Detail report shows in a chart format, the total IO/s separated into different IO types. This includes sequential reads and writes and random reads and writes, displayed as the number of IO operations per second. This graph provides more detail than the previous graphs about the types of IO/s occurring on the XP array. Read/Write Detail on page 330 shows a sample Read/Write Detail by hour of day report for XP1024. Figure 31 Read/Write Detail NOTE: If there are no data points available for the dates selected, blank chart be displayed. If all the data values are zero for the dates selected, a chart with a horizontal line along X axis be displayed in the center. LDEV IO report The LDEV IO report provides you data on the busiest front end and back end LDEVs and RAID groups on an XP array based on the frontend IO/s and backend transfers. You can view the report for busiest front end and back end LDEVs, and 8-32 busiest front end and back end RAID groups. (The selection is in multiples of eight). 330 Appendix B

331 IMPORTANT: If you do not select any value from the respective drop-down lists, by default, the LDEV IO report is generated for the eight busiest front end and eight back end LDEVs, and eight front end and eight back end RAID groups. Further, the report displays the graphs for only those LDEVs that have the IO/s associated and the RAID groups on which the IO/s transactions have occurred. Consider the following example: A report is created to view 32 busiest front end LDEVs and 16 busiest front end RAID groups, and only eight of the selected 32 front end LDEVs and four of the selected 16 RAID groups are busy. XP Performance Advisor generates the LDEV IO report wherein you can view the graphs for only the eight LDEVs and the four RAID groups on which the maximum IO/s transactions have occurred. The graphs are not shown for the remaining LDEVs or the RAID groups as the IO/s transactions have not occurred on them. The LDEV IO report also provides a link to the additional LDEV IO mapping information. The busiest LDEVs are displayed at different ranks in a tabular format. Following is a sample image of the mapping information that is displayed when you click the link within a LDEV IO report: A sample of each report is given below: Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs report The Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs report shows in a chart format, the real backend IO/s rate of the busiest 8 LDEVs. This can be compared to the potential maximum throughput of the hardware. The maximum throughput varies depending on RAID level and disk mechanism type and other factors such as the size of the individual IO/s. Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs on page 332 shows a sample Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs report for XP1024. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 331

332 .. Figure 32 Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups report The Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups report shows in a chart format, the real backend IO/s rate for the busiest 8 Array Groups. This can be compared to the potential maximum throughput of the hardware. The maximum throughput varies depending on RAID level, disk mechanism type and other factors such as the size of the individual IO/s. Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups on page 332 shows a sample Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups report for XP1024. Figure 33 Total Backend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs report The Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs report shows in a chart format, the number of IO/s operations performed by the first busiest 8 LDEVs. Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Ldevs on page 333 shows a sample Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 LDEVs report for XP Appendix B

333 .. Figure 34 Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Ldevs Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups/Pools report The Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups/Pools report shows in a chart format, the number of IO/s operations performed by the 8 busiest Array Groups/Pools. Pools can either be the THP pool or the Snapshot pool. Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups on page 333 shows a sample Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups/Pools report for XP1024. Figure 35 Total Frontend I/O Rate First Top 8 Array Groups/Pools Cache utilization reports The cache utilization reports allow you to view in a chart format, the utilization of cache in the array, the amount of data in the cache that is waiting to be written to a disk, read hits as a percentage of total read operations, the total number of transfers per second, the total number of transfers over 24-hours, cache side file utilization for XP Continuous Access Async. A sample of each report is given below: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 333

334 .. Cache Utilization report The Cache Utilization report shows in a chart format, the cache utilization in an array. Cache Utilization on page 334 shows a sample Cache Utilization report for XP1024. Figure 36 Cache Utilization Cache Write Pending report The Cache Write Pending report shows in a chart format, the amount of data in the cache waiting to be written to a disk. This helps determine the amount of cache available. Cache Write Pending on page 334 shows a sample Cache Write Pending report for XP1024. Figure 37 Cache Write Pending 334 Appendix B

335 . Percentage Read Hits report The Percentage Read Hits report shows in a chart format, cache read hits as a percentage of the total cache read operations. Percentage read hits on page 335 shows a sample Percentage Read Hits report for XP1024. Figure 38 Percentage read hits Total Backend Transfer report The Total Backend Transfer report shows in a chart format, the total number of transfers, sequential, random drive-to-cache, and cache-to-drive, per second. Total Backend Transfer report on page 336 shows a sample Total Backend Transfer report for XP1024. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 335

336 .. Figure 39 Total Backend Transfer report Total Backend Transfer by Hour of the Day report The Total Backend Transfer by Hour of the Day report shows in a chart format, the total number of transfers, both sequential and random drive-to-cache transfers, and all cache-to-drive transfers, averaged over 24-hour period. Total Backend Transfer by Hour of the Day on page 336 shows a sample Total Backend Transfer by Hour of the Day report for XP1024. Figure 40 Total Backend Transfer by Hour of the Day Cache Side File Utilization report The Cache Side File Utilization report shows in a chart format, the cache side file utilization. The cache side file utilization is used for the XP Continuous Access Async Software. It holds the data 336 Appendix B

337 .. buffers that have not been acknowledged by the remote host. Cache Side File Utilization on page 337 shows a sample Cache Side File Utilization report for XP1024. Figure 41 Cache Side File Utilization ACP utilization reports The ACP utilization reports allow you to view in a chart format, the average utilization of various ACP pairs over either the entire period or over every hour of a day. A sample of each report is given below: ACP Utilization report The ACP Utilization report shows in a chart format, the average utilization of the ACP pairs over the entire period. ACP utilization over the entire data collection period on page 337 shows a sample ACP Utilization report for XP1024. Figure 42 ACP utilization over the entire period HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 337

338 . ACP Utilization by Hour of the Day report The ACP Utilization by Hour of the Day report shows in a chart format, the average utilization of the ACP pairs over a 24-hour period. ACP utilization over a 24-hour period on page 338 shows a sample ACP Utilization by Hour of the Day report for XP1024. Figure 43 ACP utilization over a 24-hour period CHIP utilization reports The CHIP utilization reports allow you to view in a chart format, the utilization data for all CHIP pairs in the array and the average utilization data for all the CHIP pairs in the array. A sample of each report is given below: CHIP Utilization report The CHIP Utilization report shows in a chart format, the utilization data for all CHIP pairs in the array. CHIP Utilization on page 339 shows a sample CHIP Utilization report for XP12000 type array. 338 Appendix B

339 .. Figure 44 CHIP Utilization CHIP Utilization by Hour of the Day report The CHIP Utilization by Hour of the Day report shows in a chart format, the utilization data for all CHIP pairs in the array averaged over a 24-hour period. CHIP Utilization by Hour of the Day on page 339 shows a sample CHIP Utilization by Hour of the Day report for XP12000 type array. Figure 45 CHIP Utilization by Hour of the Day CHIP processor utilization report The CHIP processor utilization report shows in a chart format, the percentage utilization of individual processors (MP) on given CHIP. CHIP Processor Utilization on page 340 shows a sample CHIP processor utilization report for XP12000 type array. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 339

340 .. Figure 46 CHIP Processor Utilization In this sample report, the percentage utilization of individual processors (MP) on the CHIP, CHA 1E is displayed. Similarly a report be generated for all CHIPs in the array. XP Thin Provisioning (THP) pool occupancy The THP pool occupancy report show the usage percentage of the eight busiest THP pools. NOTE: XP Performance Advisor reports only those THP volumes in an array that are assigned to a pool. Figure 47 XP Thin Provisioning (THP) pool occupancy Snapshot pool occupancy The Snapshot pool occupancy report show the usage percentage of the eight busiest Snapshot pools. 340 Appendix B

341 .. NOTE: XP Performance Advisor reports only those Snapshot volumes in an array that are assigned to a pool. Utilization Metric displays Snapshot Pool Occupancy for the XP10000 and later arrays. Figure 48 Snapshot pool occupancy XP Continuous Access Journal group utilization The Journal group utilization report shows the utilization percentage of the eight busiest Journal groups. Figure 49 XP Continuous Access Journal group utilization LDEV Activity report You can generate, save, or schedule the LDEV activity report to view the set of maximum busiest and least busiest LDEVs. You can view these LDEVs for one of the following categories: HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 341

342 . FontEndIO BackEndIO MB Utilization Read Response Time Write Response Time Figure 50 LDEV Activity report The maximum busiest and least busiest LDEVs are collected based on the maximum and minimum threshold levels you specify for the selected category. The average of the total performance of each LDEV is considered to see if that particular LDEV's performance is above the set threshold or below the set threshold limit. This is considered for the selected date and time range, and category. Based on their average values, they are grouped in the top 100 busiest or the least 100 busiest LDEVs and displayed in the CSV file for that category. For each category, a separate.csv file is provided. 342 Appendix B

343 . IMPORTANT: The threshold limits that you specify are independent of each other and applicable to only the category that you select. You can set both the maximum and minimum threshold levels, or one of them based on your requirement. The report also provides the associated drive types for the LDEVs. Export Database report You can create a Export Database report which provides a comma separate file (CSV) as the output. You can use the CSV file to export data to a data visualization program, such as the Microsoft Excel. The data can be used for charting or graphing, and can also include the Ext-Lun information. Figure 51 Export Database report (Human readable format) All report The All report consolidates data for the following eight reports and provides a single report for the selected date and time range: Array Performance LDEV IO Cache Utilization ACP Utilization CHIP Utilization Journal Pool Utilization Thp Pool Occupancy Snapshot Pool Occupancy IMPORTANT: The All report type also include reports on the Journal Pool, THP Pool, and Snapshot Pool Occupancy only if they are configured in the selected XP array. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 343

344 344 Appendix B

345 C Appendix C XP Performance Advisor Configuration and Performance data collection prerequisites for Windows operating system To overcome device renaming and device remapping issues during data collection, it is recommended to use the Windows globally unique identifier (\\?\Volume{GUID}) to perform configuration and performance data collection instead of the using the device file names. To use the globally unique identifier for data collection process: After installing the XP Performance Advisor Windows host agent, the host names appear under the Host Information tab (see Configuring host information on page 39) and the command device file names appear under the Configuration Collection tab (see Data Collection Configuration on page 37). 1. Login to the XP Performance Advisor host agent and stop the host agent service. For example, <install directory>:\program Files\Hewlett-Packard\xppa\hostagent\sbin>xppa stop Following will be command, if you have installed the host agent in a different location, <Install_directory>:\hostagent\xppa stop You can also click Start > Run, type services.msc. In the Services dialog box, right-click HP XP Performance Advisor Hostagent and select Stop from the pop-up list. You can also stop the HP XP Performance Advisor Realtime Server by following the above mentioned steps. 2. In the command line, run the xpinfo -i command, to receive the list of all the command devices, as shown in Figure 52 on page 345. Figure 52 XPInfo i command. 3. Create a Globally Unique ID (GUID) on the command devices you wish to perform data collection. a. To create the GUID on Windows: i. Login to the XP Performance Advisor host agent as administrator or as a member of the Administrators group. ii. iii. Open the Computer Management console by clicking on Start > Run > compmgmt.msc > OK. Select Disk Management under Storage on the left menu tree. HP StorageWorks XP Performance Advisor Software User Guide 345